Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Grocery Stores / Greggs plc

Greggs plc

grg.l · LSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker grg.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Grocery Stores
Employees 33146
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Greggs plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc Annual Report and Accounts 2024
DECADES  
DECADES  

FILLED 

FILLED 
WITH 
WITH 
	FLAVOUR
	FLAVOUR
IN THIS REPORT
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS

Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
WELCOME
Through the hard work of the entire Greggs team, 
we delivered another year of strong growth in 
2024. We exceeded £2 billion in turnover for the 
first time, opened our 2,600th shop, and laid the 
foundations for yet more growth by securing the 
space we need to expand our manufacturing and 
logistics operations.
It has been a huge team effort. Our 33,000 colleagues across 
the UK have pulled out all the stops to ensure that the growth 
strategy we set out in 2021 is being delivered brilliantly. As well 
as increasing and developing our estate, we continue to build 
the Greggs brand, open more shops in the evenings, extend 
our home delivery offer, and reward more loyal customers 
through our increasingly popular App.
We may be growing fast, but we are growing responsibly too. 
We remain on track to become a net zero business by 2040 
and have reduced the carbon intensity of our operations 
by 41.8% since 2019. We continue to strive to be the best 
employer we can be, and to focus on delivering all of our 
Greggs Pledge commitments.
Despite the challenges facing the broader economy, I am 
optimistic about the year ahead and confident that our bold 
growth strategy is right, and that our team is very capable  
of delivering it.
Roisin Currie
Chief Executive, 4 March 2025
CELEBRATING  
CELEBRATING  

MILESTONES

MILESTONES
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS*
Find out more about our financial performance on pages 59 to 63
* 	
Detailed calculations of alternative performance measures, not otherwise shown in the Accounts and related Notes, are shown on pages 172 and 173.
** 	 Excluding exceptional items.
***	 Year-on-year growth in like-for-like sales in company-managed shops (excluding franchises) with more than one calendar year’s trading history.
TOTAL SALES
£2,014m
2023: £1,810m
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE**
137.5p
2023: 123.8p
LIKE-FOR-LIKE (LFL) SALES***
5.5%
PRE-TAX PROFIT**
£189.8m
2023: £167.7m
COLLEAGUE PROFIT-SHARING
£20.5m
2023: £17.6m
TOTAL ORDINARY DIVIDEND
69.0p
2023: 62.0p
IN THIS REPORT

1
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
700+
shops feature Eco-Shop elements – 27% of our estate
1,000+ Breakfast Clubs 
feeding 75,000 children, every school day across the UK
100% of electricity
we purchase comes from certified renewable sources
30+%
of our range is ‘Healthier Choice’
NON-FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Find out more about The Greggs Pledge on pages 46 to 49
You can also read our Annual Report online at 
corporate.greggs.co.uk/investors

2
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
CELEBRATING 40 YEARS AS A PLC
It’s been 40 years since Greggs floated on  
the London Stock Exchange.
In 1984, the business had just over 260 shops and 
a market capitalisation of £15 million. In 2024, 
turnover exceeded £2 billion and we opened our 
2,600th shop. This is testament to the hard work 
and dedication of our colleagues, who have been 
central to our journey over the years.
40
40
YEARS OF 
CONTINUED 
GROWTH

3
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
THE GREGGS FOUNDATION  
IS LAUNCHED
After receiving hundreds of requests  
for support each week, Ian Gregg 
established The Greggs Foundation,  
initially known as The Greggs Trust, to 
support local people facing hardship – 
formalising our commitment to the 
community, which we continue today. 
Greggs opens 500th shop
We opened our first shop on Gosforth High 
Street in 1951. Over the next four decades, 
we acquired and built shops and bakeries 
across the UK, and reached the milestone 
of 500 shops in the Greggs estate in 1994. 
The Greggs Foundation’s 
Breakfast Club programme 
is born
The first Greggs Foundation Breakfast Club 
was established after a Business in the 
Community event, when we saw the 
difference a nutritious start to the school 
day makes to children. 
1999
1994
1987
CELEBRATING 40 YEARS AS A PLC CONTINUED

4
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Supermarket partnership
In 2020, as we focused on expanding  
into locations our customers could  
easily access via car, we trialled Greggs 
concessions inside Asda and Tesco. The 
success of these shops led to us opening  
a further nine shops with Tesco in 2022.  
As Greggs in supermarkets took off,  
we are now partnered with Tesco, Asda 
and Sainsburys, and have 54 shops with  
a pipeline to open more in 2025.
CELEBRATING 40 YEARS AS A PLC CONTINUED
Greggs App launches
The first Greggs App launched to reward 
customer loyalty with stamps for coffee 
purchases. The App has evolved over time to 
reward across all purchases giving customers 
even better value. Our App continues to be a  
key way to engage with our customers and the 
number of users has increased every year since. 
We knew our customers loved Greggs on-the-go,  
so we decided to make it even more convenient for 
them when travelling by car and opened our first 
drive-thru Greggs in Irlam, Manchester. There  
are now 45 Greggs drive-thrus across the UK.  
We focus on opening them on main arterial routes 
with significant traffic volumes to make the most  
of their multi-channel capabilities. 
Vegan sausage roll serves 
up a cultural moment
As the Vegan Sausage Roll hit the 
shelves, it got everyone talking and 
encouraged brand reappraisal. Since 
then, we have become known for our 
vegan-friendly range, providing our 
customers with delicious, quality 
options – all at fantastic value.
2020
2020
2019
2014
2017
FIRST GREGGS  
DRIVE-THRU
As part of our commitment to serve our 
customers wherever, whenever and however 
they choose, we partnered with Just Eat to offer 
the convenience and flexibility of delivery. 
INTRODUCTION  
OF HOME DELIVERY

5
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Made-to-order  
range expands 
We expanded our made-to-order hot food range  
of Chicken Burgers and Wraps with the addition of  
the British classic, the fish finger. Our customisable  
Fish Finger Sandwich and Fish Finger Wrap are popular 
throughout the day, offering flexibility for customers, 
and available as part of a deal with a drink and  
wedges. Made-to-order hot food is now available  
in 140 shops, and we plan to bring more exciting 
options to more customers in the year ahead.
Arrival of Click + Collect 
We created a new way for our 
customers to shop with us. Click + 
Collect was rolled out across our 
entire estate, allowing customers  
to skip the queue and save time, 
grabbing their favourite products 
exactly when they needed them. 
Launch of The Greggs Pledge
We launched The Greggs Pledge, setting 
out ten bold commitments to help make  
the world a better place. 
2021
2020
Growing home delivery
Uber Eats became our second 
partner for home delivery, 
extending this option to even more 
customers and cementing our 
position as a multi-channel retailer.
500th franchise  
shop opens
Our franchise partners are a 
critical part of our expansion 
plans, helping us target on-the-
go locations reached by car. 
Franchise shops account for 
20% of the total estate. 
2023
2023
FEBRUARY – 2024
MARCH – 2024
Over-ice drinks  
range roll-out
Having proven highly popular during trials in 
2023, we started rolling out our new over-ice 
drinks range across the estate. We continued 
to develop the range throughout the year, 
offering exciting seasonal options like our 
summery Mango and Strawberry Cooler and 
the Iced Pumpkin Spice Latte. We worked 
hard to meet customer demand and, following 
a rapid roll-out of equipment, our over-ice 
drinks range is now available in 1,175 shops, 
exceeding our previous target to make this 
available in 700 shops by the end of 2024.  
We will extend this popular range to more 
shops this year.
OVER-ICE DRINKS RANGE NOW AVAILABLE IN
1,175
shops
CELEBRATING 40 YEARS AS A PLC CONTINUED

6
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
CELEBRATING 40 YEARS AS A PLC CONTINUED
We announced our new site in Derby, which will 
provide additional manufacturing for frozen 
products and enable frozen storage, picking and 
distribution, which is key to our long-term growth. 
JULY – 2024
MARCH – 2024
GREGGS ANNOUNCES 
NEW NATIONAL 
MANUFACTURING  
AND DISTRIBUTION 
CENTRE IN DERBY
JULY – 2024
We celebrate 40 years  
as a listed company
We proudly celebrated our 40th anniversary 
as a publicly listed company on the London 
Stock Exchange. The business was then  
a traditional, decentralised bakery business 
with a mostly northern footprint. Today, we 
have grown into a leading food-on-the-go 
retailer with more than 2,600 shops across 
the UK and 33,000 employees.
Greggs announces new National 
Distribution Centre in Kettering
Following on from our news in Derby, we 
announced our second new Midlands site in 
Kettering. This new National Distribution Centre 
will be focused on the storage, picking and 
distribution of ambient and chilled goods.  
As picking moves upstream to our new National 
Distribution Centres, it unlocks capacity in  
our Radial Distribution Centres to service more 
shops, allowing for our continued growth.

7
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
7
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
IN THIS REPORT
OCTOBER – 2024
NOVEMBER – 2024
2,600th shop opens 
Our shop development programme 
continued at pace, and alongside refits 
and relocations, there have been  
plenty of exciting openings including  
11 shops inside large supermarkets  
and 11 standalone drive-thrus. With the 
support of our franchise partners, we 
reached another huge milestone as our 
2,600th shop opened, making us more 
convenient than ever for our customers. 
NOVEMBER – 2024
Festive menu returns 
This year, we called in an icon to help us announce the return 
of another icon. To the surprise and delight of our customers, 
Nigella Lawson helped announce the return of the ‘rapturous 
riot of flavour’ that is our Festive Bake. We had a few more 
surprises in store this festive period as we once again 
partnered with Fenwick, this time launching our exclusive 
Greggs Champagne Bar. To round out the year, we created the 
perfect stocking filler, the limited-edition Greggs Top Trumps. 
We truly had something for everyone this festive period, 
highlighting the creativity and joy that our brand champions.
NOVEMBER – 2024
GREGGS HITS  
£2 BILLION SALES 
MILESTONE
We ended 2024 on a high as we hit the £2 billion 
sales milestone. This achievement takes us 
closer to our target of doubling our sales over 
five years, and shows the strength of the brand 
and the popularity of the offering we provide  
to our customers.
DECEMBER – 2024
We celebrate 1,000  
Breakfast Clubs
In October, we celebrated alongside  
The Greggs Foundation, and their other 
partners as the 1,000th Greggs Foundation 
Breakfast Club opened its doors. Twenty five 
years after the scheme was established,  
we are as committed as ever to building 
stronger, healthier communities and are 
proud to support more than 75,000 children 
every school day. 
A huge thank you to our colleagues, 
customers and partners who have helped  
to support our Breakfast Clubs across two 
appeal weeks and with in-shop donations, 
raising over £482,000 in 2024 alone.
A YEAR FULL OF JOY
A YEAR FULL OF JOY
£1 million raised for  
BBC Children in Need
We are proud to have partnered with BBC Children in Need 
for 18 years and we once again kicked off November with 
Pudsey power. A huge thank you to our colleagues and 
customers as they came together to help us raise over  
£1 million for BBC Children in Need – supporting the  
lives of young people across the UK. From wacky and 
wonderful fundraising activities and generous donations,  
to customers enjoying our Pudsey products, the support  
this appeal receives each year is truly phenomenal. 
CELEBRATING 40 YEARS AS A PLC CONTINUED

8
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
AT A GLANCE
BETTER BUSINESS 
BETTER BUSINESS 
FOR EVERYONE
FOR EVERYONE
Our purpose
TO MAKE GREAT TASTING, FRESHLY PREPARED FOOD 
ACCESSIBLE TO EVERYONE
Our vision
TO BE THE CUSTOMERS’ FAVOURITE  
FOR FOOD-ON-THE-GO
MANUFACTURING
In our own food manufacturing centres of 
excellence, we make great tasting, freshly 
prepared food that our customers can trust. 
LOGISTICS
We move products from our food manufacturing 
sites to our shops ourselves, which helps us to 
keep our prices as low as possible.
OUR PEOPLE
We have 33,000 amazing colleagues, working 
together to provide our customers with the best 
experience, offering fast and friendly service,  
day in, day out.
CUSTOMER CHANNELS
With more than 2,600 shops, including 561 with 
franchise partners, our wholesale partnership, 
delivery service and Click + Collect, we are 
available to serve customers wherever, whenever 
and however they choose.
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
Through our Greggs App, we are building 
long-term connections with our customers 
and rewarding their loyalty. Our Customer 
Relationship Management (CRM) systems allow 
us to talk to our customers on a one-to-one basis 
and serve them personalised communication, 
with exclusive offers and benefits for being an 
opted-in App customer.
We are a modern food-on-the-go retailer, providing a wide 
menu of food and drink choices wherever and whenever  
our customers need us throughout the day.
WHAT WE DO
With ownership of our supply chain, multiple service 
channels for our customers and more than 2,600 shops 
across the UK, we are in a unique position to make great 
tasting, freshly prepared food accessible to everyone. 
Our teams across the business are dedicated to providing 
our customers with great tasting food-on-the-go and the 
best experience, day in, day out. 

9
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Rewarding  
our colleagues
We know that our people are our 
most valuable asset, so we make 
sure that our colleagues are paid 
fairly, treated well, and given 
the training and opportunities 
they deserve. We believe all of 
our people should share in our 
success. Every year, 10% of  
our profits are shared among  
our colleagues. 
Read more about our people and culture 
on pages 40 to 45
Giving back to the 
communities we serve
Greggs has a proud reputation 
of giving back and we are 
committed to doing the right 
thing to help build stronger, 
healthier communities and to lead 
positive change. We donate to a 
wide range of charitable causes, 
and every year, we give at least 
1% of profits to our corporate 
charity, The Greggs Foundation. 
Our donation, along with support 
from our customers, colleagues 
and partners, enabled the charity 
to distribute £5.45 million in 
2024 to schools and charitable 
organisations in the UK.
Read more about The Greggs Pledge  
on pages 47 to 49
Creating sustainable value  
for our shareholders
We always strive to be a good corporate 
citizen and to treat everyone – our colleagues, 
customers, suppliers, partners and 
shareholders – with fairness, consideration 
and respect. 
As well as supporting our communities by 
providing thousands of fairly paid jobs and 
supporting a number of charitable causes, 
we are redoubling our efforts to make 
Greggs a great place to work. We want to be 
an inclusive employer that our colleagues 
recommend to their friends. 
We always set high standards for what we 
purchase, with the aim of making things 
better in our supply chain and working 
collaboratively with our suppliers, so they 
raise their game too.
Read more about our business model  
on pages 12 and 13
HOW WE CREATE VALUE FOR OUR STAKEHOLDERS
COLLEAGUE PROFIT-SHARING
£20.5m
2023: £17.6m
DONATED TO THE GREGGS FOUNDATION 
£3.1m
2023: £2.6m
TOTAL ORDINARY DIVIDEND 
69.0p 
2023: 62.0p
AT A GLANCE CONTINUED

10
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
I’m delighted with the further progress that 
Greggs has made in 2024. The whole team 
has demonstrated its ability to execute on our 
strategic plan, responding to market conditions 
whilst continuing to deliver another year of 
progress and attractive returns. We are excited 
by the opportunity ahead and investing to 
realise that potential. In doing so we remain true 
to the responsible, long-term approach that has 
served this business and its stakeholders well 
for many years.
Matt Davies 
Chair
Overview
Greggs delivered another strong performance in 2024, making 
further progress against our strategic plan and delivering 
an excellent financial outcome in more challenging market 
conditions. The long-term growth opportunity ahead is clear 
and we are making good progress as we develop capacity in our 
supply chain to support further expansion in the years ahead.
The Board’s agenda for the year reflected the Company’s 
ambitious growth plans. We continued to review the health of the 
brand and management’s initiatives to develop the food and drink 
offer and improve access to Greggs across multiple channels. 
The Board scrutinised the investment plans that support these 
objectives, ensuring that the business is making good returns on 
the expansion of its shop estate into areas where Greggs has not 
traditionally been accessible. This gives us confidence as we lay 
down capacity for the next phase of expansion.
High standards of governance have long been associated with 
Greggs, and we work hard to ensure that these are maintained as 
the operating environment changes. During the year the Board 
received updates on key risk areas and put a particular focus 
on processes for allergen management, given the material risk 
associated with this. 
The business remains in a strong financial position and in 2024 
the Board oversaw the refinancing of its revolving credit facility, 
as well as supporting the defined benefit pension scheme 
Trustee to de-risk the Company’s legacy pension scheme through 
the purchase of an insurance policy which matches the majority 
of the scheme’s liabilities.
Greggs has always aimed to carry out its business in a responsible 
manner and our pursuit of the targets that make up The Greggs 
Pledge has really pushed us forward on this agenda. As we enter 
the final year of our current Pledge targets, great progress has 
been made in making Greggs an even more sustainable business 
and we are now refreshing the priorities for the next phase of this 
journey. In supporting the communities in which Greggs operates 
CONTINUED 
CONTINUED 
STRONG TRACK 
STRONG TRACK 
RECORD
RECORD

11
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
we often partner with The Greggs Foundation (the ‘Foundation’), 
the independent charity set up by Ian Gregg almost 40 years ago.  
The Foundation makes a significant and positive impact on those  
who need its help and I would like to thank our colleagues, 
customers and partners for their support with this important work.
Our people and values
Our colleagues across the business are remarkable people, and 
critical to the reputation that Greggs has for fast and friendly 
service. The Board takes time to stay close to them in order to get 
first-hand feedback on what’s working and what could be done 
better. It’s a credit to the open culture of the business that they  
do not hold back in offering their views and I want to thank them 
for this and for their continued dedication.
This ‘listening’ activity involves Directors visiting shops, supply 
sites and support teams, as well as attendance at forums that 
help us to hear the impact of our plans on colleagues. This makes 
the Board better equipped to question and support management 
and to make informed decisions.
The Board
On 1 June 2024 we welcomed Tamara Rogers as an additional 
Non-Executive Director. Tamara is the Global Chief Marketing 
Officer of Haleon plc, the FTSE 100 listed world-leading 
consumer healthcare company, and has over 30 years’ 
experience across a range of commercial and marketing roles. 
She brings a wealth of experience across marketing, customer 
insight and digital commerce.
The Board engaged in an externally-facilitated review in the year. 
This comprehensive review process included the facilitator’s 
attendance at meetings, including all of our Committees, to see 
the Board in action. Interviews also extended to the Company’s 
Operating Board members to evaluate the manner in which 
the Board interacts with the executive team. The process was 
extremely worthwhile and led to some valuable learnings that 
will help us to improve further, but I am pleased to say that the 
overwhelming outcome was that this is a highly effective and 
engaged board.
Further details of the Board’s work are included in the 
Governance and Committee sections of this Annual Report.
Dividend
At the time of the interim results in July 2024 the Board declared 
an interim ordinary dividend of 19.0 pence per share (2023: 16.0 
pence per share). In line with our progressive ordinary dividend 
policy and our target for the ordinary dividend to be twice covered 
by earnings, the Board intends to recommend at the annual 
general meeting (‘AGM’) a final dividend of 50.0 pence per share 
(2023: 46.0 pence per share), giving a total ordinary dividend for 
the year of 69.0 pence per share (2023: 62.0 pence per share).
Our capital allocation policy, as outlined in the Financial Review, 
details our approach to distribution, and the methodology for 
determining and returning any surplus cash to shareholders.  
In May 2024, in application of this policy, the Board paid a special 
dividend of 40.0 pence per share.
Our colleagues across the 
business are remarkable people, 
and critical to the reputation 
that Greggs has for fast and 
friendly service.”
Looking ahead
Greggs made strong progress in 2024 and demonstrated its 
ability to respond to tighter market conditions in the second half 
of the year. This, and the Company’s robust financial health, puts 
us in a good position to deliver our plans for long-term profitable 
growth, whilst navigating near-term developments in market 
conditions. The Board remains confident in the Greggs business 
and our future plans.
Matt Davies
Chair
4 March 2025
CHAIR’S STATEMENT CONTINUED

12
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
BUSINESS MODEL
Our purpose… 
To make great tasting, freshly prepared food accessible to everyone
Our people…
33,000
amazing colleagues  
across our business
People are at the heart of everything we do.  
We have 33,000 amazing colleagues across  
our business – in our shops, supply chain and 
central support teams – and each and every one 
has an invaluable part to play in our success. 
Our colleagues work together to provide our 
customers with the best experience every day. 
We want to provide them with a great place  
to work, where they feel valued, want to stay  
with us, and can thrive and be the very best 
version of themselves.
…and continue to  
enhance our offering by…
Find out more about our strategy on pages 26 to 37
Find out more about Our People on pages 40 to 45
…focus on our four 
strategic pillars…
1.	 Broadening customer appeal 
2.	Growing and developing the  
Greggs estate
3.	Developing our digital channels 
4.	Expanding our evening trade
5.	Investing in our supply chain and 
technology for a bigger business
QUALITY
Great tasting,  
freshly prepared food
SERVICE
Best customer  
experience
VALUE
Competitive  
supply chain
ENGAGE
First-class  
support teams

13
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Our vision…
To be the customers’ favourite for food-on-the-go
…and helping realise  
The Greggs Pledge  
to build…
Stronger, healthier 
communities
A safer planet
A better business
More about The Greggs Pledge on pages 47 to 49
…delivering value to all our stakeholders…
Find out more about how we engage with our stakeholders on pages 81 to 87 
CUSTOMERS
No.1	
Greggs is rated No.1 for value on the  
YouGov BrandIndex 2024, within the  
quick-service restaurant, coffee shop  
and delivery services group.
We want our customers to have the best 
experience with Greggs, wherever, whenever 
and however they shop with us. And we want 
them to visit us time and time again. So, we 
have been working to expand and improve 
our 2,600-strong shop estate, as well as our 
wholesale and delivery partnerships. We have 
also been working hard behind the scenes 
to develop and enhance our digital channels 
to offer more value and convenience to our 
customers via Click + Collect and the Greggs 
App. Our App enables us to communicate 
with our customers and reward them for 
their loyalty.
COMMUNITIES
£5.45m
(2023: £4.5m)
Greggs believes in giving back to the 
communities we serve. With our support, 
The Greggs Foundation was able to distribute 
£5.45 million last year to schools and 
charitable organisations in the UK.
SUPPLIERS
93.8%
(2023: 94.5%)
We’re also a great brand to work with –  
over 90% of invoices were paid to suppliers 
within the terms agreed.
COLLEAGUES
74%
(2023: 74%)
Greggs is a great place to work, with a 
74% engagement score in the most recent 
colleague engagement opinion survey.
SHAREHOLDERS
69.0p
We provide value to our shareholders, with a 
69.0p ordinary dividend proposed in line with 
our progressive dividend policy.
BUSINESS MODEL CONTINUED

14
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
MARKET REVIEW
ADAPTING TO 
ADAPTING TO 
MARKET CHANGES
MARKET CHANGES
At Greggs, we pay close attention to 
the evolving macro and consumer 
trends that we believe are most 
likely to impact our operations. This 
allows us to anticipate and mitigate 
challenges, and also to seize new 
opportunities as they arise.
MACRO TRENDS
Climate change
The climate crisis requires urgent action, and 
businesses have an important role to play. 
Improved governance and reporting across  
all industries and sectors will continue to drive 
the reduction of carbon emissions across 
society, assisting with both adaptation and  
the transition to a low-carbon future. 
Nature and biodiversity
Human activities are causing a worrying decline 
in biodiversity. An increasing human population 
is putting ever-greater pressure on natural 
habitats and leading to the over-exploitation 
of our natural resources, concerns which are 
further exacerbated by changes to the climate 
caused by human activity.
Geopolitical uncertainty 
Global political tensions and conflicts continue, 
and Greggs must ensure business security and 
continuity in uncertain operating conditions.
Inflation/cost of living 
Economic pressure from inflation is directly 
impacting the market and our consumer base. 
More extreme weather may affect our supply 
chain, infrastructure and operations; we have 
undertaken work to fully understand the key 
risks and impacts of climate change on our 
business. Our Net Zero Steering Group is 
challenging the climate impact of every area of 
our operations and driving action to reduce it. 
We aim to be net zero by 2040 – a decade earlier 
than the UK Government’s plan. 
Find out more in our TCFD Report on pages 50 to 58
Wherever possible, we seek to avoid 
contributing to deforestation or land-use 
change by purchasing certified sustainable 
commodities – such as wood-based products, 
beef, palm oil and soy. Further details can be 
found within our deforestation policy. 
Our recent partnership with EcoVadis gives 
us the option to assess the environmental 
practices of chosen suppliers and continue to 
review the wider impacts of our operation to 
identify further improvements we can make. 
We ensure business resilience  
through our ongoing enterprise risk 
management (ERM) process.
As a value-led business, it is vital that we 
monitor the economic situation and find ways to 
mitigate costs to ensure we continue to support 
our customers and communities with great 
tasting, affordable products.
Greggs response

15
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
CONSUMER TRENDS
Dietary shifts
A growing number of consumers are 
choosing to reduce their consumption  
of animal products for ethical, health  
or environmental reasons.
Ultra-processed food 
According to the Food Standards Agency, 
since August 2023 ultra-processed food 
has been one of the top three concerns 
raised by consumers surveyed in its 
Consumer Insights Tracker, with three  
out of four respondents saying they  
are worried.
Healthy eating
Rising obesity levels and diet-related  
ill health are putting enormous pressure  
on the NHS. The UK Government is 
combating this through policy and education 
programmes aimed at improving the 
nation’s eating habits – this includes the new 
Advertising (Less Healthy Food Definitions 
and Exemptions) Regulations 2024, which 
come into force in October 2025. 
Eco-conscious consumers
Consumers’ buying habits are increasingly 
influenced by their concern for the 
environment and a desire to reduce pollution 
and avoid wasting resources. We use our 
Eco-Shop as a test bed for new sustainability 
initiatives. Ideas that successfully help us 
reduce energy and water use are then rolled 
out to all new shops and refits.
We pay close attention to changing 
consumer preferences and capitalise on 
the growing trend towards eating less meat 
through our innovative range of plant-based 
products, beginning in 2019 with the launch 
of our – now iconic – Greggs Vegan Sausage 
Roll. We offer at least one vegan option to 
our customers at all times of the day.
While there is no single, universally agreed 
definition for ultra-processed food, we 
adopt the most commonly used NOVA 
classification. We will continue to work 
across the industry, and with Government 
departments and non-Governmental 
organisations (NGOs), as more information 
on ultra-processed food becomes available. 
Processing can play an important role in 
food safety, nutrition, and in making food 
more affordable but we are committed 
to improving the nutritional value of our 
products wherever possible.
We have committed to ensure that at least 
30% of the products on our shelves are 
healthier choices through expanding our 
range of salads, flat breads, rice bowls 
and fruit pots. We have reformulated 
many of our sweet treats and savouries 
to reduce the sugar, salt, fat and calories 
in them without impacting their taste. 
We help our customers to make informed 
choices by providing calorie and nutritional 
information on shelf, on packaging, and on 
the Greggs App and website. We will adapt 
our approach to advertising as required to 
ensure we align to Government regulations.
More than a quarter of our shops now 
feature initiatives tested at our Eco-Shop. 
We aim to redistribute unsold food from 
our shops at the end of every day and use 
our Outlet shops, our national network 
of charity partners and Too Good to Go 
‘Magic Bags’ to help us. Almost all of our 
Greggs retail branded packaging is ‘easily 
recyclable’ according to the On-Pack 
Recycling Label scheme, meaning most 
households have access to recycling 
facilities for these materials. 
Greggs response
MARKET REVIEW CONTINUED

16
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
A RECORD-BREAKING YEAR
2024 was a record-breaking year for sales 
and profit and we exceeded two billion 
pounds of sales for the first time.
£2
£2
BILLION
BILLION

17
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
THANKS TO THE DEDICATION OF 
THANKS TO THE DEDICATION OF 
OUR PEOPLE, WE HAVE ENJOYED 
OUR PEOPLE, WE HAVE ENJOYED 
ANOTHER SUCCESSFUL YEAR. 
ANOTHER SUCCESSFUL YEAR. 
WE CONTINUE TO LAY STRONG 
WE CONTINUE TO LAY STRONG 
FOUNDATIONS FOR OUR FUTURE 
FOUNDATIONS FOR OUR FUTURE 
GROWTH.
GROWTH.
2024 was another record-breaking year for 
Greggs; we exceeded £2 billion in sales for the 
first time and opened our 2,600th shop. Our 
people have worked tirelessly to deliver on our 
strategic ambition to further establish Greggs 
as a multi-channel food-to-go retailer and I 
want to acknowledge their efforts. It is thanks 
to their hard work, week after week, that we 
continue to grow, all the while maintaining the 
great prices, high-quality products and friendly 
service that keep our customers coming back, 
again and again.
Roisin Currie
Chief Executive
In 2021, we set our sights on doubling sales by 2026 and having  
a significantly bigger business over the longer term. Three years 
into this five-year plan, sales are on track and we continue to 
be confident in the growth opportunity in front of us. The brand 
is in better shape than ever, with a material opportunity to 
continue growing and developing the Greggs estate and plenty 
of scope to continue to grow in newer dayparts and channels. 
We continue to lay the foundations for this growth opportunity 
by investing in our manufacturing and logistics capacity. We 
have commenced building work on two large new sites in the 
Midlands, a frozen product manufacturing and logistics facility 
in Derby and a chilled and ambient National Distribution Centre 
in Kettering, building additional capacity which will allow us  
to service up to 3,500 shops.
The growth strategy that we began implementing in 2021 has 
proven hugely successful and we remain committed to pursuing 
our four key drivers of growth: broadening customer appeal; 
increasing and developing our estate; extending evening trade; and 
using digital channels to expand our home delivery offer and Click 
+ Collect – all underpinned by significant investment in our supply 
chain and technology. Our assessment of the opportunity  
to grow to an estate of significantly more than 3,000 shops remains 
unchanged, and we see further opportunity to gain increased 
market share in the evening daypart and delivery channel, whilst 
also maximising the value of the customers who now use our App.
In 2024, our like-for-like sales in company-managed shops  
were up 5.5% year-on-year despite the food-to-go market  
being challenging, with no volume growth in the market overall.  
We maintained our overall share of the market and retained  
our position as the UK’s No.1 brand for food-to-go breakfast 
(Source: Circana CREST, YE December 2024), helping to start  
the day well for millions.
As we attract new customers and increase sales, it is imperative 
we invest in our infrastructure – both physical and digital – to keep 
pace. We aim to simplify operations, improve efficiencies, and 
use data and technology to drive better decisions and reduce 
complexity for our people.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT

18
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED
A key part of this is the evolution of our supply chain operating 
model. In 2016, we began to move away from a traditional regional 
bakery model – where every site made every product – towards  
a consolidated, centralised approach. Today, our nine production 
facilities are manufacturing centres of excellence, specialising  
in specific products and producing them at scale.
Our plans for further growth will require additional capacity in our 
supply chain over the coming years. During 2024, we introduced 
a fourth savoury line at our Balliol Park site in Newcastle upon 
Tyne, increasing production capacity for savoury rolls and bakes 
by circa 35%, and completed work on expanding our Radial 
Distribution Centres in Amesbury and Birmingham providing  
300 additional shops of logistics capacity. We also set in motion  
two major new development projects: a new frozen manufacturing 
and logistics facility in Derby (due to open in 2026) and a new 
National Distribution Centre in Kettering (due to open in the 
first half of 2027). Both sites are designed to support our Radial 
Distribution Centres and will significantly increase our logistics 
capacity; when both are operational we will be able to service an 
additional 700 shops through the automated upstream picking 
of frozen, chilled and ambient goods, taking our total logistics 
capacity to 3,500 shops.
Having led this significant transformation project since 2012, our 
Supply Chain Director, Gavin Kirk, has now retired. He handed 
over to Kuldip Bains who has joined Greggs from Bakkavor Group 
plc where he was responsible for operational excellence across 
their 15 manufacturing sites and four distribution sites. I wish to 
thank Gavin for leaving our supply chain transformation project 
in such a strong position, ready for Kuldip to maximise the 
significant growth and efficiency opportunities ahead.
I would also like to thank Jonathan Jowett who is retiring after 
15 years’ service to Greggs as our Company Secretary & General 
Counsel. He played a key role in Greggs growth from bakery to 
multi-channel food-to-go retailer, ensuring we have a robust 
governance structure in place. He hands over to Sarah Dickson, 
former Deputy General Counsel and Data Protection Officer 
at Marks and Spencer and, prior to that, Senior Director for 
Regulatory Compliance at Asda.
As we forge ahead into 2025, I know we have the right senior 
team in place to take our business from strength to strength. We 
have established strong foundations for future growth, and I look 
forward to another year of solid progress towards our goals.
Financial results
Total sales grew to £2,014 million in 2024 (2023: £1,810 million),  
an 11.3% increase on the level seen in 2023. Within this, company-
managed shop like-for-like sales were 5.5% higher than 2023. 
Underlying pre-tax profit for the year increased by 13.2% to  
£189.8 million (2023: £167.7 million). For further detail, see the 
Financial Review. Including exceptional gains, pre-tax profit for 
the year increased to £203.9 million (2023: £188.3 million).
A HEALTHIER CHOICE 
WHEN SHOPPING 
WITH US
We are always working on making our existing range 
healthier. We continue to review the recipes of our core 
products to find ways to deliver great tasting meals and 
snacks which contain less sugar, calories and salt.
In 2017, the UK government published new recommended 
limits on salt and calories, and we considered what was 
possible and set out to achieve 92% of them by the end 
of 2025. By the end of 2024, we had reached 85.1% and 
continue to work towards our target. The impact of the 
changes we have made to our recipes delivers astonishing 
results. Since 2022, we have removed 2.7 billion calories 
and 48 tonnes of salt from our customers’ diets without 
impacting their enjoyment of the Greggs range.
As well as helping our customers to eat less salt, fat and 
sugar, we also want to help them get more of the good 
stuff like protein and vitamins. Every one of our soups and 
rice boxes contains one portion of vegetables, and 50% of 
our own brand cold sandwiches provide half a portion.
We define a ‘healthier choice’ as a menu item that 
contains fewer than 400 calories and scores no red traffic 
lights on the Government’s voluntary labelling scheme, 
which provides consumers with nutrition information on 
the front of the pack. The full traffic light label consists 
of information on calories, fat, saturated fat, sugar and 
salt. More than 30% of our range meets these criteria.

19
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Our key drivers of growth
Broadening customer appeal
Our mission is to provide our customers with excellent value for 
money, great quality food, and fast and friendly service. To ensure 
that we are as accessible as possible, we continue to extend 
opening hours, increase the reach of home delivery and open 
shops in more locations. Through new product development,  
our loyalty programme on the Greggs App, and engaging, relevant 
communications, we continue to reach new customers and 
deepen our relationship with our existing ones.
During 2024, we further evolved our range, allowing us to meet 
our customers’ needs and desires through all channels and in 
every daypart. We rolled out our popular over-ice drinks range 
following a successful trial and these are now available in 1,175 
shops, along with chilled ‘Ready-to-Drink’ Latte and Caramel Latte 
canned products. We extended our ‘ healthier choices ’ menu with 
new pasta dishes and Chicken Pesto and Spicy Mexican Bean 
Flatbreads. Our hot food menu is proving increasingly popular, 
with pizza deals driving strong growth, and we conducted 
successful trials of made-to-order options during the lunch and 
evening dayparts. Our new add-on product, Mozzarella & Cheddar 
Bites, won the ‘New Food To Go Award’ at the 2024 ‘Sammies’  
(the Sandwich & Food To Go Industry Awards).
We rotate our product range across the year to provide enticing 
novelty, with customers enjoying the return of seasonal stalwarts, 
such as the Festive Bake and Vegan Festive Bake, as well as new 
twists on old favourites. Popular new seasonal products in 2024 
included the Cherry Bakewell Muffin, Spicy Vegetable Curry Bake, 
Pumpkin Spice Doughnut, Gingerbread Latte, Christmas Lunch 
Baguette, and Festive Flatbread. 
According to Brand Finance’s latest ranking, Greggs is now 
the UK’s second-strongest brand (UK 250 2024) with a triple-A 
rating. This is derived from high scores for value for money, 
consideration and familiarity, and demonstrates that we are 
deeply rooted in customers’ minds – a key advantage in the  
food-to-go market, where success is driven by being front of 
mind when customers are seeking food-on-the-go. 
AWARD-WINNING!
Greggs is incredibly proud to receive the Gold 
Award in Britain’s Most Admired Restaurant and 
Pub sector 2024. The Britain’s Most Admired 
Companies study measures more than 250 of 
Britain’s largest companies across 27 sectors, 
against 13 individual criteria. This year marks 
the 11th time Greggs have been named the Gold 
winner for the Restaurants and Pubs sector. 
This recognition is a testament to the hard 
work, dedication and commitment of all our 
colleagues across the business.
Our mission is simple: to make Greggs 
accessible, wherever, whenever and however 
our customers need us, while ensuring we offer 
great value and great quality, freshly prepared 
food and drink on-the-go. As we celebrate this 
achievement, we’re also excited about the 
future and continue to invest in growth across 
the business. We remain focused on broadening 
the appeal of Greggs to existing and new 
customers and making our offer accessible  
to more people, through our multi-channel 
approach and expansion of our shop estate  
in the UK. Thank you to all of our colleagues, 
customers and shareholders who have been 
part of our journey.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED

20
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
The popularity of the Greggs brand allows us to cut through in 
fun, entertaining and engaging ways, celebrating British culture 
in our trademark tongue-in-cheek way. As a value-driven brand, 
generating media coverage in this way is a key part of our 
customer engagement strategy and, in 2024, we made notable 
appearances at Vicky Pattison’s wedding, Olly Murs’ baby shower, 
and at the beach in Whitley Bay, Tyneside, where Rosie Ramsey 
helped to launch our Fish Finger Sandwich. After the huge 
success of the Greggs Bistro in Fenwick Newcastle in 2023,  
we returned in 2024 with the pop-up Greggs Champagne Bar, 
pairing customers’ favourite bakes and rolls with a curated 
selection of champagnes.
During London Fashion Week in September, we launched ‘Baked 
in Gold’, a limited-edition collection of 22-carat gold-plated 
jewellery featuring Sausage Roll earrings, a Jammy Heart 
Necklace and even a Greggs charm bracelet. The range of 1,000 
items – the first from a food-to-go retailer – was designed and 
hand-crafted by contemporary British artist Dion Kitson and  
sold out within an hour of its launch.
Every year we look for new, innovative and fun ways to celebrate 
the return of our much-anticipated Christmas menu. This year, 
we recruited Nigella Lawson to star in our Christmas advert, 
letting the nation know that even the most sophisticated of 
palates revel in the ‘rapturous riot of flavour’ that is our  
Festive Bake.
Growing and developing the Greggs estate 
Expanding our national network of shops is central to our growth 
plans. In 2021, we launched our five-year growth plan, outlining our 
ambition to reach significantly more than 3,000 shops in the UK in 
the longer term. In November 2024, we opened our 2,600th shop, 
marking a significant milestone in our estate expansion strategy. 
Over the course of the year, we opened an average of four new 
shops every week and, on 28 December 2024, had 2,618 Greggs 
shops across the UK (2023: 2,473). In total, we opened a record 
226 new shops (2023: 220) and closed 81 shops (28 closures and 
53 relocations), resulting in 145 net new shop openings.
We opened six shops in Northern Ireland, taking the total in this 
region to 23. This is a developing market for Greggs where we 
see potential for further growth and we have a strong new shop 
pipeline in place for the year ahead.
In addition to finding new sites, relocating existing shops is a key 
part of our strategy to grow the Greggs estate. During 2024, we 
closed shops in 53 locations to make way for a better one either 
nearby or by expanding into a vacant unit next door, allowing us to 
serve more customers and expand our offer in that community. 
Relocating shops enables us to retain the existing shop team 
whilst adding the space needed to reach more customers. This 
might be by providing seating, housing new equipment to expand 
our range into hot products or iced drinks or installing an assembly 
station to better meet the needs of Click + Collect customers and 
delivery couriers. In these locations in the heart of communities, 
our customer base is already well established and further 
investment unlocks swift, profitable growth. Relocated shops 
see a circa 30% increase in sales on average in the year after the 
change of location which, consistent with our treatment of all new 
shops, are excluded from our like-for-like sales growth measure 
until they have completed one full calendar year of trading.
As an example, we first opened a shop on London’s Cheapside in 
2012 and it quickly became a success. However, both the size and 
shape of the property were a constraint to growth. We wanted 
to add channels to improve sales and began to look for another 
space. Fortuitously, the unit next door became available, enabling 
us to create a larger shop with ample seating and a significant 
upgrade to the customer area. 
Similarly, we conducted an extensive programme of refits; 
refurbishing, reconfiguring or extending 125 company-managed 
shops and 40 franchised shops to make them more modern  
and appealing, as well as better set up to support our  
multi-channel offer.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED

21
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
We continue to focus on broadening our presence beyond 
the high street and almost half of our shops (48.5%) are now 
in alternative locations such as petrol forecourts, roadsides, 
transport hubs, retail parks, supermarkets, universities and 
hospitals. Ten years ago, these locations represented just 18.1% 
of the Greggs estate. As well as offering a strong return on our 
investment, these are the locations where we see the greatest 
potential for future growth. During 2024, 144 of the 226 new 
shops we opened were away from the high street, including 11 
standalone drive-thrus, and 11 shops inside large supermarkets. 
Notable openings in travel hubs included three in Glasgow (Queen 
Street, Central and Motherwell railway stations), Embankment 
London Underground station, a second shop at London Bridge 
station, and Blackpool Tram Station. Securing transport locations 
means we can place a shop inside a closed catchment, ensuring 
customers in those locations have more choice when they grab 
their breakfast, lunch or dinner whilst on the move.
Greggs is a trusted brand offering a strong covenant to 
landlords and franchise partners and this continues to generate 
opportunities in new locations. Our new shop pipeline is strong, 
and we remain confident that we will deliver between 140 and  
150 net openings again in 2025. We will continue our dual strategy 
of growing our high street presence by relocating shops and 
refitting existing ones, as well as opening new shops where 
Greggs continues to be underrepresented, such as retail parks, 
railway stations, airports, roadsides and supermarkets. 
 
Extending evening trade 
Evening sales now represent 9.0% of company-managed shop 
sales, up from 8.5% in 2023, with post-4pm trading again being 
the fastest growing daypart.
We know that relevant menu development is key to our success in 
the evenings. Our hot food range, in particular our Southern Fried 
Chicken Goujons and Southern Fried Potato Wedges, continue 
to perform well after 4pm. In 2024 we launched a BBQ Chicken 
& Bacon Pizza and complemented the well-established six-slice 
pizza box with the introduction of a smaller four-slice box.
We have also expanded our made-to-order offer. In 2024, we 
carried out a ‘made-to-order’ trial in ten shops in Newcastle  
upon Tyne and are now inviting people to customise orders for 
Fish Finger Wraps, Fish Finger Sandwiches, Chicken Wraps,  
and Chicken Burgers at circa 140 shops. Customers can choose  
from a variety of sauces, plus add-ons of bacon and cheese, and 
enjoy it as part of a meal deal with wedges and a drink from £5. 
We plan to introduce these made-to-order options at a further 
200 locations by the end of the first quarter of 2025.
During the summer, we launched a CRM campaign called ‘Happier 
Days’, utilising the Greggs App to grow evening trade, offering 
double reward stamps on every purchase after 5pm from 8 July to 
10 August. During this campaign we saw a strong uplift in evening 
like-for-like sales compared to other dayparts, and transactions 
remained higher following the campaign, showing the lasting 
effect of the promotion.
Over the longer term, the ongoing evolution of our menu and the 
convenience and diversity of our shop estate offers a significant 
opportunity to further increase our share of both the walk-in and 
delivery evening markets.
Developing digital channels
The Greggs App, Click + Collect, and our partnerships with  
Just Eat and Uber Eats help drive forward our ambition to 
become a multi-channel retailer. Whether a customer wants  
to visit a shop, order in advance or have food delivered to their 
home or workplace, we want their experience to be smooth,  
easy and quick.
Use of the award-winning Greggs App continues to grow, with 
customers scanning it in 20.1% of transactions in company-managed 
shops during 2024 (2023: 12.5%). This notable growth in the use 
of Greggs Rewards has been driven by the value the App offers; 
we reward customers who collect nine stamps in a category 
by giving them their tenth item free. The App also allows us to 
promote products and flag new menu items, while allowing 
customers to find their nearest Greggs and check opening times. 
We continue to focus on making sure it is easy and intuitive to use 
and are pleased that it is rated 4.8 out of 5 on both Google Play 
Store and Apple’s App Store. We ended 2024 in the No.1 spot for 
free Food & Drink apps on both app stores.
Effective customer relationship management is key to unlocking 
further growth from the App and, this year, we implemented 
a new customer engagement platform that is helping us to 
Evening sales now represent  
9.0% of company-managed  
shop sales, with post-4pm 
trading again being the fastest 
growing daypart.”
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED

22
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
understand our customers at a much more granular level, further 
enhancing our ability to engage with them and increase loyalty. 
It has allowed us to use geo-targeting to identify top App users 
in a particular area to offer money-can’t-buy benefits, such 
as an invitation to a sommelier event at the Fenwick Greggs 
Champagne Bar. When we had special product launches, such as 
for the Baked in Gold jewellery range or Greggs Top Trumps, we 
sent App users a link to our online shop before we posted it on 
social media.
During 2024, we increased the number of shops offering home 
delivery to 1,556 (2023: 1,440). Collectively, our customers placed 
circa 10 million orders through the Just Eat or Uber Eats apps 
over the year, with basket sizes on average more than double 
those of walk-in customers. Sales through this channel were up 
30.9% compared with 2023, and in 2024 delivery represented 
6.7% of company-managed shop sales (2023: 5.6%).
 
Behind the scenes, we have been improving our operational 
procedures to fulfil demand and make the experience slicker 
for both customers and colleagues. This includes better menu 
management in our shops and streamlining the menu to make  
it easier for customers scrolling online. Next, we are focusing  
on providing our customers with more accurate estimations  
of courier arrival times.
Investing in our supply chain and technology  
for a bigger business 
As our shop estate grows, we are expanding our manufacturing 
and logistics capability to ensure that our supply capacity can 
meet increased demand.
In early 2024, we finalised the commissioning of a fourth 
manufacturing line at our Balliol Park site in Newcastle, increasing 
levels of automation and boosting production capacity for our 
savoury rolls and bakes by 35%.
We also completed the redevelopment of our Amesbury and 
Birmingham Distribution Centres, doubling capacity at the 
former and streamlining operations at the latter. Together, these 
investments in our logistics infrastructure mean that we are now 
set up to support an additional 300 shops.
During the year, we signed agreements for two new state-of-
the-art sites in the Midlands. The first, at SmartParc in Derby, 
will be both a manufacturing and logistics facility, replicating 
the success of our northern frozen manufacturing and logistics 
campus at Balliol Park. In addition to an automated cold store, the 
new site (due to open in 2026) will introduce automated picking 
right down to the shop level. 
The second new site, in Symmetry Park, Kettering, will be a 
National Distribution Centre for storing, picking and distributing 
ambient and chilled goods. In January 2025 we purchased a  
25-acre plot and have begun building the facility, which we expect 
will be operational in 2027. The site will embrace increased levels 
of automation to enable upstream picking, relieving pressure on our 
Radial Distribution Centres. This allows us to increase throughput 
and improve the productivity of our entire logistics chain.
Together, these two new sites will allow us to support a total 
estate of up to 3,500 shops. In addition, they are being  
purpose-built to include developable ‘white space’ that will allow 
us to make additional investments to support further growth, 
as required. The expected impact of these investments on the 
shape of margin and returns is set out in the Financial Review.
In addition to physical infrastructure, we are ensuring that we 
have the right technology and systems in place to maximise 
efficiency and minimise complexity right across our operations. 
This includes the implementation of new EPOS till software to 
improve how we manage pricing and promotions. We also began 
the project to transition to an updated enterprise resource 
planning software system, SAP S/4HANA, which brings greater  
AI and analytics capability to help streamline processes, improve 
productivity and give us real-time insights. All these investments 
are generating better data which we can use to adjust and 
improve how we do things. As our business becomes more 
complex, we will use AI and technology to make our people’s jobs 
as simple as possible, lightening the cognitive load and letting 
them get back to what they do best: providing amazing service 
for our customers.
As our shops become ever more reliant on connectivity, we have 
invested in introducing full fibre broadband at every shop where  
it is available. We are upgrading all our Chip & Pin devices to ensure 
that we are utilising the most efficient technology available.  
We are also testing new initiatives aimed at driving further sales 
growth and delivering efficiencies, for example in 2025 we will trial 
touchscreen kiosk ordering and remote temperature monitoring.
Looking after our people 
As the employer of 33,000 people – many of whom work flexibly 
or part-time – we feel a responsibility to help improve their 
financial security. One way in which we do this, whilst also driving 
engagement, is through our longstanding profit share scheme. 
We continue to share 10% of our profits between colleagues who 
have been with us for six months or more, which this year will see 
qualifying colleagues share £20.5 million.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED

23
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Once again, we have reviewed our pension contributions. Last 
year, we increased the Company’s matched contribution to 6% 
and, in the year ahead, will raise it again to 7%, helping our people 
to save for their future. We continue to offer a colleague discount 
when buying Greggs products, and provide a Sharesave scheme 
that enables our people to purchase Greggs shares at a discount.
We have reviewed our family-friendly policies and increased 
maternity and paternity pay. Our intention is to support our 
people, whatever their stage of life, to make sure they can 
balance their family commitments with their career aspirations.
Improving the diversity of our workforce is one of the ten 
commitments of The Greggs Pledge, and our ambition is that 
we reflect the communities we serve by the end of 2025. In 
September 2024, we held our first internal Inclusion Conference, 
during which we reflected on and celebrated the progress we 
have made in this important area. We now have three colleague 
inclusion networks: REACH (our ethnicity group), ENABLE  
(our disability group) and PRIDE (our LGBTQ+ group) that aim to 
support these communities and improve access to opportunities. 
We recognise that we need to work harder to achieve greater 
ethnic diversity in our management population and are actively 
encouraging colleagues from a minority background to apply for 
our leadership development programmes. 
 
Giving back 
With such a large workforce, our greatest contribution to society 
is providing fairly-paid, sustainable jobs to tens of thousands of 
people across the country. 
In addition, we contribute 1% of our pre-tax profits to The Greggs 
Foundation (the “Foundation”) which distributes it to communities 
through initiatives such as Breakfast Clubs, hardship funds, and 
its community grant schemes. In 2024, we donated £3.1 million to 
the Foundation – this includes donating 1% of our pre-tax profits, 
and a share of profits from our Outlet shops. This was topped up 
by a further £1.1 million raised by our colleagues and customers 
through in-shop donations, two Breakfast Club appeal weeks, 
colleague Give As You Earn donations and fundraising. We also 
donate 5p to the Greggs Foundation for every Jammy Heart 
Biscuit and children’s sandwich sold.
We have supported BBC Children in Need for 18 years now, raising 
over £13 million for them in that time. 2024 was no exception and 
the collection buckets, merchandise and Pudsey biscuits in our 
shops during November raised over £1 million for the charity.
We also support Children’s Cancer North by funding the delivery 
of their Children’s Cancer Run every May, putting collection buckets 
in our shops in the North East and Cumbria, and encouraging 
customers to participate in the event.
The Greggs Pledge 
Since launching The Greggs Pledge in 2021, the business has 
united around ten clear commitments, and we have driven 
progress in every area. As we enter the final year of this phase  
of our journey we have now met or exceeded some of our original 
targets, and are on track to meet most of the others, and I am 
very proud of what we have achieved together.
Every one of our colleagues can be part of The Greggs Pledge 
journey – and I know so many of them feel very passionate about 
contributing to making Greggs a better business; it is a source  
of real pride and purpose.
In a fast-changing world, it is important that we regularly 
review our approach and, this year, we conducted a materiality 
assessment to ensure that our priorities are still the correct ones. 
We asked our people, suppliers and partners where we need 
to concentrate our efforts next, and we are now collating that 
feedback ready to evolve our approach in 2026.
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED

24
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
We group the ten commitments of The Greggs Pledge into three 
areas: Stronger, Healthier Communities; Safer Planet; and Better 
Business. Below are some highlights from the past year.
Stronger, Healthier Communities 
Greggs Foundation launched its first Breakfast Club in 1999 and, 
25 years later, proudly celebrated the opening of its 1,000th club. 
These clubs provide a free and nutritious breakfast to over 75,000 
school children every day, helping to tackle hunger in some of the 
UK’s most deprived communities.
 
We are delighted that the Government is proposing to introduce 
funded breakfast clubs for primary schools and are now looking 
at how our support for Greggs Foundation can extend the positive 
impact of breakfast clubs across more of the school day. 
Greggs Foundation will be building on the long history of its 
Breakfast Clubs to add even greater value to the network of 
1,000 schools. Now called Feeding Brighter Futures, The Greggs 
Foundation’s schools programme will continue to incorporate 
Breakfast Clubs for as long as supported schools need them, as 
well as developing additional support through after-school clubs 
and holiday club provision. The Foundation gives schools the 
freedom and funds to choose nutritious options and activities 
that will help children overcome barriers and provide new 
opportunities for learning.
Another way we tackle food insecurity is by redistributing our 
unsold food. Our ‘daily fresh’ approach means that products that 
haven’t been sold by the end of the day are taken off our shelves. 
We use several channels to redistribute unsold food: our Outlet 
shops; charity partners; the Too Good To Go app; and colleague 
Magic Bags. We redistributed 45% of all unsold food through 
these channels in 2024 (2023: 41.9% redistributed) and returned 
the remainder to our manufacturing sites from where it was sent 
to an anaerobic digestion facility that composts the food and 
creates biogas.
Our supply sites also have a longstanding partnership with 
FareShare and during 2024 we donated 50 tonnes of food  
which was then passed on to more than 1,500 charities  
across the UK. We have given them around 420 tonnes of  
food during the entirety of our partnership which, according  
to WRAP’s meals calculator, is equivalent to 1 million meals  
– a significant milestone.
We have also grown our network of Greggs Outlets to 38 shops, 
allowing us to sell day-old products at a big discount in places 
of higher social deprivation. A portion of the profits from each 
Outlet shop is then donated to community charities that support 
people in the local area.
Building stronger, healthier communities is also about making 
sure that we are supporting our customers to eat a healthier diet. 
During 2024, we again delivered on our commitment to ensure 
that at least 30% of our product range is a healthier option and 
expanded our range of flatbreads, salads and fruit pots.
Safer Planet 
We remain on track to becoming a net zero business by 2040,  
and to meeting our nearer-term goal of using 100% renewable 
energy by the end of 2025. Wherever we are responsible for 
sourcing the electricity, we choose to purchase 100% renewable 
electricity and, in a relatively small number of shops where  
our landlords don’t do the same, we are encouraging them to 
change. We have succeeded in moving 60% of the gas we use  
to renewable sources and, over time, are switching away from  
gas towards electricity. 
In 2024, we converted one of our major distribution depots to 
allow us to power our vehicles on Hydrotreated Vegetable Oil 
(HVO) instead of diesel. This allows us to drive approximately  
two million miles each year using renewable fuel, circa 10%  
of the total miles our logistics fleet drives each year.
We remain on track to becoming 
a net zero business by 2040, and 
to meeting our nearer-term goal 
of using 100% renewable energy 
by the end of 2025.”
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED

25
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
We test new environmentally-friendly technologies in our Eco-Shop 
in Northampton and those that work well and demonstrate 
impact are added to our standard shop fit-out. As a result, over  
a quarter of our shop estate now features equipment that is 
helping us to save water, create less waste or use less energy.
Looking ahead, our Scope 3 carbon footprint is the area where 
we see the largest opportunity to reduce emissions. A significant 
number of our suppliers have now publicly declared a net zero 
target of their own and we are having constructive conversations 
with them to see what we can learn from each other, and how  
we might work in partnership to further reduce carbon in our 
value chain.
Better business 
We recognise that our people are crucial to our success,  
and we make sure that they are fairly remunerated, given 
opportunities to progress, and treated well. We aim to offer 
inclusive workplaces and are striving to build diverse teams  
that better reflect the communities we serve.
Being a better business also means using our buying power  
as a force for good. We have a clear sustainable procurement 
vision: “To source and collaborate with suppliers to accelerate 
The Greggs Pledge to build strong, healthy communities, make  
the planet a safer place and build a better business.” This vision 
keeps human rights, animal welfare, and environmental 
sustainability top of mind.
During 2024, our procurement team has focused on improving 
the sustainability information we collect during our onboarding 
and tendering processes, and our growing capability to utilise 
sustainability data such as EcoVadis assessments. 
A forward look 
Looking ahead to 2025, the macroeconomic landscape remains 
tough. Inflation remains elevated, and many of our customers 
continue to worry about the cost of living. After years of financial 
anxiety, they are still facing concerns about energy prices and 
increased mortgage and rent costs.
Despite a challenging food-to-go market, Greggs has demonstrated 
its ability to make positive progress and we remain confident 
that Greggs can and will continue to grow. The five-year strategic 
plan that we set out in 2021 is proving successful. We constantly 
adapt our plans to meet the evolving landscape, and we remain 
confident in the growth opportunity in front of us through 
broadening our appeal, expanding our estate, extending into the 
evening daypart, and developing our digital offer – all underpinned 
by significant investment in our supply chain and technology.
Increases in employment taxes will significantly increase our 
wage bill, and that of other retailers, in 2025, but we have dealt 
with significant cost inflation effectively over recent years 
and remain confident in our ability to manage the impact of 
cost inflation on the business. We are relentlessly focused on 
improving efficiencies which supports our position as a value-led 
brand. To the extent that we cannot mitigate cost inflation 
through savings, we recover it through careful pricing activity, 
which we strive to keep to an absolute minimum to ensure that 
we protect our reputation for offering great value.
Our number one place in YouGov’s poll for the most popular Quick-
Service Restaurant, Coffee Shop and Delivery Service brand and 
strong ratings for quality and value for money (source: YouGov 
Brand Health, December 2024) leave us confident that we will 
continue to win in the food-to-go market. 
Current trading and outlook 
Like-for-like sales in company-managed shops have increased by 
1.7% year-on-year in the first nine weeks of 2025 with challenging 
weather conditions in January followed by improved trading in 
February. We have a strong pipeline of new shop openings ahead 
as we pursue our ambitious growth plans and invest in the supply 
chain capacity that supports this. Management’s expectations 
for 2025 are unchanged and we are confident that Greggs can 
manage inflationary headwinds and deliver another year of 
progress in 2025.
I remain optimistic about the many growth opportunities 
available to Greggs and have great confidence in our people’s 
ability to unlock them.
Roisin Currie
Chief Executive
4 March 2025
CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S REPORT CONTINUED

26
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STRATEGY
ENSURING GROWTH  
ENSURING GROWTH  
IN THE YEARS AHEAD
IN THE YEARS AHEAD
Our vision is to be the customers’ favourite for food-on-the-go. While we’ve enjoyed tremendous success  
in recent years, our journey is far from over. We have an ambitious plan to double sales over five years and  
while the fundamental strategic pillars of our business model have not changed, we are continually learning  
and adapting. 
The Greggs Pledge: dedicated to doing good
Great tasting, freshly 
prepared food
You cannot beat freshly baked, 
freshly prepared food. With 
our great flavours, responsibly 
sourced ingredients, 
consistent quality and 
outstanding value, our food-
on-the-go leads the way.
Best customer  
experience
Fast and friendly service is a 
key reason why customers 
choose Greggs. Great service 
is not an easy thing to deliver 
under pressure, and our  
shop teams do an amazing job. 
Through our Greggs App, we can 
build long-lasting relationships 
with our customers and reward 
their loyalty. 
Competitive  
supply chain
By owning our supply chain, 
we’re able to make our tasty 
products and transport them to 
our shops ourselves – offering 
our customers food that 
delivers the best possible  
value for money.
First-class  
support teams
We’ve invested heavily in our 
systems and technology. 
They equip our support teams 
to provide the best service 
to their colleagues and, 
ultimately, to our customers.
OUR FUNDAMENTAL STRATEGIC PILLARS
Find out more about  
The Greggs Pledge in  
our sustainability report
Stronger, healthier communities
We pledge to play our part in improving the 
nation’s diet, providing free breakfasts to school 
children, supporting families in hardship and 
giving surplus food to those who need it most.
Safer planet
We pledge to become a carbon-neutral,  
zero-waste business.
Better business
We pledge to increase the diversity of our 
workforce and to use our purchasing power 
responsibly, with the aim of making things  
better in our supply chain.

27
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
To reach our full potential in the years ahead, our strategy is focused on four key drivers of growth 
and underpinned by investment in our supply chain and technology.
1. BROADENING CUSTOMER APPEAL  
AND DRIVING LOYALTY
We continue to reposition the Greggs brand successfully as 
a customer favourite for food-on-the-go. Through our brand 
activity, and with timely and effective customer communication 
via our Greggs App and website, we have the opportunity to 
communicate effectively how Greggs can be a brand considered 
by more people, in more places, and at all times of day when 
customers need food-on-the-go.
4. EXPANDING OUR EVENING TRADE
By extending the trading hours in many of our shops, delivering 
new and exciting additions to our menu, and leveraging our 
existing customer channels – both walk-in and digital – we have a 
strategic opportunity to compete effectively for food-on-the-go 
sales in the evening. 
INVESTING IN OUR SUPPLY CHAIN AND TECHNOLOGY FOR A BIGGER BUSINESS
Underpinning our ambition to double sales over five years is significant investment in manufacturing and logistics building capacity  
for up to 3,500 shops. We see significant opportunities to grow our digital capabilities and enable more efficient operations through  
a programme of continuous improvement as the business grows. 
2. GROWING AND DEVELOPING  
THE GREGGS ESTATE 
We have a strong pipeline of new shop openings alongside  
a significant opportunity to improve the quality of our estate 
through relocations and shop refits. Through significant 
investment in our supply chain, we are building capacity  
to support up to 3,500 shops across the UK.
3. DEVELOPING OUR DIGITAL CHANNELS 
Through our digital channels, we can compete more effectively 
at all times of day. Our delivery partnerships with Just Eat and 
Uber Eats enable us to increase the reach of our shops beyond 
customers passing by and offer the added attraction of  
higher-than-average baskets by serving multiple customers  
in one order. Our Click + Collect service offers our customers  
the ability to browse our menu easily, skip the queues and 
personalise their order. 
OUR KEY DRIVERS OF GROWTH
OUR STRATEGY CONTINUED

28
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
BROADENING 
BROADENING 
APPEAL.  
APPEAL.  
DRIVING  
DRIVING  
LOYALTY.
LOYALTY.
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION
BROADENING CUSTOMER APPEAL AND DRIVING LOYALTY
No.1  
overall
in the YouGov BrandIndex*
No.1  
for Value
in the YouGov BrandIndex*
No.1 for 
Consideration
in the YouGov BrandIndex*
* 	
YouGov BrandIndex, circa 24,700 sample, UK 18+ Nat Rep Total Population – data collected 1 January to 31 December 2024,  
Quick Service Restaurant, coffee shop and delivery services sector.

29
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
We enjoyed a record year for our Greggs brand health 
metrics in 2024, as we continued to strengthen our 
position as the UK’s leading food-to-go brand based 
on YouGov BrandIndex scores. We ended the year 
as the No.1 brand in seven out of 16 YouGov brand 
categories, including becoming the most considered 
food-to-go brand for UK consumers and leading the 
way for value.
Serving customers morning, noon and night
As we extended our menu and opening times to meet the  
needs of more UK consumers in 2024, we had almost half  
a billion transactions – with one in three adults across the  
country shopping with Greggs in 2024 (source: Circana). 
We retained our position as the UK’s No.1 brand for breakfast 
food-to-go, helping start the day of millions of customers across 
the country, and we continued to strengthen our lunchtime 
offering with new products including Chicken Pesto and Spicy 
Mexican Bean Flatbreads – and our Mozzarella and Cheddar Bites, 
which won the ‘New Food To Go Award’ at the 2024 ‘Sammies’ 
(the Sandwich & Food To Go Industry Awards). The new over-ice 
drinks range went down well with younger customers, and into 
the evening, we continued to add to our popular range of single 
slice and boxed pizza.
We continued to invest in making the brand mean more to 
more people, and our new Greggs Gameshow ads resonated 
with customers across the UK, helping to improve customer 
perception across a range of key messages and metrics. Our 
brand activations continued to entertain and engage – including 
launching our exclusive ‘Baked in Gold’ jewellery collection 
(that sold out in under an hour!) and evolving our partnership 
with Fenwick by introducing the ‘Greggs Champagne Bar’ that 
served over 7,500 customers during the festive period. We also 
provided some fun for families across the UK at Christmas with 
the introduction of our ‘Greggs Top Trumps.’ We launched our 
Christmas menu with some help from Nigella Lawson, and were 
also able to bring a Greggs flavour to a number of occasions 
throughout 2024, including catering at the MTV EMAs in 
Manchester, Hardwick Live and Rock and Roll Circus, as  
well as feeding a very hungry crew backstage for Taylor Swift  
in Edinburgh. 
All of this came together to deliver another record year for our 
brand health metrics, with Greggs being the most considered 
food-to-go brand in the UK in 2024 (source: YouGov BrandIndex 
52 w/e 31/12/24). This highlights that our strategy is working with 
bigger and better shops, exciting new menu options and our 
growing multi-channel offer, customers now have even more 
reasons to come to Greggs.
Delivering even more value and insight through 
investment in data and digital channels
We continue to develop a range of data-driven and digital 
workstreams, bringing more of our capabilities in-house, and 
supporting our teams with best-in-class suppliers and partners. 
In 2024, we saw over four million new App users download the 
Greggs App and, alongside existing users, continue to receive 
even more value from our rewards scheme, earning and receiving 
free products – as well as having access to exclusive offers and 
events. Our ongoing investment in CRM and data capabilities saw 
us re-platform our CRM and data systems in 2024. This allowed us 
As we work towards adapting our brand 
approach in line with the introduction of the new 
Advertising (Less Healthy Food Definitions and 
Exemptions) Regulations 2024 which will come 
into force on 1 October 2025, we’ll continue to 
optimise our paid media strategy. We will also 
focus our creative efforts on our earned media 
investment and brand partnership opportunities, 
where we know we can always look to bring a 
smile and execute in ways that only Greggs can.
As we look to evolve our loyalty and promotional 
strategies, we will continue to build out and 
enhance our digital and data capabilities, whilst 
looking to understand and plan for how the use 
of AI can help to improve our operations and 
performance across digital channels.
As ever, we will look to continue to keep Greggs 
front of mind and deepen the emotional 
connection that customers of all ages and  
from all backgrounds have with the brand,  
our products and service experience – ensuring 
we continue to mean more to more people. 
to be more informed and work with new capabilities to encourage 
more customers to scan the Greggs App more often when they 
shop. This all led to a new record level of 20.1% of company-
managed transactions being accompanied by a scan in 2024. 
2025 PLANS
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
BROADENING CUSTOMER APPEAL AND DRIVING LOYALTY

30
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
GROWING OUR ESTATE
MORE  
MORE  
SHOPS,  
SHOPS,  
MORE  
MORE  
MOMENTS.
MOMENTS.

31
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Our mission is simple – we want Greggs to be 
accessible, wherever, whenever and however our 
customers need us. By making our shops the best 
they can be, we can ensure our customers have  
a brilliant experience when they visit us. 
New shop openings
2024 was a record-breaking year for new shop openings and 
we were proud to hit our 2,600th shop milestone in November. 
We continued to grow our presence beyond the high street, 
opening new shops in high footfall areas, roadsides and travel 
hubs, including 11 standalone drive-thrus, 11 shops inside large 
supermarkets, and three new Greggs Outlet shops. Notable 
openings in travel hubs included three in Glasgow (at Queen 
Street, Central and Motherwell railway stations), Embankment 
London Underground station, our second shop at London Bridge 
station and Blackpool Tram Station. We also opened six shops 
in Northern Ireland, taking the total there to 23, and we have a 
strong pipeline for 2025 and beyond. 
Bigger and better shops through refits and relocations 
In addition to growing our estate through new shop openings, 
we want to ensure our existing shops are the best they can 
be. Through our dedicated refit programme, we refurbished, 
reconfigured or extended 165 sites to make them more modern 
and appealing, as well as better set up to support our multi-
channel approach.
Our estate strategy also means moving some shops to better 
locations. By relocating a shop to a bigger and better site, we 
are able to increase coffee shop seating and better meet the 
needs of Click + Collect customers and delivery drivers collecting 
orders, whilst also offering the best experience for walk-in 
customers. In these locations, our customer base is already 
well-established and further investment unlocks swift, profitable 
growth. Relocations will remain a strategic priority as we aim  
to grow our multi-channel offer and strengthen our estate.  
This year, we completed 165 refits (125 company-managed and  
40 franchised) and 53 relocations.
Increasing customer reach through our franchise  
and wholesale partners
Our partners play an important role in providing access to 
restricted locations such as motorway service areas, petrol 
filling stations and other closed catchments. We were proud to 
celebrate the opening of MFG’s 100th franchised shop with us 
this year and the opening of two franchise shops in hospitals at 
Whiston Hospital and Midland Metropolitan University Hospital – 
both with Compass. In 2024, we opened 63 new franchise shops, 
taking the franchise estate to 561 locations.
In 2024, we celebrated 13 years of our partnership with Iceland 
Foods. We successfully launched a calendar of rotational savoury 
bakes, tailored to align with Iceland’s customer demographics. 
The pipeline of new shop opportunities remains 
strong, and we expect to open between 140 and 
150 net new shops in 2025, including drive-thrus, 
in travel hubs, and at supermarket locations; we 
estimate that around a third of these will be with 
franchise partners.
We will also focus on providing bigger and better 
shops to serve all channels by targeting around 
50 relocations and circa 160 refits. 
As part of our ongoing commitments set out in 
The Greggs Pledge, we plan to open more Greggs 
Outlet shops and continue the roll-out of our 
Eco-Shop elements. New and improved 
environmentally-friendly equipment is being 
invented all the time so, in 2024, we created a 
design for our next generation Eco-Shop, which 
we plan to build in the first half of 2025. This 
second Eco-Shop will not only be an additional 
testbed for new equipment that will help us to 
save energy and water and reduce waste, but it 
will also allow us to factor sustainability into the 
build of a new drive-thru unit.
48.5% 
of shops 
now in locations such as petrol 
forecourts, roadsides, retail parks, 
supermarkets, universities and hospitals
2025 PLANS
226
(2023: 220)
record new shops  
opened in the year  
(gross openings)
165
(2023: 122)
refits completed  
in 2024
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
GROWING OUR ESTATE

32
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
DEVELOPING DIGITAL CHANNELS
CLICK, 
CLICK, 
COLLECT, 
COLLECT, 
COSY NIGHT IN.
COSY NIGHT IN.

33
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Thanks to Click + Collect, the Greggs App and our 
delivery partners, Greggs is truly a multi-channel 
retailer, meaning we can give our customers what 
they want, where and when they want it. 
During 2024, we continued to extend the reach of our delivery 
partnerships with Just Eat and Uber Eats, reaching more 
customers at home and in the evenings, and tested and 
introduced new products – particularly hot food – to provide  
the types of food-on-the-go that people want, no matter  
the time of the day.
Growing our delivery offer
Four years on from the launch of our partnership with Just Eat, 
and just one year since we added Uber Eats as a delivery partner, 
we now offer delivery from more than 1,550 shops. Delivery made 
up 6.7% (2023: 5.6%) of total sales in 2024, with customers’ typical 
basket size being more than twice that of walk-in customers.
Our focus during the year was on making our operational 
procedures smoother and streamlining our menu. We have 
reduced the number of different items on our online menu to 
make it easier for our customers to scroll through the options and 
make selections. We have also made things more straightforward 
for our colleagues by using technology to streamline processes 
and improve service levels. 
Rewarding loyalty with the Greggs App
The number of customers downloading the Greggs App continues 
to rise and it was scanned at 20.1% of transactions in company-
managed shops during 2024. A key driver of growth has been 
Greggs Rewards, where we reward App users who collect nine 
stamps in a category by giving them their tenth item free.
We reward customers’ loyalty in other ways too, giving them 
unique access to special products and events. When we launched 
our Baked in Gold jewellery range and our Greggs Top Trumps 
cards, users of the App had a 30-minute head start on the general 
public. For special events, we use geo-targeting to contact top 
App users in a particular area and ask them to register for the 
event (on a first-come, first-served basis). App users were invited 
to a sommelier event at the Greggs Champagne Bar at Fenwick, 
to the launch event of our Baked in Gold jewellery, and to join 
a prize draw to win an all-expenses-paid trip to Ibiza to attend 
Capital Dance Weekender, in partnership with Greggs.
The functionality of the App is also increasing uptake, with users 
rating it 4.8 out of five on both on both Google Play Store and 
Apple’s App Store. At numerous points in 2024, the Greggs App 
held the top spot for free Food and Drink apps on the Apple App 
Store and Google Play Store.
Click + Collect
We invite our customers to use Click + Collect through both the 
Greggs App and our website – enabling them to browse our menu 
easily, personalise their order and skip the queues. Click + Collect 
improves sales by making it easier for customers to trade up and 
speeds up service by removing payment at the till.
We will continue to explore the potential  
for further growth in home delivery, growing 
order volume where our delivery partners 
already operate, and working with them  
to add new shops. 
We are always looking for ways to make our 
processes better and are now working on 
providing our delivery customers with more 
accurate estimations of courier arrival times. 
We remain committed to innovating to make 
sure our range is right for our delivery channel. 
This includes trialling hot Meal Boxes and Crispy 
Chicken Bites, and capitalising on the extension 
of our made-to-order range.
During 2024, we completed a review on the potential for Click + 
Collect to support our strategy for made-to-order burgers, wraps 
and pizza. In addition to offering sausage, bacon and egg rolls, 
and baguettes at breakfast, we are now able to customise orders 
of Fish Finger Wraps, Fish Finger Sandwiches, Chicken Wraps 
and Chicken Burgers at 140 shops. As this is extended to more 
shops, Click + Collect offers a real opportunity to bring speed  
and convenience to our customisable products.
2025 PLANS
1,550+ 
(2023: 1,440+)
shops now have  
delivery available
20.1%
transactions accompanied 
by an App scan in 
company-managed shops
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
DEVELOPING DIGITAL CHANNELS

34
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
EXTENDING EVENING TRADE
LATE NIGHTS, 
LATE NIGHTS, 

TASTY BITES.

TASTY BITES.

35
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
2025 PLANS
We have made excellent progress with our five-year 
evening trade growth plan. Evening sales now 
represent 9.0% of company-managed shop sales, 
making it our fastest-growing daypart. 
By further developing our evening menu proposition to meet 
customer expectations for both walk-in and digital channels, we 
believe we can unlock greater opportunity in the years ahead. 
Menu
Our hot food range, particularly our Spicy BBQ Chicken Bites, 
Southern Fried Chicken Goujons, Mozzarella and Cheddar Bites, 
and Southern Fried Potato Wedges, continue to perform well  
in the evening. We introduced a new pizza option, BBQ Chicken  
& Bacon, and our pizza sharing boxes are now available in both 
four-slice and six-slice boxes.
Our made-to-order hot food trials have been extended to additional 
shops and now include the Fish Finger Sandwich and Fish Finger 
Wrap, alongside our existing range of chicken burgers and wraps. 
As ever, Greggs value for money offering shines through, with 
customers able to enjoy a Chicken Wrap as part of a meal deal,  
with wedges and a drink from £5.00. Our made-to-order products 
are also available for our customers to purchase using our  
Click + Collect service.
We plan to introduce these made-to-order options at a further 
200 locations by the end of the first quarter of 2025.
Our new over-ice drinks range, including Iced Latte and Iced 
Cloudy Lemonade, is proving popular with customers and  
is now available in 1,175 shops. We have also launched chilled 
‘Ready-to-Drink’ Latte and Caramel Latte canned products, 
further extending the choice in our drinks range.
We continue to offer hot sweet treats in the evening, making 
these core products appealing to the evening market, and  
our Hot Chocolate Brownies and Hot Milk Chocolate Cookies 
served with a chocolate or salted caramel dipping pot remain 
popular with customers.
Our delivery partnerships 
We launched our partnership with Just Eat in 2020 and, since 
then, have rolled it out to around 1,500 shops nationwide.  
In October 2023, Uber Eats became our second delivery  
partner and we now have more than 1,260 shops on the platform.  
We look forward to maximising the opportunities that lie ahead  
as we extend our reach and further grow the delivery side of  
our business.
Home delivery is key to our plans for extended trading, and we 
intend to expand delivery in the coming year. Around 1,550 of  
our evening shops now offer a delivery service after 6pm and  
we will add more locations and menu choices to strengthen  
this proposition further.
We will further explore our evening menu 
proposition to meet customer expectations  
for both walk-in and digital channels. 
We will look for ways to reward evening 
customers and expect evening to remain our 
strongest-growing daypart in the year ahead.
9.0% 
(2023: 8.5%)
evening sales as 
percentage of company-
managed shop sales
1,175 
(2023: 20)
shops serving  
over-ice drinks
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
EXTENDING EVENING TRADE

36
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
INVESTING IN OUR SUPPLY CHAIN AND TECHNOLOGY FOR A BIGGER BUSINESS
INVESTING 
INVESTING 
FOR  
FOR  
OUR FUTURE.
OUR FUTURE.

37
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Greggs supply chain has evolved through the 
acquisition of regional bakery businesses.  
As recently as 2015, a typical Greggs manufacturing  
site was making almost every one of our products  
on labour-intensive production lines. Today,  
our consolidated and centralised model has  
seen a step-change in our cost structures and 
improvements in both quality and capacity, 
underpinning the growth in our shop estate. 
As our shop estate grows, our supply chain operations must be 
ready to meet that increased demand. In 2021, we set an ambition 
to have significantly more than 3,000 shops. As we near that 
number, we are now looking even further ahead.
Increasing our production capability
In 2024, our new savoury production line at Balliol Park 
became operational, increasing the volume of bakes and rolls 
we can produce by 35%. We also completed work at both our 
Birmingham and Amesbury logistics hubs, adding a larger site 
freezer to the former, and extending and streamlining operations 
at the latter, enabling us to serve another 300 shops.
In 2024, we signed agreements for two new state-of-the-art sites 
in the Midlands, which will allow us to support a total estate of up 
to 3,500 shops, with developable white space, meaning we have 
the space to grow further still. We will commission a new 23-acre 
operation at SmartParc in Derby at the end of 2026, which will 
be both a manufacturing and logistics facility. It will comprise an 
automated cold store and will utilise automated picking down  
to shop level, freeing capacity at our Radial Distribution Centres, 
where shop picking is currently a manual operation.  
The second site, in Symmetry Park, Kettering, will be operational 
by early 2027. This new National Distribution Centre will be 
for both ambient and chilled goods and, like Derby, will enable 
upstream picking to shop level and increase throughput in our 
whole supply chain.
Keeping our shops at the cutting edge
In addition to using automation technology in our supply chain, 
we see it having a key role in the retail side of our business too. 
We want to make our people’s jobs as easy as possible to let them 
focus on delivering excellent customer service. 
During 2024, we moved most shops to a new version of our till, 
which improves how we manage pricing and promotions.  
We also introduced a new solution for colleague scheduling  
to make it easier for managers to assign shifts, and for their 
teams to get advance notice of each week’s hours.
Good connectivity is key and, this year, we have invested in full 
fibre broadband at every shop where it is available. We want to 
ensure we are using the most efficient technology available and 
have upgraded our chip and pin devices to the latest version,  
as well as offering our franchise partners an integrated till and 
chip and pin solution to improve their efficiency.
Investing in our systems
The scale of our business means we use sophisticated systems  
to process data and manage complexity while providing our 
people with simple interfaces.
The construction of our two new sites in the 
Midlands is now underway. The Derby site is 
leased, and the landlord has already completed 
their phase of construction; the building itself is 
complete and internal fit-out is now underway. 
We will take operational control of the site in 
early 2026. In January 2025 we completed the 
purchase of the land for the Kettering site and 
have begun building the facility which is 
expected to be operational by early 2027.
We will continue the transition to SAP S/4HANA, 
which will use AI and analytics to streamline  
our processes.
2025 PLANS
During 2024, we successfully migrated all our core SAP  
Business Suite solutions, including payroll, to the cloud and began 
a multi-year programme to migrate to the new SAP S/4HANA 
solution. This enterprise resource planning software system 
improves how we access, generate and use data to drive our 
business forwards.
35% 
increase in production 
capacity at Balliol Park 
from additional line
3,500
shops can be supported 
when new supply sites 
come online
OUR STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
INVESTING IN OUR SUPPLY CHAIN AND TECHNOLOGY FOR A BIGGER BUSINESS

38
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
-30.5%
51.7%
23.0%
19.6%
11.3%
2024
2020
2022
2023
2021
-36.2%
52.4%
17.8%
13.7%
5.5%
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
£203.9
£189.8
£188.3
£167.7
£148.3
£148.3
£145.6
£145.6
-£13.7
-£13.7
2024
2020
2022
2023
2021
-12.9p
114.3p
114.3p
117.5p
117.5p
139.2p
123.8p
149.6p
137.5p
-12.9p
2024
2020
2022
2023
2021
IN THIS REPORT
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
 
TOTAL SALES GROWTH
11.3%
 
LIKE-FOR-LIKE SALES GROWTH
5.5%
 
PROFIT BEFORE TAX (£M)
£189.8m
 
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
137.5p
What this means
The percentage year-on-year change  
in total sales for the Group.
What this means
Compares year-on-year cash sales in our  
company-managed shops, with more than one 
calendar year’s trading history. Like-for-like  
sales growth includes selling price inflation and 
excludes VAT. The impact of shop refits is included 
in like-for-like sales growth. The calculation  
of these figures can be found on page 172. 
What this means
Reflects the performance of the Group before 
taxation impacts and the underlying measure 
excludes any exceptional items arising in the year. 
What this means
Calculated by dividing profit attributable to 
shareholders by the average number of dilutive 
outstanding shares (as detailed in Note 9 to the 
accounts). The underlying measure excludes any 
exceptional items arising in the year.
Why this is important
This is a measure of the absolute growth  
of the Group.
Why this is important
This measure provides valuable additional 
information on the underlying sales performance of 
the business and is a key measure used internally.
Why this is important
This is a measure of the absolute performance  
of the Group.
Why this is important
This measure reflects the underlying earnings  
for each share in the Company.
We use eight financial key performance indicators (KPIs) to  
monitor the performance of the Group against our strategy.  
The definition of these KPIs and our performance over the  
last five years is detailed below. Details of our non-financial  
KPIs relating to carbon emissions are given on page 58.
Results for 2020 were significantly impacted  
by the closure of the Greggs shop estate for 
most of the second quarter as a result of the 
Covid-19 pandemic.
All of the non-GAAP measures detailed (other 
than like-for-like sales growth calculated on 
page 172) can be calculated from the GAAP 
measures included in the Annual Accounts. 
All of the underlying measures exclude the 
exceptional items detailed in Note 4 to the 
accounts. Commentary on these KPIs is 
contained within the Financial Review.
Underlying 
Including exceptional items

39
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
£58.7
£57.4
£110.8
£199.8
£249.0
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
£1.5
£236.5
£198.8
£257.1
£254.2
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
£106.8
£268.6
£261.6
£265.3
£225.3
2024
2020
2021
2022
2023
21.8
23.7
21.1
21
21
23
23
21.8%
20.3%
21.1%
23.7%
21.0%
21.0%
23.0%
23.0%
-2.4%
-2.4%
2024
2020
2022
2023
2021
IN THIS REPORT
NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
AFTER LEASE PAYMENTS (£M)
£254.2m
 
RETURN ON CAPITAL EMPLOYED (ROCE)
20.3%
 
CAPITAL EXPENDITURE (£M)
£249.0m
 
LIQUIDITY (£M)
£225.3m
What this means
Operating profit adjusted for the impact of 
non-cash items, working capital movements and 
repayment of the principal on lease liabilities.  
The calculation of these figures can be found  
on page 173.
What this means
Calculated by dividing profit before tax by the 
average total assets less current liabilities  
for the year. The underlying measure excludes  
any exceptional items arising in the year.  
The calculation of these figures can be found  
on page 173. 
What this means
The total amount incurred in the year on investment 
in fixed assets.
What this means
This is calculated as cash and cash equivalents 
plus undrawn committed facilities, taking into 
account required minimum liquidity covenants.
Why this is important
This represents cash flows that could be used  
for distribution of dividends or to fund our 
strategic objectives and is reflective of the  
strong cash-generative nature of the business.
Why this is important
This is a measure of the return generated on capital 
invested by the Group and provides a guide to how 
efficiently we are generating profit with the assets 
used in the business.
Why this is important
This reflects the ongoing investment in the 
business over time.
Why this is important
This measure provides useful information  
on the Group’s net financial position, indicating its 
ability to meet its short-term obligations, invest in 
the business and return value to its shareholders  
by way of dividend.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS CONTINUED

40
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR PEOPLE
Our people are what makes Greggs successful.  
We want to provide a great place to work, where 
our colleagues feel valued, can be themselves  
and want to stay with us – and where new people 
are excited to join us.
Our culture and our values are what makes  
Greggs, Greggs. As we grow, we keep these  
at the heart of every decision we make. We talk 
about our unique culture being our ‘secret sauce’, 
because when people enjoy coming into work,  
they do a better job, and that makes Greggs  
a stronger, better business.
AMAZING COLLEAGUES
33,000
33,000

41
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED
LISTENING TO OUR COLLEAGUES
Union relationship, structure and engagement
As part of Greggs longstanding national recognition agreement 
with the Bakers Food and Allied Workers Union (BFAWU) and 
Union of Shop, Distributive and Allied Workers (USDAW) in 
Scotland, regular meetings are held covering a variety of topics, 
including trading, strategic initiatives, The Greggs Pledge and 
annual pay negotiations. 
The Greggs Negotiating Committee is our national union forum 
and is attended by the General Secretary of the BFAWU, a 
colleague representative from USDAW, and union representatives 
from across our business. We have two regional forums, the Retail 
Partnership Forum and Supply Partnership Forum, to discuss 
operational issues across the retail estate and our supply sites, 
which are attended by union representatives from these areas  
of the business. More locally, every retail region and supply site  
has a Joint Consultative Committee, where we discuss matters 
which are specifically relevant to that region or site. 
Your Ideas Matter
We invite colleagues to share their ideas on an internal platform, 
Your Ideas Matter. Ideas can be submitted across any topic 
relating to Greggs, and every idea is responded to and can be 
reviewed and rated by colleagues.
Listening to our colleagues and engaging with them to hear their views and opinions  
is key to ensuring that everyone feels valued. We do this in a variety of ways:
YOUR OPINION MATTERS
More than 27,000 of our colleagues took part in our annual 
engagement survey ‘Your Opinion Matters’, telling us what is working 
well and what could be improved. With an overall engagement score 
of 74%, and the majority of colleagues (76%) saying they would 
recommend Greggs as a great place to work, we know our people  
are motivated and committed. Our 2024 score was in line with 2023, 
and we continue to outperform the UK retail benchmark by 4%. 
LISTENING TO  
LISTENING TO  
OUR COLLEAGUES
OUR COLLEAGUES
27,000
took part in our annual 
engagement survey  
‘Your Opinion Matters’
76%
of colleagues  
recommend Greggs as  
a great place to work
A VOICE IN  
THE BOARDROOM
Throughout 2024, the Operating Board welcomed 
colleagues from each of our teams to share the 
activities and actions in place locally to support 
colleague engagement. This continues to form an 
important part of our engagement agenda for 2025. 
The Board regularly engages with our colleagues 
through their attendance at a variety of listening 
groups across retail, supply and central support  
teams as well as visits to our shops and supply sites. 
Find out how the Board has engaged with all 
stakeholders in our s172 statement on pages 81 to 87. 
THE HUB
The Hub, which all colleagues can 
access through Microsoft Teams, 
includes our very own Greggs 
newsfeed. We also use The Hub  
to celebrate events and share 
colleagues’ stories as part of our 
wellbeing and inclusion activity.

42
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED
EMBRACING DIVERSITY
Colleague inclusion networks
Our three inclusion networks (REACH, ENABLE, PRIDE), each 
of which has two Operating Board sponsors, have developed 
further during 2024. In September, we held our first Inclusion 
Conference, celebrating our achievements so far and exploring 
opportunities to improve. The networks provide a safe space 
for minority communities and allies, as well as supporting our 
diversity and inclusion agenda by sharing feedback, celebrating 
events and taking an active part in the delivery of training.
Ensuring diversity across our development programmes
We’ve identified two key programmes within our Career 
Pathways, which offer the greatest opportunity for a diverse 
range of applicants, to support our ambition of creating a more 
ethnically diverse talent pipeline:
•	 Aspiring Leaders – designed for colleagues who have the 
potential to progress into a management role.
•	 Future Shop Leaders – our programme aimed at our shop 
supervisors with the potential to become a shop manager. 
NURTURING AN 
NURTURING AN 
INCLUSIVE GREGGS
INCLUSIVE GREGGS
We are proud that we achieved the National Equality Standard in 2022, and we will be assessed for  
re-accreditation in 2025. We embrace diversity across Greggs and work hard to ensure we are truly inclusive.
We analyse the diversity data for the applicant pool for each 
of these programmes to better understand the demographics 
in each area of the business. We work hard to ensure each 
programme is representative of the applicant pools. 
During 2024, we launched our Inclusive Mentoring scheme,  
which provides enhanced support for colleagues from an  
ethnic minority background, specifically aimed at those  
who are participating in either of these programmes.
Achieving greater ethnic diversity
By the end of 2027, we want people from an ethnic minority 
background to make up 6% of our senior management defined 
as our Operating Board and those in management positions 
reporting directly to them. We defined this target after reviewing 
data from the most recent census for the North East of England 
(where the majority of our senior management roles are located), 
as well as data on the ethnic diversity of the UK retail sector, and 
the ethnic diversity of our talent pipeline. When we consider our 
current representation at the senior management level, and the 
potential vacancy opportunities, we feel this target is stretching 
but appropriate. 
Female
Male
Ethnically 
diverse
Board
4
4
1
Senior Managers1 
22
30
1
Senior Managers2
61
78
4
Other Managers 
335
342
50
All colleagues 
20,756
12,390
6,309
1	
Defined as Operating Board Directors plus Senior Managers directly reporting 
into an Operating Board Director.
2	
All Senior Managers.
Notes:
•	 Headcount figures as at 28 December 2024. 62.2% of total workforce is female – 
20,756 of 33,377.
•	 As an inclusive organisation, we recognise all gender identities and understand 
that not all our colleagues will identify as male or female. There are 231 colleagues 
whose gender is recorded as ‘Other’, ‘Unknown’ or ‘Undeclared’, hence the total 
figure of 33,377 is not the sum of the female and male totals presented in the table.
ACHIEVING GREATER 
ETHNIC DIVERSITY
We recognise that we need to continue to work hard 
to achieve greater ethnic diversity in our management 
population, and into the most senior roles in the business. 
As we have outlined, we are fully committed to this 
through ensuring diversity across our Career Pathway 
programmes and providing mentoring opportunities. 
GENDER BREAKDOWN OF TOTAL WORKFORCE
Female 20,756
62.2%
37.1%
Male 12,390

43
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Championing women in our workforce
We are proud of our reputation for bringing the best talent 
through the business regardless of gender, and the fact that 62% 
of our total workforce is female. Women make up almost half of 
the total management population at Greggs and hold 44% of our 
senior management roles. We have great female representation 
on our Board too and have already achieved the external FTSE 
Women Leaders target of 40% by 2025.
Our Women’s Development Network, which has been running 
since 2018, continues to flourish and has now had 89 participants, 
with over 23% of attendees being promoted into more senior 
roles in the business.
Pay gap reporting
In 2024, our mean gender pay gap was 8.33% (down 2.16% on 
2023) and our median gender pay gap was 3.68% (up 0.44%).
Like many similar organisations, our gender pay gap is a 
consequence of having more males than females in our most 
senior roles, more females than males in our hourly-paid retail 
roles, and more males in our hourly-paid roles in supply chain, 
where shift premiums are applicable.
Our Ethnicity Pay Gap Report shows the difference in the average 
hourly rate of pay of ethnically diverse colleagues compared to 
that of white colleagues. We published our ethnicity pay gap for 
the first time in our 2023 Annual Report. Our 2024 mean ethnicity 
gap is 3.94% (5.78% in 2023) and our median ethnicity pay gap is 
3.7% (2.13% in 2023). 
Supporting people to have a ‘Fresh Start’
Our Fresh Start programme proactively offers training and work 
experience to people transitioning into work who we would not 
ordinarily meet, including care leavers, people who have been 
unemployed for a long time, or those leaving the armed services 
or prison. We provide employability workshops, mentoring, mock 
interviews, placements and – most importantly – sustainable job 
opportunities to candidates. Since launching the programme 
in 2013, we have placed more than 360 Fresh Start candidates 
in permanent roles – 16 of whom have since moved into a shop 
manager role. 
We are also very proud of our partnership with Workfit, an 
organisation that supports people with Down’s syndrome 
to access employment opportunities. Since the start of our 
relationship, we have offered 24 permanent roles to candidates 
who completed successful placements with us.
Our employability programmes are good for individuals, and 
we know they have a positive impact on their families and 
communities – as well as on our colleagues. 
Further details are 
available in our 2024 
Pay Gap Report
OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED
EMBRACING DIVERSITY

44
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED
SUPPORTING OUR COLLEAGUE HEALTH AND WELLBEING
Our health and wellbeing strategy – which we call ‘Balanced You’ 
– promotes information and activity in four main areas: healthy 
eating and drinking; keeping active and physically well; support 
and community; and positive mental wellbeing.
We have a Balanced You Steering Group, which is sponsored by 
two Operating Board Directors and includes representation from 
across the business at a senior level. Our Balanced You Advocates 
support colleagues by sharing information and arranging 
activities focused on health and wellbeing. 
Building on the launch of our new health and wellbeing app in 
2023, we have extended this provision to provide a total wellbeing 
solution to all colleagues which includes access to a 24/7 helpline, 
remote GP appointments, mental health support, physiotherapy, 
financial and legal support, personal training, nutritional 
consultations and cancer support. 
We have a suite of digital learning modules designed to support 
both colleagues and line managers to recognise signs and 
symptoms of mental ill health, support conversations and 
signpost to the available support, all of which is supported by our 
mental health policy. In our ‘Your Opinion Matters’ survey, 80% of 
our colleagues told us that they are aware of the mental health 
support provided by Greggs and know how to access it. During 
2024, we partnered with Mind to deliver Mental Health Champion 
training to our Balanced You Advocates.
Following the successful launch of our menopause policy 
and online learning modules, we have continued to support 
colleagues through our virtual menopause cafés, providing  
a space to connect, share and learn. 
Greggs continues to be a company in growth, meaning 
we need a strong pipeline of great people who can  
build a successful career in Greggs. We have a series 
of development programmes to support our 
colleagues. These, combined with our succession 
plan process, means we can meet the needs of our 
people and our growing business. 
In retail, we run two key development programmes: Future 
Area Leaders and Future Shop Leaders. During 2024, we 
promoted 734 team members to shop supervisors, over 330 
shop supervisors to shop managers, and 12 shop managers 
were promoted into area/trainee manager roles. 
For our supply colleagues, we have our Striving for 
Excellence programme to develop the people management 
and leadership skills of our supervisors and managers.  
In 2024 this programme has supported the development  
of over 35 managers and supervisors.
Our supply team leaders, in turn, attend a programme of 
four modules called Journey To Excellence to develop skills 
in some of the fundamentals of team leadership such as 
welcoming and training a new member of the team.
For our management teams, we run Career Pathways and 
Core Management Development modules. In 2024, more than 
170 colleagues participated in our ‘Aspiring’ and ‘Developing’ 
leaders programme and over 220 colleagues participated  
in a ‘Core Management and Development’ module. 
We also expanded our Apprenticeship scheme to include 
opportunities in procurement and food technology, and 
launched over 240 new items of digital content.
SUPPORTING OUR 
SUPPORTING OUR 
GREGGS FAMILY
GREGGS FAMILY
DEVELOPING OUR PEOPLE

45
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
45
IN THIS REPORT
Ensuring colleagues share in our success
We believe that rewarding colleagues for their contribution and 
allowing them to share in the success of the business is critical 
to support our growth. Each year, 10% of profits is shared with 
colleagues who have at least six months’ service.
Ensuring colleagues share in our success
During 2024, we provided the opportunity for colleagues to 
participate in colleague share ownership schemes through 
a Sharesave plan, giving them the opportunity to save for 
three years and purchase shares at a 20% discount. We also 
have a Share Incentive Plan (SIP) which coincides with the 
payment of profit share to provide colleagues with the option 
to invest in Greggs. We are committed to increasing colleague 
participation in our share plans to support retention and 
engagement, and in 2024, we reduced the length of service 
requirement for both schemes from 12 to three months. 
Across these schemes we now have 5,444 participants, which 
represents nearly 23% of the eligible colleague population. 
Helping our colleagues make their money go further
All colleagues can access their colleague discount through the 
Greggs App. Over 80% of colleagues now access their discount 
in this way, enjoying 50% off Greggs products and 25% off 
branded products. Our colleagues also have access to our 
health and wellbeing app, which enables colleagues to access 
high street and supermarket discounts to support them with 
their everyday costs. To help our people in retail with the cost 
of living, we continue to offer our ‘Magic Bag’ scheme, giving 
colleagues big discounts on any unsold product at the end of 
each trading day.
over 84%
of our workforce received  
a pay increase of 6.1%  
or more
Every year, to determine the annual pay award,  
we undertake negotiations with the relevant trade 
unions representing those colleagues covered by  
a collective bargaining agreement. Following the 
successful conclusion of the resulting ballot, our 
retail, supply and support teams receive a pay 
increase with effect from January in any year. 
For 2025 we have once again implemented a tiered 
pay award providing a greater percentage increase to 
support our colleagues on our lower rates of pay who 
have less disposable income. We implemented a base 
increase of 3.5% across our wider workforce plus an 
additional 3.3% (6.8% in total) for our retail team 
members and an additional 2.6% (6.1% in total) for our 
production and warehouse operatives. Additional 
increases were also offered to our retail supervisors 
– an additional 2.8% (6.3% in total) – and team leaders 
in supply – an additional 2.1% (5.6% in total) – in order 
to protect the differentials between roles. We also 
continue to pay breaks to our front line colleagues 
across the business in both retail and supply 
supporting their wellbeing. 
On this basis, 84.6% of our workforce received a pay 
increase of 6.1% or more and 85.7% received 5.6%  
or more.
We pay our retail and supply colleagues weekly, which helps 
them with budgeting and managing their bills on a week-to-
week basis. We do not offer zero-hours contracts, and we 
regularly review worked hours, increasing contracts for 
colleagues where they have consistently worked above 
their contract base and wish to increase their contractual 
hours. We are proud to be one of the few employers that 
continues to provide paid breaks.
PAYING OUR COLLEAGUES FAIRLY
REWARDING OUR 
COLLEAGUES
Supporting our colleagues to save for their future
To support colleagues to save for their future, we increased 
our matched contribution rates for our Greggs pension in 2024 
to 6% and we have extended this further to 7% from January 
2025, meaning that all our colleagues can now access up to 7% 
employer contributions.
OUR PEOPLE CONTINUED
SUPPORTING OUR COLLEAGUE HEALTH AND WELLBEING

46
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
In February 2021, we launched 
The Greggs Pledge, which 
declared 10 commitments  
to help make the world  
a better place by the end  
of 2025, and beyond.
We have always been committed to doing 
the right thing, but we wanted to be more 
specific about how we channel our efforts 
and resources into doing good. We reflected 
on what we could do to have the most 
positive impact on the world around us, and 
chose to dedicate our efforts to three areas: 
communities, the planet, and our approach to 
business. We have set ourselves ten stretching 
targets to be achieved by the end of 2025.  
Each of our pledges aligns with at least one  
of the UN Sustainable Development Goals.
YEARS OF 
DOING GOOD85+
85+

47
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
THE GREGGS PLEDGE
THE GREGGS PLEDGE
Building stronger, healthier communities
We pledge to play our part in improving the nation’s 
diet by helping to tackle obesity, providing free 
breakfasts to school children and giving surplus  
food to those who need it most.
1. Growing Greggs Breakfast Clubs
By the end of 2025, we will support 1,000 school Breakfast Clubs, 
providing some 70,000 meals each school day. 
2. Putting an end to food waste
By the end of 2025, we will create 25% less food waste than  
in 2018 and will continue to work towards 100% of surplus food 
going to those most in need. 
3. Supporting our communities
By the end of 2025, we will have 50 Greggs Outlet shops providing 
affordable food in areas of social deprivation, with a share of 
profits given to local community organisations.  
4. Helping our customers make healthier choices
By the end of 2025, 30% of the items on our shelves will be 
healthier choices, and we will attract customers through 
education and promotions.
5. Going carbon-neutral
By the end of 2025, we will be on our way to achieving  
carbon neutrality by using 100% renewable energy across  
all our operations. 
6. Building the shops of the future
By the end of 2025, 25% of our shops will feature elements from 
our Eco-Shop ‘shop of the future’ design. 
7. Using less packaging
By the end of 2025, we will use 25% less packaging, by weight  
(as a % of sales), than in 2019 and any remaining packaging will  
be made from material that is more easily recycled.
8. Embracing diversity
By the end of 2025, our workforce will reflect the communities  
we serve. 
9. Sourcing sustainably
By the end of 2025, we will have a robust, responsible sourcing 
strategy in place and will report annually on progress towards  
our targets. 
10. Protecting animal welfare
By the end of 2025, we will secure and maintain Tier 1 in the 
BBFAW Animal Welfare standard.
Safer planet
We pledge to become a carbon-neutral,  
zero-waste business.
Better business
We pledge to increase the diversity of our workforce, 
and to use our purchasing power responsibly, with the 
aim of making things better in our supply chain.
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

48
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
  1,015 Breakfast Clubs fed over 
75,000 children every school day.
  We further reduced the cost  
of manufacturing waste to 0.18%  
of sales and increased redistribution 
of unsold food to 45%. We 
successfully trialled light van 
collections of surplus food.
  We have 38 Greggs Outlet shops 
(vs target of 41).
  We maintained over 30% of our 
range as ‘healthier choice’ products. 
  60% of the gas we use across  
our operations is from renewable 
sources. We converted our  
Enfield distribution depot to use 
hydrotreated vegetable oil (HVO)  
as a diesel replacement, meaning 
we covered over two million miles 
using a renewable fuel option. We 
developed our policy to deal with 
non-renewable electricity usage  
in serviced locations. 
Maintain support for the  
schools in The Greggs Foundation 
Breakfast Club programme ahead of 
the transition to universal provision 
announced by the Government. 
Redistribute 47% of unsold food to 
good causes. Maintain cost of waste 
in manufacturing operations at 0.2% 
of sales.
Open seven Outlet shops to take the 
total to 45.
Maintain our ranging principles to 
ensure at least 30% of our range  
are ‘healthier choices’.
Increase HVO use across our fleet  
to 30% of fuel requirement.
1. Growing Greggs  
Breakfast Clubs 
By the end of 2024,
2. Putting an end  
to food waste
3. Supporting our 
communities
4. Helping our 
customers to make 
healthier choices
5. Going carbon-neutral 
During 2025, we will
OUR PROGRESS SO FAR
OUR PROGRESS SO FAR
How did we do against our 2024 targets?
  Achieved
  Partially achieved
  Still to be achieved
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

49
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
  Over 700 shops (27% of our 
estate) feature Eco-Shop elements. 
  All but two items of our own 
brand packaging can be more easily 
recycled*. We reduced the amount of 
packaging used within our supply 
chain by moving to bulk-supply or 
reusable containers, where options 
were available.
  Our core development 
programmes, aimed at supporting 
our potential future management 
colleagues, are representative of  
the ethnic diversity in our regional 
talent pools.
  100% declared soy in our  
own operations is certified as 
sustainable. We are working  
with meat, egg and dairy suppliers  
to move all soy in animal feed to be 
from sustainable sources by the  
end of 2025. We are using wheat 
from a regenerative farmed source 
in our wholemeal bread production.
  We further improved our chicken 
welfare standards, with 86.6% 
reared at a stocking density of less 
than or equal to 30kg/m2 and the 
remainder at less than or equal  
to 38kg/m2. We published and 
implemented our Chicken Welfare 
Standard within our Farm Animal 
Welfare Standard.
Continue to roll out existing 
Eco-Shop elements across 30%  
of the estate.
Move remaining own brand packing 
to be ‘easily recyclable’ (with the 
exception of hot drinks cups).
Complete National Equality Standard 
reassessment and successfully 
maintain accreditation.
Continue to work with meat, egg and 
dairy suppliers to move 100% of soy 
in animal feed to sustainable sources. 
Ensure stocking densities of  
a maximum of 30kg/m2 for 100%  
of our chicken sourcing.
6. Building the shops 
of the future 
7. Using less 
packaging
8. Embracing  
diversity
9. Sourcing 
sustainably
10. Protecting 
animal welfare
*	
Excluding hot drinks cups.
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

50
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED
TASK FORCE ON 
TASK FORCE ON 
CLIMATE-RELATED 
CLIMATE-RELATED 
FINANCIAL 
FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURES
DISCLOSURES
Introduction
The Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) 
and other climate-related disclosures made in this TCFD Report 
form part of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the 
52 weeks ended 28 December 2024, and are consistent with 
the TCFD recommendations and recommended disclosures. 
The following pages show our activity to date and our plans and 
expectations for the future, as required under Listing Rule 6.6.6 
(8) and as consistent with The Companies (Strategic Report) 
(Climate-related Financial Disclosures) Regulations 2022.
Greggs believes that it is compliant with the Listing Rule, with 
the exception that the disclosure of Scope 3 emissions has been 
made in respect of 2023 and not 2024 as explained later in the 
metrics and targets section of this report.
In 2022, we set near-term science-based emissions reduction 
targets based on a 1.5°C pathway, which were approved by the 
Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi). These targets are:
•	 To reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions 46.2% by 2030 from a 2019 base year; and 
•	 To reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions from purchased 
goods and services 46.2% within the same timeframe.
During 2024, we repeated our Scope 3 emissions modelling, with 
the Carbon Trust providing independent assurance. To support 
our Scope 3 emissions reduction ambition, we have engaged with 
the suppliers of our most carbon-intensive ingredients, e.g. meat 
and dairy products, to assess their alignment with our net zero 
target date and their approach to emissions reduction. Our key 
requests to those suppliers were that they:
•	 Demonstrate a public commitment to achieving net zero  
by no later than 2050; and
•	 Measure and publicly report their Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. 
As a consequence of our engagement, we have established that 
a sizeable proportion of these suppliers are aligned with our 
requirements and, where suppliers are at the beginning of their 
journey, we have offered support and guidance to assist them in 
aligning with our requirements. 
Following on from this exercise, we have now identified a number 
of potential initiatives to reduce our Scope 3 emissions in the 
future and will evaluate these during 2025. 
From a governance perspective, our Net Zero Steering Group, chaired 
by our Commercial Director, continues to drive our decarbonisation 
plan. Membership of this steering group includes a number of our 
Operating Board members as well as senior representatives from 
our finance, sustainability and procurement teams. 
We have modelled the physical risks to our internal supply chain 
sites based on moderate (i.e. 1.5°C temperature increase by 2040) 
and high (4.4°C temperature rise by 2100) level impacts of climate 
change. Outputs from this exercise continue to be reviewed and 
updated to ensure risks to operations are mitigated.
We have also assessed the transition risks and opportunities 
based on three potential future scenarios:
•	 A disorderly transition 
•	 Societal shift 
•	 Agricultural impact 
Greggs understands the significance of climate 
change and that we must reduce our own impact  
and take action to mitigate against climate risk.  
We believe that improved governance and reporting 
across all industries and sectors will contribute to 
the reduction of carbon emissions and assist in the 
transition to a low-carbon future. This TCFD Report 
describes our actions over the course of the year 
and demonstrates how we continue to refine our 
transition activity going forwards.

Audit Committee
The Board
Operating Board
Risk Committee
Sustainability Committee
Net Zero Steering Group
Sustainability Reporting  
Steering Group
51
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
The assessed risks and opportunities have been presented to the 
Company’s Risk Committee. Further detail has been included in the 
risk management section of the Annual Report on pages 64 to 71.
In 2023, we began including environmental, social and 
governance (ESG) performance conditions in the long-term 
incentive awards made to Executive Directors and senior 
management. For the 2023 award, this is a carbon metric based 
on the absolute reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions over the 
three-year vesting period of the awards. In 2024, we included a 
Scope 3 metric based on engagement with our supply chain to 
drive measurement and reporting of its carbon footprint, and the 
2025 award will include a Scope 1 and 2 metric to support ongoing 
reduction of these emissions. Further details are given in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 95 to 118.
Greggs has clear ambitions, as detailed in The Greggs Pledge,  
to be a net zero business by 2040 across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, 
and to actively support the British Retail Consortium’s (BRC’s) 
Climate Action Roadmap. The individual targets within this overall 
ambition and their timeframes are discussed in further detail  
in the metrics and targets section below.
Governance 
Board oversight of climate-related risks  
and opportunities 
Our climate governance structure is set out below.
The Board has overall responsibility for climate-related risks and 
opportunities – our approach to climate change is governed at 
the highest level within our organisation.
The Board has received updates on progress during the year on 
climate change matters, including the results from our Scope 3 
modelling, our science-based targets, and regular reporting on 
our reduction activities related to our Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
footprint.
Our climate governance structure
We will continue to appraise climate risks and opportunities with 
our senior leadership team to ensure ongoing climate knowledge 
and support for our transition. The Board receives updates via the 
Audit Committee within the scope of our routine risk reporting.
The Board will continue to oversee the development and delivery 
of our transition plan in the coming years.
Management’s role in assessing and managing  
climate-related risks and opportunities
Our Chief Executive is ultimately responsible for our 
sustainability strategy, which includes climate-related risks  
and opportunities. Strategic progress against relevant targets 
and commitments is reported to the Board.
Our Risk Committee, chaired by our Company Secretary (the 
membership of which includes all our Operating Board members 
supported by key functional heads, including our Heads of 
Business Assurance and Sustainability) is responsible for the 
ongoing assessment of climate-related risks and mitigating 
actions. The Risk Committee meets four times a year and 
climate change is a standing agenda item. Outputs from the Risk 
Committee are reported into the Company’s Audit Committee.
We continue to include ‘failure to respond effectively to climate-
related impacts on our business’ as a strategic risk within our 
strategic risk register. During 2024, we reviewed and updated our 
physical and transition risks, and this exercise will continue  
in 2025 to ensure the appropriate level of focus is applied.
Our Sustainability Committee is responsible for approving 
options for the delivery of our climate change strategy. Chaired  
by our Company Secretary, the membership of this committee 
includes all our Operating Board members and is supported by 
the Head of Sustainability, the wider sustainability team and 
relevant subject matter experts from across the business.
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

52
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED
Our Net Zero Steering Group is responsible for identifying and 
proposing relevant actions to reduce carbon emissions. Once 
proposals are agreed by the Sustainability Committee, these 
are formally included in business plans as well as in the personal 
objectives of relevant senior managers. This ensures a business-
wide focus on delivering the required activity.
In 2024, we expanded the role of our TCFD Steering Group 
to incorporate all sustainability reporting and renamed it the 
Sustainability Reporting Steering Group. This will allow us to 
apply a strategic approach to reporting whilst maintaining our 
focus on the continual development of our TCFD reporting.  
This Steering Group is chaired by our Company Secretary  
and includes senior members of our finance, sustainability,  
risk and corporate communications teams. This group will 
continue to support the ongoing development of our net zero 
transition plan in 2025. 
Strategy 
Climate-related risks and opportunities and their impact
We continue to further develop our understanding of material 
climate-related risks and opportunities, which fall into two 
categories – physical and transition.
In this context we consider a material climate-related risk to 
be one which could have a significant effect on or threaten the 
resilience of our operations, strategy and financial planning if 
not managed appropriately, based on our assessment of the 
likelihood of occurrence. This is in line with the approach we take 
to risk throughout the business as discussed in more detail in the 
Risk Management section on pages 64 to 71. We plan to develop 
a more quantifiable definition through the course of our work in 
developing our transition plan.
We consider climate change to be a strategic risk to the business 
within the time horizon for our current strategic plan.  
In this context, we consider the following:
•	 Short-term horizon covers the next two years (2025/2026)  
in line with our strategic business plan timeline.
•	 Medium-term horizon is the period from 2027-2030 in line  
with our near-term Science-Based Targets timeline.
•	 Long-term horizon is from 2031 onwards.
In 2023, the TCFD Steering Group and the Net Zero Steering  
Group worked with external advisers to highlight overarching 
climate-related risks. Throughout 2024, we have continued 
to further incorporate climate risks into our risk management 
framework as discussed in the Risk Management section  
on page 66. 
Physical risks 
In 2023, we modelled the physical risks to our manufacturing  
and distribution sites, our main office locations and a sample  
of our shops based on: 
•	 Moderate (i.e. 1.5°C temperature increase by 2040); and 
•	 High (4.4°C temperature increase by 2100) level impacts  
of climate change. 
These scenarios were chosen in conjunction with our advisers 
and considering the views of colleagues across the business 
as being the most relevant and plausible to the business. 
They adopt a narrative-based, mixed methodology approach 
which included a detailed analysis of data published in climate 
scientific literature and Government resources, an analysis of 
publicly available physical risk tools and a statistical analysis 
of raw climate data outputs from the UK Climate Projections 
2018. This approach was undertaken for several reasons: a lack 
of downscaled data for all scenarios; model disagreement and 
uncertainties; and the high-level nature of input data for the 
supply chain.
The output from this modelling suggests that there are limited 
physical risks to our operations that would have a material 
financial impact on the Group (assessed in the same way as when 
preparing the financial statements) in the short to medium term; 
however, we continue to reassess this to ensure any identified 
risks to operations are mitigated.
We have considered flood risk in more detail for those sites 
where the risk has been assessed as above the average, and 
we continue to review the need for additional flood mitigations. 
In addition, climate risk is a key consideration when choosing 
locations for new site development.
Transition risks 
We have also assessed the transition risks and opportunities 
based on three potential future scenarios:
•	 A disorderly transition, i.e. strong global legislative/policy 
action to drive change, resulting in widespread carbon 
taxation or carbon pricing.
•	 Societal shift, i.e. consumers making a significant move 
to low-carbon diets and towards a circular economy, a 
regenerative growth model where resources are used in a 
way that minimises waste and pollution, keeps products and 
materials in use for as long as possible and regenerates nature.
•	 Agricultural impact, i.e. the effects of climate change across 
the globe and the resulting impacts on supply chains as 
extreme weather occurrences increase in frequency and 
temperature rises begin to have a significant effect.

53
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Climate-related risks, mitigations and opportunities
Our scenario analysis work, and our wider review/consideration of climate risks, through our embedded risk management framework (see Risk Management section on pages 64 to 71) have identified the 
following main risks and any potential opportunities. We consider climate-related risks and opportunities when developing our business strategy.
Risk overview
Impact 
Mitigation 
Time horizon
Nature of risk
Related scenario
Changes to climate-related 
regulations, including the 
introduction of carbon taxes.
Higher production costs would need to be offset or 
passed on to consumers, potentially impacting the value 
proposition of our products with higher carbon footprints.
We have a varied product range with an increasing number of  
plant-based products, which offers choice for consumers looking  
for lower-priced or lower-carbon products.
Medium to 
long term
Transition
Disorderly 
transition
Changes in consumer 
behaviour leading to an 
increase in the need for  
more sustainable products. 
Inability to meet significant increased consumer demand 
for more sustainable or weather-appropriate products may 
lead to loss of sales and/or missed growth opportunities  
as customers switch to products that meet their needs.
We are already developing our range to contain a higher proportion of 
plant-based options. Our reputation for being a responsible business 
provides a solid platform from which to communicate  
our message. 
Medium to 
long term
Transition
Societal 
shift
The ongoing availability  
of sufficient amounts  
of renewable energy as 
demand increases. 
The energy dependency of our shop and supply chain 
operations may cause issues in the event of energy 
rationing/energy availability challenges. 
We continue to focus on improving the energy efficiency of 
our operations and monitoring developments in low-emission 
technologies.
Medium to 
long term
Transition
Disorderly 
transition 
The impact of extreme 
weather events on our own 
operations and that of our 
value chain.
We have assessed our own manufacturing and distribution 
sites and identified six locations with a low to medium risk 
of riverine flooding. We have also identified three sites 
where there is a low to medium risk of exposure to spells  
of extreme heat. In addition, we have identified one site 
with a risk of longer-term surface flooding. 
Our global supply chain presents a supply risk in the event 
of more frequent extreme weather events, in terms of 
product quality, availability and price volatility. 
The geographical diversity of our operations is a key mitigation.
We are working closely with our insurers and risk management team  
to identify and implement flood risk mitigation measures in sites where 
risks have been identified. We continue to work with our engineering 
teams to ensure that cooling and refrigeration systems are maintained 
and remain able to operate in the event of extreme heat.
Our procurement team consider climate-related impacts during their 
routine processes when selecting new suppliers and working with 
existing ones. We are working with our key suppliers to develop more 
climate-resilient ingredients as well as reviewing our sourcing regions. 
In addition, we continue to invest in sustainable agricultural practices.
Short, 
medium 
and long 
term
Physical
Moderate 
and high
Acute and chronic changes  
in temperature. 
Higher temperatures can impact food safety and quality, 
particularly for perishable items. This can lead to increased 
spoilage and food waste, affecting both our bottom line 
and our sustainability goals. Changes in climate patterns 
can affect agricultural yields, impacting the availability and 
cost of key ingredients such as wheat, dairy and meat.
To address this, we have implemented advanced cooling systems 
and temperature monitoring technologies across our shops and 
warehouses. These systems ensure that our products are stored at 
optimal temperatures, reducing the risk of spoilage and maintaining 
food safety standards.
We are working with our key suppliers to develop more climate-
resilient ingredients as well as reviewing our sourcing regions. In 
addition, we continue to invest in sustainable agricultural practices.
Medium to 
long term
Physical
Moderate  
and high
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

54
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED
Opportunities 
We have identified the following climate-related opportunities: 
Consumer behaviours
•	 We constantly review the market for changes in consumer 
behaviour and have good insight into consumer trends which 
allows us to be agile in our future product development.
•	 Our reputation for offering great value and alternatives  
to meat puts us in a good place to evolve our offer in line  
with demand.
•	 Leading in sustainability can differentiate us from competitors, 
enhancing brand value and customer loyalty. We continue to 
show leadership in sustainability through visible and impactful 
initiatives, helping to build a strong and loyal customer base.
Energy efficiency 
•	 Implementing energy-saving measures, such as energy-
efficient appliances, and renewable energy sources,  
can reduce operational costs and emissions.
•	 We continue to monitor developments in technologies  
that support improvements in efficiency.
Value chain resilience 
•	 Collaborating with suppliers to improve sustainability 
practices, such as reducing emissions and enhancing 
resource efficiency, can strengthen our supply chain  
and reduce risk.
•	 We continue to work closely with our key strategic suppliers  
to identify potential improvement opportunities.
Resilience 
Although our scenario analysis will be repeated in future years, 
we are continuing to discuss the issues already highlighted at the 
highest levels of the organisation. For example, when examining the 
results of our physical climate risk assessment, the outcomes have 
pointed to climate risks in certain parts of the world where some  
of our suppliers are based, such as Indonesia, Thailand and Brazil. 
As a consequence of this, we will continue to engage with suppliers 
in these areas, to understand their adaptation/mitigation plans.
The Transition Plan Taskforce (TPT) published guidance in 2023 
on how to develop credible and robust climate transition plans. 
We are in the process of developing our transition plan, in line with 
the TPT guidance. To date we have established a clear transition 
programme for Scopes 1 and 2, and in 2025, will focus on our 
Scope 3 plan. We will also continue to monitor the development 
of the International Sustainability Standards Board disclosure 
standards and their potential adoption by UK regulatory bodies.
Risk overview
Impact 
Mitigation 
Time horizon
Nature of risk
Related scenario
Physical impact on our retail 
estate as a result of rising  
sea levels. 
Coastal shops and supply routes are increasingly at risk 
from rising sea levels, which can lead to flooding and 
erosion. This poses a long-term threat to our operations  
in these areas.
Longer-term review of shop locations and relocation as and  
when appropriate.
Long term
Physical
High
Failure to adopt changes in 
technologies designed to 
support improvements in 
relation to climate change 
mitigation, carbon reduction 
and sustainability impacts. 
The need to adopt new technologies to reduce emissions 
and improve sustainability can be costly and complex.
Investment in energy-efficient equipment, renewable energy 
sources, and sustainable packaging solutions. To ease this transition, 
we are investing in research and development, collaborating with 
technology providers, and piloting new technologies. This approach 
allows us to stay at the forefront of technological advancements and 
ensure that we are adopting the most effective solutions.
Short to 
medium 
term
Transition
Societal 
Climate and carbon 
management strategy is  
poorly developed, implemented 
or communicated.
The Group’s approach to climate change results  
in an inability to attract new colleagues.
To attract new talent, we emphasise our commitment to 
sustainability, which is integrated throughout the organisation 
and reflects our proactive stance on tackling climate change. This 
commitment is prominently featured in our recruitment processes.
Medium to 
long term 
Transition
Disorderly / 
Societal 
Failure to deliver effective 
implementation of ESG 
strategy.
The Group’s failure to deliver an effective ESG strategy 
results in damage to investor relations and damage  
to reputation resulting in erosion of brand. 
•	 We have a sustainability strategy. 
•	 Ongoing review of investor ESG ratings by the sustainability team. 
•	 We report on key ESG rating indices. 
•	 Bi-annual insight surveys across customer base and wider food  
on the go customer base.  
•	 Survey results presented to the Sustainability Committee. 
Short, 
medium 
and long 
term
Physical 
and 
transition
All

55
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Managing climate-related risks
Climate-related risk evaluation forms part of the Risk Committee’s 
activity and is now included as a standing agenda item.
Integration of climate-related risks into overall  
risk management
As explained above, we treat our climate-related risks in the  
same way as all other risks and manage them in line with our  
ERM framework. 
By integrating climate-related risks into our overall risk 
management framework, we ensure that they are appropriately 
managed and mitigated. The Risk Committee reviews these  
risks quarterly, providing oversight of our climate strategy.  
This approach ensures that we remain resilient and responsive  
to the evolving climate landscape.
Metrics and targets
Metrics used to assess climate-related risks  
and opportunities 
We have reported on our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions in our 
Annual Report each year since 2013 and have set out our emissions 
reduction targets. We now report this data internally on a monthly 
basis and use it to monitor performance against our reduction 
targets. In 2023, our near-term science-based targets were 
approved by the SBTi. Our environmental management system 
is certificated to ISO 14001:2015 and we disclose our emissions 
through the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP).
We regularly report on the proportion of Scope 1 and 2 energy 
which comes from renewable sources and set targets each year 
that align with our science-based targets. 
Long-term incentive awards made in 2024 to Executive Directors 
and senior management include an ESG performance condition 
with a weighting of 10% of the award. It is a carbon metric based 
on the percentage of our value chain which has set a public 
net zero date (no later than 2050), and which is measuring and 
publicly reporting its full Scope 1, 2 and 3 footprint over the  
three-year vesting period of the awards.
GHG emissions and the related risks
In 2024, we modelled our Scope 3 emissions for 2023 using the 
GHG Protocol Corporate Standard, World Resources Institute 
guidance for the land sector as the basis for our calculation.  
The calculations were reviewed and verified by the Carbon Trust. 
Our 2023 TCFD Report contains more detail on the methodology 
that we adopt and how we apply it. Total Scope 3 emissions for 
2023 were 861,714 tonnes of carbon dioxide and equivalent gases 
(CO2e) (2022: 784,774 tonnes CO2e).
We have included these 2023 emissions in this report as our 
financial reporting timeframe prohibits full assessment and 
verification of our 2024 emissions in time for inclusion in this 
report. We will publish our 2024 emissions on our corporate 
website in 2025.
We report on our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions each year.  
The detailed disclosures and methodology can be found  
in the section of this report titled ‘Our carbon footprint’.
Targets used to manage climate-related risks and 
opportunities and performance against targets
As part of our strategy to manage climate-related risks,  
we have committed to becoming a net zero carbon business  
by 2040 in line with the BRC Climate Action Roadmap: 
•	 Scope 2: Net zero by 2030
•	 Scope 1: Net zero by 2035
•	 Scope 3: Net zero by 2040
As noted above, we have also set science-based targets to 
give us a clearly defined pathway to emissions reduction that 
is aligned to climate science. The commitment to the BRC’s 
roadmap is a more ambitious target – we always strive to achieve 
the more stretching target.
SUPPLIER 
ENGAGEMENT 
We’re pleased that many of our suppliers 
are adopting net zero targets, switching 
to greener fuels and improving energy 
efficiency. As a leader, we see ourselves as 
having a proactive role to play in our supply 
chain and are encouraging key suppliers to 
measure and publicly report their carbon 
footprint and set net zero goals by 2050. Our 
ambition is for 30% of our supply chain to 
disclose Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions by 2027.
To improve Scope 3 accuracy, we request 
carbon intensity data from key suppliers.  
In 2024, our Net Zero Steering Group worked 
directly with suppliers of high-impact 
products like beef, pork, dairy, cereal and 
coffee, hosting sessions to share best 
practice around carbon management and 
regenerative agriculture, and work will 
continue in 2025.
Risk management 
Identifying and assessing climate-related risks
We have an established risk process for the whole business,  
as described in the risk management section on pages 
64 to 71. Climate-related risks are integrated into our ERM 
process, so that all our risks are identified, assessed and 
managed consistently.
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

56
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED
In 2022, we set near-term science-based emissions reduction 
targets based on a 1.5°C pathway, which were approved by the 
SBTi. These targets are:
•	 To reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 46.2%  
by 2030 from a 2019 base year; and 
•	 To reduce absolute Scope 3 GHG emissions from purchased 
goods and services 46.2% within the same timeframe.
Performance against these science-based targets is our primary 
metric at present, although we are introducing additional metrics 
and targets. The data is presented in the section of this Report 
titled ‘Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting’ below. Progress 
against the 2019 science-based target baseline for Scopes 1 and 2 
is shown in the graph below along with the intensity measure.
As noted above, we do not yet have a Scope 3 emissions figure for 
2024. The outcome of the modelling exercise described above 
shows that Scope 3 emissions for 2023 were 861,714 tonnes CO2e 
(2022: 784,774 tonnes CO2e). The 2019 emissions were recalculated 
using this more refined methodology where possible, which has 
resulted in a higher figure for 2019 emissions of 522,453 tonnes CO2e 
ONGOING USE  
OF RENEWABLES
In 2024, we increased our renewable gas 
purchase from 30% to 60% and now install only 
electric boilers and equipment in new shops, as 
we phase out gas. While we buy 100% renewable 
electricity, 6% of our shops are in serviced 
locations where we lack control over utilities. 
Our Landlord Recharge Group is encouraging 
landlords to switch to green power, and we are 
creating a policy to address non-renewable 
electricity in these locations.
To reduce diesel use in our distribution fleet, we 
aim to transition to electricity or hydrogen once 
infrastructure allows. Meanwhile, we’ve begun 
converting our fleet to HVO biofuel. In 2024, our 
Enfield Distribution Centre switched to HVO, 
cutting 3,000 tonnes of CO2 across 2.2 million 
miles. By adding Clydesmill and Manchester sites 
in 2025, we’ll almost triple savings to over 8,000 
tonnes, with nearly a third of journeys powered 
by HVO by year-end.
(original 2019 baseline was 491,962 tonnes CO2e). The increase from 
2019 as rebased is largely as a result of business growth.
We measure and report regularly on the proportion of Scope 1  
and 2 energy that comes from renewable sources. Our targets  
for 2024 were that: 
•	 100% of the electricity that we buy comes from renewable 
sources, which was achieved. We have some shops where  
we are not responsible for purchasing the electricity and in 
those situations we are encouraging our landlords to change 
to renewable electricity. 
•	 60% of the gas we use is from renewable sources, an increase 
from 30% in 2023 – again this was achieved. 
•	 We would trial the use of HVO in our logistics fleet as 
an alternative to diesel. We converted one of our major 
distribution depots which has allowed all of the vehicles  
based out of that depot to run on HVO. 
The two most recent long-term incentive awards made to 
Executive Directors and senior management (in 2023 and 2024) 
included carbon-based performance conditions and it is intended 
that the award to be made in 2025 will have a Scope 1 and 2 
emissions reductions performance condition. The conditions 
are measured at the end of the three-year vesting period of 
the awards so the first one will be measured in 2026. These 
performance conditions are as follows: 
Date award  
granted
Performance condition
% of award subject  
to this condition
Vesting  
date
May 2023
Based on the Company’s reduction in Scope 1 and 2 emissions in line with the  
reductions required to meet our science-based targets by 2035 from a 2022 base.
10%
May 2026
March 2024
A Scope 3 metric based on engagement with the wider supply chain to drive 
measurement and public reporting by suppliers of their overall carbon footprint and 
publicly committing to a net zero target no later than 2050.
10%
March 2027
Market-based Scopes 1 and 2 absolute emissions
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
Total Scopes 1 and 2 market-based (tCO2e)
Science-based target = Scopes 1 and 2 market-based (tCO2e)
Intensity market-based (tCO2e per £m turnover) 
Absolute emissions (tCO2e)
Intensity (tCO2e per £m turnover)
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
40
35
30
25
15
20
10
5
0

57
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
We continue to report Scope 1 and 2 footprints in our monthly 
performance reporting pack. This ensures our senior leadership 
team has ongoing visibility of the delivery of our reduction strategy.
In 2025, we will develop quantitative metrics and targets for 
material climate-related risks and opportunities, and incorporate 
these into our business plan. 
Next steps for Greggs
In 2025, we will continue to deliver reductions in line with our 
science-based emissions reduction targets for our Scope 1 and 
2 emissions while also delivering the second year of our supplier 
engagement programme to support our Scope 3 emissions 
reduction. We will review our scenario analysis process to 
ensure we identify any additional physical or transition risks or 
opportunities. In addition, we will continue the development of 
our net zero transition plan, in line with the TPT framework and 
guidance, with the intention of publishing this in late 2025. 
Our carbon footprint 
We disclose our GHG emissions through CDP. We continue to 
drive efficiencies to further reduce our carbon footprint as we 
work towards our net zero ambition. In 2024, we reduced our 
gross location-based intensity (tonnes per £million turnover) 
impact by 9.4% compared to 2023 (or 42.0% compared to 2019). 
Our market-based carbon footprint for the 2024 financial year 
was 41,710 tonnes of CO2e, with an intensity of 20.71 tonnes 
of CO2e per £million turnover, which reflects our efforts in 
generating and purchasing low-carbon energy. 
Global GHG emissions data 
In line with the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013, we are reporting our GHG emissions 
as part of our annual Strategic Report. Our GHG reporting year 
is the same as our financial year, from 31 December 2023 to 
28 December 2024. We have reported on all the emission sources 
which we deem ourselves to be responsible for, as required under 
those Regulations. These sources fall within our operational 
control and financial boundaries, and include emissions from 
manufacturing, retail and distribution sites and the operation 
of our distribution fleet, all of which are wholly based in the UK. 
We do not have responsibility for any emission sources that are 
outside of our operational control. The methodology used to 
calculate our emissions is based on the GHG Protocol Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting Standard, Defra Environmental 
Reporting Guidelines and ISO 14064-3:2019 – Greenhouse gases 
Part 3 – Specification with guidance for the verification and 
validation of GHG statements. 
Dual emissions reporting 
Overall emissions have been presented to reflect location and 
market-based methodologies, affecting both Scope 1 and  
Scope 2 emissions. 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
In line with Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
requirements, we have also reported on the underlying energy 
used to calculate our GHG emissions.
Where original data was provided in litres of diesel, gas oil or 
petrol, it has been converted to kWh. The reporting boundary has 
been determined by operational control, whereby all emissions 
have been included within scope, i.e. Scope 1 and Scope 2.
ECO-SHOP 2
We launched our first Eco-Shop in 
Northampton in 2022, testing over 20  
green initiatives that reduce energy use  
by a fifth compared to standard shops.  
New technology is being developed at pace, 
so in 2024, we designed a next-generation 
Eco-Shop, planned for construction in 
early 2025. This shop will test cutting-
edge equipment to save energy, conserve 
water and reduce waste. For example, its 
refrigeration system will use lower carbon 
impact refrigerant, reducing global warming 
potential (GWP) from 1,387 to 146 GWP, below 
the EU’s upcoming 150 GWP limit. Located 
in Winchester, this drive-thru unit aligns 
sustainability with our expansion plans, 
featuring solar panels, rainwater harvesting,  
a heat pump and eco-friendly cladding.
2024 REDUCTION IN GROSS LOCATION-BASED INTENSITY IMPACT  
(TONNES CO2E PER £M TURNOVER) 
9.41% 
Energy efficiency initiatives 
Greggs is committed to reducing the energy consumption and 
the carbon impact from its operations. We have set our target  
of net zero carbon emissions across the organisation by  
2040 and have put in place a plan aligned to the BRC’s Climate 
Action Roadmap.
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED

58
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
SUSTAINABILITY REPORT CONTINUED
We have moved to renewable electricity sources across approximately 97% of our estate. In 2024, we further increased the use of biogas as a replacement for natural gas to 60%. This is covered by 
Renewable Gas Guarantees of Origin certificates. As the GHG Protocol does not recognise any differentiation between natural gas and biogas, the data reported in the table below makes no allowance  
for this. Using the UK Environmental Reporting Guidelines rather than the GHG Protocol would result in a reduction in Scope 1 emissions of 5,845 tonnes of CO2e, (2023: 2,468 tonnes of CO2e) using  
market-based emissions calculations. We continue to investigate other renewable energy sources for our remaining Scope 1 emissions. 
In 2024, we measured our 2023 value chain emissions with the Carbon Trust and found that Scope 3 emissions account for 95.3% of all market-based emissions with emissions from Scope 3 purchased 
goods and services (products) having the biggest impact. We have set near-term Company-wide emissions reduction targets in line with climate science, which have been approved by the SBTi. 
We continue to focus our internal teams on energy efficiency and carbon reduction programmes. Since the opening of our first Eco-Shop in 2022, 27.6% of our overall estate now has Eco-Shop initiatives 
in place. We continue to replace high GWP refrigerants in refrigeration and air conditioning systems with lower GWP refrigerants, and all new refrigeration equipment uses low GWP refrigeration gas as a 
specification requirement. We have successfully trialled electric refrigeration units on our delivery fleet, replacing diesel-powered refrigeration and we continue to replace existing units with this technology. 
Location and market-based emissions
Current reporting 
year 2024 
(tonnes of CO2e)
Comparison 
year 2023 
(tonnes of CO2e)
Base 
year 2019 
(tonnes of CO2e)
Scope 1 
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities 
32,172
34,325 
33,155 
Scope 1 
Refrigerants 
5,536 
5,505 
5,513 
Scope 2 (location-based) 
Electricity purchased for own use (including photovoltaic-generated and green tariff) 
58,237
55,318 
57,294 
Scope 2 (market-based) 
Residual electricity 
4,002 
2,981 
2,909 
Gross emissions (location-based) 
Total Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions 
95,945
95,148 
95,962 
Gross emissions (market-based) 
Total Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions to account for use of renewable energy 
41,710
42,810 
41,577 
Intensity measure (location-based) 
Tonnes of CO2 per £m turnover 
47.63
52.58 
82.54 
Percentage change 2024 compared with 2023 
-9.41%
-9.13% 
-36.29% 
Intensity measure (market-based) 
Tonnes of CO2e per £m turnover 
20.71
23.66 
35.76 
Intensity percentage change accounting for renewable energy 2024 compared with 2023 
-12.47%
-23.73% 
-33.84% 
Location-based method is provided for disclosure only 
UK Underlying energy use (kWh)
Total Scope 1 energy use 
Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities (natural gas, fleet fuel oils, company cars and LPG) 
151,398,269
149,351,211 
141,717,583 
Total Scope 2 energy use 
Electricity 
281,789,412
267,160,278 
224,154,292 
Total energy use (kWh) 
433,187,681
416,511,489 
365,871,875 
We have been awarded the Carbon Trust Route to Net Zero Standard in recognition of our work on carbon efficiency and reduction and our environmental management system is certificated to ISO 14001:2015. 
In addition, we disclose our GHG emissions through CDP.

59
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
FINANCIAL REVIEW
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Variance
Revenue
2,014.4
1,809.6
+11.3%
Underlying operating profit
195.3
171.7
+13.7%
Finance income
8.1
6.1
+32.8%
Finance expense
(13.6)
(10.1)
+34.7%
Underlying profit before tax
189.8
167.7
+13.2%
Exceptional income
14.1
20.6
Profit before tax
203.9
188.3
+8.3%
Income tax
(50.5)
(45.8)
+10.3%
Profit after tax
153.4
142.5
+7.6%
Underlying diluted earnings  
per share
137.5p
123.8p
+11.1%
Underlying return on capital 
employed
20.3%
21.1%
Sales
Total Group sales for the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 
grew by 11.3% to £2,014 million (2023: £1,810 million). Growth was 
delivered through both new shop openings and like-for-like sales 
growth in existing shops, reflecting both volume growth and price 
increases. Total Group revenue reflects sales from company-
managed shops, which include delivery sales, and sales through 
the business-to-business channel to our franchise and grocery 
wholesale partners.
Reporting ‘like-for-like’ sales (sales in company-managed  
shops with more than one calendar year’s trading history)  
is a key alternative performance measure for Greggs, as it 
shows underlying company-managed estate sales performance 
excluding the impact of new shop openings and closures.  
In 2024 like-for-like sales were 5.5% up on 2023. The pattern of 
like-for-like growth through the year reflected the annualisation 
of trading hours extension and the roll-out of delivery services 
with Uber Eats in Q4 2023, along with a generally-tougher  
market context in the second half of the year. The challenging 
market context resulted in us not achieving our 2024 target for 
like-for-like sales growth.
GREGGS DELIVERED 
GREGGS DELIVERED 
ANOTHER GOOD 
ANOTHER GOOD 
FINANCIAL 
FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE  
PERFORMANCE  
IN 2024. 
IN 2024. 
Greggs delivered another good financial 
performance in 2024. Sales growth reflected 
a record number of new shop openings as 
well as continued progress in developing new 
channels. The Company’s robust balance sheet 
supports our growth strategy as we invest  
in the capacity that will enable further growth 
and strong returns. 
Richard Hutton
Chief Financial Officer

60
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
IN THIS REPORT
This expansion in capacity relies on a number of key investment 
projects:
•	 Completed – the expansion of manufacturing capacity at 
Balliol Park in Newcastle, where a fourth production line was 
commissioned in 2024, increasing capacity for savoury rolls 
and bakes by 35%.
•	 Completed – extension and refurbishment works at our 
Amesbury and Birmingham Radial Distribution Centres, 
completed in 2024, have added capacity to serve an additional 
300 shops across the south of the UK.
•	 In progress – our new site in Derby will manufacture and 
distribute frozen products, bringing automated upstream 
picking to the Greggs supply chain for the first time. This will 
help our existing Radial Distribution Centres to support more 
shops from mid-2026.
•	 In progress – a new National Distribution Centre in Kettering 
will consolidate our existing operations there for chilled and 
ambient goods as well as supporting the move to upstream 
picking in 2027.
Offering great value to customers is key to our strategic purpose, 
and we leverage our scale and vertical integration to keep costs 
low. We have a rolling programme of cost-saving initiatives 
with the aim of mitigating as much cost pressure as possible, 
and in 2024 this delivered £10.6 million of savings. Through the 
programme we look to leverage the scale in our manufacturing 
operations, completing end-to-end process reviews to realise the 
benefits of our vertical integration. The strength of our financial 
covenant and our scale helps us secure the best procurement 
rates. We also target waste reduction, which aligns with our 
Greggs Pledge commitments.
To the extent that we cannot mitigate cost inflation through 
savings, we recover it through careful pricing activity, whilst 
ensuring that we protect our reputation for offering great value, 
great quality products. We continually compare our prices with 
the market across a range of products and ensure that our 
relative price proposition remains strong, with prices comparable 
to the grocery sector, but for freshly-prepared food and drink, and 
at a strong discount compared to other food-to-go specialists.
Following a period of margin investment to support the 
development of new channels and dayparts we have focused on 
cost control and strong management of pricing and promotions 
to improve profitability. This has resulted in an increased 
underlying operating profit margin of 9.7% in 2024 (2023: 9.5%).
Investing for growth
We continue to see good returns on new shop openings, including 
the relocation of existing shops to better premises that enable 
them to reach their full potential. The scope for further growth in 
the estate is material and we have set out plans to create capacity 
in our supply chain to service around 3,500 shops in the medium 
term, whilst also leaving open options to extend this further.
The performance of shops managed by franchise partners  
proved more resilient to market conditions, being primarily 
focused on roadside locations. Franchise like-for-like ‘system 
sales’ (sales in franchised shops with more than one calendar 
year’s trading history) grew by 7.4% in 2024, reflecting growing 
consumer use of these locations and trading hours extension  
to serve later dayparts.
Profit for the year
Underlying operating profit (profit before finance income and 
expense, exceptional income and tax) was £195.3 million in 2024 
(2023: £171.7 million). After financing costs and exceptional 
income profit before taxation was £203.9 million in 2024 
(2023: £188.3 million). The strong profit progression reflected 
overall sales growth supported by good cost control and 
margin management. Profits included a net exceptional gain 
of £14.1 million which primarily relates to the sale of our legacy 
Twickenham supply chain site. 
The business experienced overall like-for-like cost inflation of 
around 4% in 2024. This was primarily driven by employment 
costs, with food and packaging costs marginally deflationary 
following the significant increases experienced in 2022 and 2023. 
Energy costs reduced year-on-year and our shop occupancy cost 
ratio (shop costs such as rent, rates and service charges as a 
percentage of sales) was stable.
Looking forward we currently expect overall input cost inflation 
in 2025 to be around six per cent. Employment cost inflation will 
again be the biggest driver of higher costs, including the impact 
of the increase in the National Living Wage and an increase in 
employer’s National Insurance contributions. We have good levels 
of forward cover for commodity costs, with almost 100% of our 
electricity requirements fixed for the year and forward purchase 
agreements in place representing circa five months of our food 
and packaging needs. 
We continue to see good returns 
on new shop openings and are 
investing in capacity to grow 
the estate further and expand 
into new channels, continuing 
the strategy that has been so 
successful in recent years.”
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

61
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Whilst carrying cash forward into the current investment 
programme the business has maximised the opportunity to earn 
interest income on cash deposits. In 2024 this income totalled 
£8.1 million and will reduce in 2025 as cash levels normalise.
We plan to utilise the additional capacity created by this 
investment programme as the business grows its shop numbers 
in the years ahead. The expanded logistics network will allow for 
around 900 further net new shops from the starting position in 
2025, supporting six to nine years’ worth of expansion at recent 
opening rates (100-150 net shops per annum). The short-term 
impact will be an increase in fixed costs and a temporary 
reduction in ROCE.
The additional fixed costs associated with the Derby site are 
expected to present a circa 40 basis point headwind to operating 
margin in 2026. A similar additional margin headwind is expected 
in 2027 as these costs annualise and the Kettering site opens, 
though this incremental cost will begin to be offset in that year 
as we continue to grow the shop estate and start to utilise the 
capacity created. We expect this trend to continue in the following 
years, to the further benefit of margin and returns. We continue to 
target a return to a ROCE of circa 20% in the medium term.	
Financing charges
We earned £8.1 million (2023: £6.1 million) of finance income on 
cash deposits during the year and incurred finance expenses of 
£13.6 million (2023: £10.1 million) which comprised £13.0 million 
(2023: £9.6 million) in respect of the IFRS 16 interest charge on 
lease liabilities and a net £0.6 million (2023: £0.5 million) of facility 
charges under the Company’s (undrawn) financing facilities, 
interest on the defined benefit pension liability and foreign 
exchange losses.
Taxation
The Group has a simple corporate structure, carries out its business 
entirely in the UK and all taxes are paid here. We aim to act with 
integrity and transparency in respect of our taxation obligations.
As the programme continues, the asset base will expand further, 
with capital employed growing ahead of capacity utilisation 
through to 2027.
Operating costs, primarily depreciation, will increase in steps 
as the new operations are brought into use. The shell of the 
Derby site was built in 2024, and work in 2025 will be focused on 
fitting out the site, installing the automated logistics operations 
and setting up the site’s first production line. We are targeting a 
logistics ‘go live’ in the second quarter of 2026 and a production 
‘go live’ in the final quarter of 2026. The land for the Kettering site 
was purchased in January 2025 at a total cost of £30 million and 
the focus for this coming year is to build the shell of the building, 
before fitting this out through 2026. Commissioning at Kettering 
is due to commence in the final quarter of 2026, with the site 
expected to be fully operational in the second half of 2027.  
We expect the cash-funded capital investment in the Kettering 
site to be a further £105 million following the land purchase.
These investments collectively take the logistics capacity in  
our network to around 3,500 shops. We have planned carefully  
for this phase of growth and are financing the investment from  
a combination of cash deliberately carried into the programme, 
a long-term lease of the building at Derby and ongoing cash 
generation. The impact of stepping up our capacity in this way  
will increase our capital employed and create additional fixed 
costs in the short term, with both subsequently utilised as we 
expand our operations. 
Capital employed will progressively build as the sites are 
developed and brought into use. The cash retained to fund 
investment has been part of the capital employed in the business 
in recent years and will remain so as it is converted to fixed 
assets. In addition, the 25-year lease of the building at Derby was 
capitalised in 2024 (with a right-of-use asset and liability value of 
£47 million) ahead of being fitted out with cash-funded assets. 
We expect the cash-funded capital investment in the Derby site 
to be £135 million, including the cost of the first production line. 
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

62
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Balance sheet
Capital expenditure
In line with our plans we invested a total of £249.0 million  
(2023: £199.8 million) in capital expenditure during 2024. 
Retail estate expenditure grew as we increased the number 
of company-managed shop openings and relocations, and 
completed more shop refurbishments. We also rolled out 
additional equipment to support sales growth, including ice 
machines to provide a new range of over-ice drinks to our 
customers. In our supply chain we completed the commissioning 
of a fourth production line for our iconic savoury rolls and bakes 
at Balliol Park in Newcastle and completed the works to extend 
logistics capacity at our Birmingham and Amesbury Distribution 
Centres. In addition, we commenced the fit-out phase of the new 
leased site in Derby, and made some deposit payments in respect 
of the new Kettering site. IT investment also increased as we 
began the work to upgrade our ERP system to SAP S/4HANA. 
Depreciation and amortisation on property, plant and equipment 
and intangibles in the year was £80.8 million (2023: £70.5 million). 
A further £59.2 million (2023: £54.5 million) of depreciation was 
charged in respect of right-of-use assets on capitalised leases.
As previously communicated, our capital investment will continue 
at an elevated level until 2026 as we build additional capacity in 
our supply chain to support our ambitious growth plans, whilst 
also growing and refurbishing our retail estate. In 2025 we will 
complete the work to bring into use the logistics capabilities of 
our new site in Derby, and progress the construction of our new 
site in Kettering having completed the purchase of the land in 
early January 2025. We expect the Derby site to be operational  
in 2026, with the Kettering site following in 2027.
Our shop opening and relocation plans mean that we will invest 
in circa 160 new company-managed shops in 2025 and refurbish 
around 120 existing company-managed shops as we modernise 
older sites and introduce additional facilities to support our 
growth plans. In our retail estate we continue to target a 25% 
cash return on investment on new shops and typically exceed 
this level after two to three years as shops mature. The focus of 
the acquisition strategy means we are opening shops that trade 
longer hours and have higher than average sales and returns.  
The returns on newly-opened shops remain strong and, being 
mainly in new catchments, have not impacted on the sales of 
other shops in the estate.
Overall we expect capital expenditure in 2025 to be around  
£300 million, with the delay in the purchase of the land for 
Kettering altering the phasing of previous guidance. We anticipate 
that capital expenditure will be around £200 million in 2026 
before returning to a normalised level beyond this investment 
phase, where we expect maintenance capital expenditure to be 
up to 5% of revenue, with additional expenditure deployed to 
support further growth as required.
Working capital
We ended the year with Group net current liabilities of £67.3 million 
(2023: net current assets of £25.4 million) as our cash and cash 
equivalents balance reduced as we progressed with our capital 
investment plans. Stock and debtor levels increased primarily 
due to sales growth. The net current liabilities position reflects 
supplier funding as we receive payment from company-managed 
shop customers ahead of paying suppliers on standard terms. 
The Group’s overall effective tax rate on profit in 2024, including 
the impact of exceptional items, was 24.8% (2023: 24.3%). The 
headline rate for the year was 25.0% (2023: 23.5%) following the 
increase from 19.0% to 25.0% in the corporation tax rate from 
1 April 2023. The overall tax rate was lowered by the inclusion of 
the exceptional gain on disposal of the Twickenham bakery site. 
The underlying tax rate for the year was 25.7% (2023: 24.4%) – the 
year-on-year movement in the underlying rate is almost entirely 
due to the increase in the headline rate of tax. 
We expect the effective tax rate for 2025 to be around 26.0% and 
going forward the effective rate is expected to remain around 
one percentage point above the headline corporation tax rate. 
This is principally explained by expenditure for which no tax relief 
is available, such as depreciation on properties acquired before 
the introduction of structures and buildings tax allowances, and 
acquisition costs relating to new shops.
Earnings per share and dividend
Underlying diluted earnings per share in 2024 was 137.5 pence 
(2023: 123.8 pence per share). Including the net exceptional 
income diluted earnings per share were 149.6 pence (2023: 139.2 
pence per share).
The Board recommends a final ordinary dividend of 50.0 pence 
per share (2023: 46.0 pence per share). Together with the interim 
dividend of 19.0 pence (2023: 16.0 pence) paid in October 2024, 
this makes a total ordinary dividend for the year of 69.0 pence 
per share (2023: 62.0 pence per share). This is covered two times 
by underlying diluted earnings per share and is in line with our 
progressive ordinary dividend policy, which aims to increase the 
dividend in line with growth in underlying earnings per share.
Subject to the approval of shareholders at the AGM, the final 
ordinary dividend will be paid on 30 May 2025 to shareholders  
on the register at 2 May 2025.
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

63
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Looking forward
The significant investments that we are making to support 
further profitable growth will create short-term ROCE and margin 
headwinds as we bring important new sites into our supply chain. 
However, this capacity will enable Greggs to realise the medium-
term opportunity to grow its estate and expand into new channels, 
continuing the strategy that has been so successful in recent 
years. Throughout this we will maintain a strong financial position 
and the discipline that has delivered profitable growth and 
excellent capital returns, to the benefit of all of our stakeholders.
Richard Hutton
Chief Financial Officer
4 March 2025
Our approach to capital allocation can be described as a series  
of priorities: 
1.	 Invest to adequately maintain the business in order to 
support its continued success. As noted above, in normal 
circumstances we expect maintenance capital expenditure  
to be up to 5% of revenue.
2.	 Maintain a strong balance sheet. Reflecting the inherent 
gearing in the Group’s leaseholds and working capital we aim, 
in normal circumstances, to maintain a year-end net cash 
position of circa 3% of revenue in order to allow for seasonality 
in the working capital cycle and to protect the interests of  
all creditors.
3.	 Deliver an attractive ordinary dividend to shareholders. We 
continue to target a progressive ordinary dividend, normally 
around two times covered by underlying profit after taxation.
4.	 Selectively invest to grow. As outlined above we intend 
to continue to make capital investments in excess of the 
maintenance level in the coming years to support our  
growth plans
5.	 Return surplus cash to shareholders. Where net cash on  
the balance sheet exceeds our minimum requirement, taking 
into account that reserved for growth investments, we expect 
to return cash to shareholders by way of special dividends.
The Company’s current cash position will continue to normalise  
in 2025 and 2026 as we complete the current investment phase 
to support our growth plans.
Pension scheme
During the year the Company made a special contribution of 
£4.5 million to its closed defined benefit pension scheme, which 
facilitated the purchase of a bulk annuity ‘buy-in’ policy with Aviva. 
This policy will provide regular payments to the scheme Trustee 
to fund future pension payments and significantly reduces the 
Company’s exposure to the funding risks associated with its 
defined benefit pension liabilities. 
As a result, the scheme is in a net liability position of £0.4 million 
(2023: net asset position of £6.6 million), reflecting the largely-derisked 
position that it now benefits from.
Cash flow and capital structure
The net cash inflow from operating activities after lease 
payments in the year was £254.2 million (2023: £257.1 million). 
The strength of cash generation reflected the growth in profits 
and the sale of the legacy supply chain site in the year, offset  
by an increase in tax payments. At the end of the year the  
Group had net cash and cash equivalents of £125.3 million  
(2023: £195.3 million).
During the year we refinanced our revolving credit facility for 
a three-year period to June 2027, with two further one-year 
extension options. The facility provides liquidity of £100 million in 
committed funds. Taking this into account, total available liquidity 
at the end of 2023 was £225.3 million (2023: £265.3 million). 
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

64
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
RISK MANAGEMENT
OUR APPROACH
OUR APPROACH
TO RISK MANAGEMENT
TO RISK MANAGEMENT
An effective risk management process is 
fundamental to protecting our business, our 
customers and colleagues, and shareholder value, 
helping us to achieve our strategic priorities.
Risk management and internal control
To be able to deliver our strategy and make the right decisions 
for the business, we need to understand and manage our risks. 
Taking risks in a controlled way can help us to deliver value whilst 
protecting the business, our people and our reputation. Risks 
cannot be avoided, but an effective system of risk management 
ensures that they are mitigated to an acceptable level.
A robust, embedded approach to risk management helps us to react 
to new risks which emerge, and to take opportunities as they arise.
Roles and responsibilities
The Board has overall responsibility for risk management, and 
determines the nature and extent of risks which we are prepared 
to take in the pursuit of our strategy.
The Audit Committee, on behalf of the Board, maintains oversight 
of the risk management approach, including reviewing its overall 
effectiveness on an annual basis, and receiving regular updates 
on assurance activity.
Risk is overseen by a Risk Committee, which has responsibility for 
proactively managing risk, and meets quarterly. As a committee 
of our Operating Board, it has representation from across the 
entire business. 
Our business assurance function supports with the documentation 
and review of risk, and with the Audit Committee’s review process.
THE VARIOUS ROLES WITHIN THE RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS ARE SET OUT BELOW:
Who?
Role
Key activities/responsibilities
The Board
Direction and  
oversight
Approving policy; overall responsibility for risk management; setting 
and reviewing risk appetite; embedding the risk management 
culture; setting the ‘tone at the top’.
Audit  
Committee
Main Board activities  
as delegated
Challenge and approval of the principal risks disclosure; oversees  
risk management systems and controls; annual review of 
effectiveness of approach.
Operating 
Board
Ownership and  
monitoring
Ownership and management of significant risk to reinforce 
accountability; agreeing and monitoring actions to mitigate risks.
Risk  
Committee
Identifying, assessing  
and monitoring risk
Consideration of new and emerging risks; escalation of functional 
risks; biannual strategic risk review and validation.
Business 
Assurance  
Team
Independent  
overview
Managing the risk register; consolidation of significant risks; 
providing independent assurance over controls as set out in the 
internal audit plan; monitoring compliance with policy; updating  
the Audit Committee at each meeting.
Heads of  
business  
functions
Operational risk  
ownership and 
implementing actions
Identifying risks which may prevent the achievement of objectives; 
ongoing review of risks and controls within area of remit; 
supporting strategic risk owners throughout the risk management 
process; implementing controls to mitigate risk.
Process  
owners
Day-to-day business 
operations
Ensuring that mitigating controls are operating effectively; reporting 
areas of new and emerging risk; ensuring compliance with policies  
and procedures.
Top down
Bottom up

65
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Risk management process
Our risk management process is well-established, though it 
continues to evolve and develop. We have an enterprise-wide 
risk management policy and framework in place, both of which 
have been approved by the Board. This provides us with a robust 
structure and drives a consistent approach. 
Our risk process works ‘top down’ and ‘bottom up’, as shown in the 
diagram on page 64. Risks are identified by considering potential 
events which could prevent the achievement of our objectives. 
The Operating Board is responsible for maintaining the overall 
corporate risk register, which documents the key risks to the 
business. We conduct a formal review of our key strategic risks 
twice a year via the Risk Committee, with input from each of the 
risk owners who have an opportunity to highlight any changes. 
This allows us to discuss the risk gradings, and ensure that the 
level of risk remains within the tolerance of our risk appetite. 
The Risk Committee also considers new risks escalated to it at 
every meeting, and assesses whether or not these are significant 
enough to merit inclusion on the strategic risk register. 
Each of our heads of business functions is responsible for their 
own risk register, which is produced in the same manner and 
format as our corporate register. Functional risk registers are 
reviewed at least annually. Where a functional risk is considered 
to be sufficiently significant that it could impact on the wider 
business, it is escalated to the Risk Committee for further 
consideration and appropriate action.
The risk process is facilitated by members of the business 
assurance team, who help to identify and assess key risks,  
as well as providing support in developing an appropriate risk 
response. In addition, the team provides an independent view on 
the controls in place over specific risk areas within the internal 
audit plan.
Our risk registers capture a description of each risk, and an 
Operating Board member or a head of business function is 
allocated as risk owner. Each risk owner is responsible for 
ensuring that appropriate mitigating controls are in place, as 
well as identifying actions to further enhance controls where 
necessary. We record the key controls for each risk, and make 
an assessment of their effectiveness. The likelihood and impact 
of each risk arising is then calculated, both before and after the 
introduction of mitigating controls. 
Developments in 2024
We have reviewed and refocused our Risk Committee agenda  
to allow more time for discussion and ‘deep-dive’ topics. A rolling 
annual agenda ensures that matters such as policy approvals and 
process reviews are completed when required. 
To improve our communication of risk, we have developed a ‘risk 
dashboard’, which provides a monthly summary of key issues to 
the Operating Board, and is drawn up in conjunction with other 
core functions. 
During the year, we completed a fraud risk review in conjunction 
with an external consultant, who provided guidance on the 
process. Fraud risks were identified and recorded via workshops 
attended by the Operating Board and a range of subject matter 
experts from across the business. Findings were presented back 
to the Risk Committee for sign-off, and the results have been 
incorporated into our risk register. This improves our visibility of 
fraud risk and the effectiveness of associated controls.
We have worked with our insurance broker to assess our risk 
appetite, in line with best practice, to promote consistency in  
our approach, and to guide colleagues on acceptable risk levels. 
We now have ten categories of risk rather than the four previously 
in use to give greater granularity of the appetite assessment.  
Our risk appetite is low for all of our categories, driven by a strong 
commitment to safety, compliance and long-term sustainability. 
We have continued to engage with the heads of business 
Functions, and as noted above, we have fully rolled out our risk 
registers to a functional level. As part of our regular six-monthly 
review with risk owners, we have reviewed risk and control 
descriptions to make sure they remain relevant and accurate. 
Risk registers have also been compiled for each of our Greggs 
Pledge commitments.
Material controls
We have reviewed our risk and internal control framework 
to establish which elements should be considered ‘material 
controls’ and therefore require inclusion in our assurance 
framework supporting the new UK Corporate Governance Code 
requirements in due course.
Firstly, we considered all of our strategic and principal risks to 
establish whether they would cause the business to fail, should 
they materialise (our ‘material risks’). For this list of risks, we then 
reviewed the associated controls to determine which of those 
are material (i.e. they would have a significant effect in reducing 
the impact of the risk, should it materialise). This review has been 
carried out by small working groups of subject matter experts, 
then sense checked by the Risk Committee who independently 
gave a view on material risks and controls. 
Discussions are ongoing, and we will continue to refine our 
approach. Our view on material controls will evolve during 2025 
as we evaluate our position. We will engage with the Audit 
Committee regularly during the coming year.
For any material controls, we will identify and document our 
assurance sources. Where such assurance is to be sourced 
internally, we will ensure that appropriate processes are in  
place to obtain it in a robust and timely manner.
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

66
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Climate risks
Our climate-related risks are captured in a consistent manner 
to all other risks, and are recorded within our strategic and 
functional registers. Members of our business assurance team 
participate in our Sustainability Reporting Steering Group to 
ensure risks and opportunities are considered and recorded. 
Further details can be found in our TCFD disclosure on pages  
50 to 58.
We remain of the view that our strategic risk of ‘a failure to 
respond effectively to climate-related impacts on our business’ 
does not constitute a principal risk within the time horizon of our 
current plans.
Emerging risks
We conduct an emerging risk review on a quarterly basis as part 
of our Risk Committee’s rolling agenda. This helps to anticipate 
change and respond proactively. Various sources of information 
are used to ensure this is as complete as possible, including:
•	 Horizon scanning by subject matter experts throughout 
the business, with issues identified being escalated to our 
Operating Board via a monthly risk dashboard;
•	 Engaging with our functional heads to discuss any areas  
of concern within their remit;
•	 Monitoring customer and consumer trends; and
•	 Taking input from our advisers and other specialists with 
whom we work.
Current areas of emerging and escalating risks which we are 
monitoring include geopolitical uncertainty, market pressures 
and consumer demand across the sector. We are undergoing a 
significant systems upgrade project, which is also being closely 
monitored as an emerging risk.
Emerging risks are reported to the Board each quarter.
Changes to principal risk disclosures
A principal risk is a risk or combination of risks that can seriously 
affect our performance, future prospects or reputation. Not all of 
our strategic risks are considered to be principal risks, only those 
which would have a significant impact on our ongoing viability 
within the timeframe of our strategic plan.
There have been no significant changes to our principal risks 
during 2024. 
The following table sets out the principal risks, shows the 
movement during the year, and describes the impact and key 
mitigations. The list is not in priority order, and does not include 
all the risks which are faced by the business. Other risks which 
are not included here could also have a negative impact on the 
business, including those which are not presently known to 
us. The position described below is a summary at the time of 
publishing this Annual Report.
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

67
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Risk and description
Impact
Key mitigations
Strategic pillars
Movement
OPERATIONAL
BUSINESS  
INTERRUPTION EVENT
We could suffer a significant business 
interruption event impacting one or more of 
our key locations. For example, a prolonged 
power outage, denial of access or an 
incident resulting in physical damage.
We would potentially be unable  
to meet business requirements to 
supply our customers for a period 
of time. This could impact our  
own customers, including those  
of our franchise, grocery retail  
and delivery partners.
	– We have contingency plans in place for our sites, which are 
tested periodically. This includes prioritising our key lines in  
the event of any issues. 
	– Working with our insurance broker, we are in the process of 
developing a standardised Business Continuity Management 
approach, which will further enhance our resilience.
	– Our diversified product range from multiple production sites 
provides alternatives for our customers. 
	– We have flexibility within our network to enable us to continue 
our operations.
	– Insurance cover is in place, and we liaise closely with  
insurers, particularly when designing new sites or improving 
existing premises.
1  
2  
3  
4  
5  
FOOD SAFETY/STRATEGIC
SUPPLY CHAIN  
DISRUPTION
External supply could be interrupted, 
resulting from issues such as third-party 
business interruption, geopolitical 
instability or a food safety concern.
A prolonged outage or other 
significant issue at one of our key 
suppliers or within their supply 
chain could impact on our ability  
to produce some of our range,  
or otherwise affect our ability  
to operate.
	– We aim to avoid single source supply for key ingredients  
where possible. 
	– Stock holdings of ingredients and key equipment provide  
some cover.
	– In the event of interruptions, we are agile in our response to 
implementing contingency plans. These are regularly tested.
	– Relationships with suppliers are managed centrally by our 
procurement teams, including a risk assessment process.
	– Food safety processes and audits confirm compliance with  
our standards.
1  
2  
3  
4  
5  
STRATEGIC PILLARS
Principal risks and uncertainties
1   Great tasting, freshly prepared food  	
2   Best customer experience	
3   Competitive supply chain	
4   First-class support teams	
5   The Greggs Pledge
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED

68
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Risk and description
Impact
Key mitigations
Strategic pillars
Movement
INFORMATION SECURITY
CYBER AND DATA  
SECURITY INCIDENT
A cyber incident may occur which impacts 
on our IT infrastructure, causing a data 
breach or impacting confidentiality/
integrity of data.
We could suffer a significant loss  
of data, resulting in litigation  
and fines.
Our operations could be disrupted 
for a period of time.
	– Third parties provide expertise and support, including regular 
penetration testing and a Security Operations Centre 
monitoring our networks around the clock.
	– Our technical measures are constantly reviewed and updated 
in line with changing requirements and recognised information 
security control sets. An independent assurance programme  
is in place to review this. 
	– Ongoing training and advice are provided to our colleagues to 
improve awareness and strengthen our detection and prevention.
	– An incident response process is in place.
2  
3   4
OPERATIONAL
PROLONGED SYSTEM 
DOWNTIME/ 
INTERRUPTION
A growing reliance on technology means 
that system interruptions become more 
disruptive, with an increased risk of 
business operations being affected.
IT products and services which are 
needed to support our business-
critical activities may be lost.
	– Greater investment in our IT infrastructure, utilising  
more cloud-based solutions, increases resilience within  
our network.
	– We have established disaster recovery processes, which  
are tested periodically. We continue to develop our  
business continuity arrangements, which enable us to  
maintain operations.
	– External partners are engaged to ensure they can provide 
specialist support and expertise when required.
2  
3   4
STRATEGIC
DETERIORATION OF 
RELATIONSHIP WITH  
KEY PARTNER
We continue to work closely with franchise, 
grocery retail and delivery partners in order 
to broaden our service offer into locations 
where our customers want us to be. There 
is a risk that our strategy and goals are not 
fully aligned.
A lack of alignment could result  
in targets not being met, due to 
performance not being optimised. 
Our brand’s reputation could be 
damaged, and the relationship 
would be put at risk.
	– We work with a number of respected partners, and are 
continuing to broaden the range of businesses with  
whom we operate. This reduces the reliance on any one 
individual partner.
	– Contracts and service-level agreements are in place, along  
with a robust onboarding process for new partners. Ongoing 
performance is measured and action taken promptly in  
the event of standards failing to be met.
	– Regular dialogue ensures an alignment of goals, and early 
identification of any issues.
1  
2  
3  
4
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
STRATEGIC PILLARS
1   Great tasting, freshly prepared food  	
2   Best customer experience	
3   Competitive supply chain	
4   First-class support teams	
5   The Greggs Pledge

69
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Risk and description
Impact
Key mitigations
Strategic pillars
Movement
OPERATIONAL
ABILITY TO ATTRACT/
RETAIN/MOTIVATE PEOPLE
Our people are an essential part of our 
business and our culture. We may be  
unable to attract and retain the right  
talent within Greggs. 
We may be unable to continue  
to deliver the product range  
and service standards that  
our customers want and expect 
from us.
A loss of existing resource results 
in additional recruitment, which  
in turn creates workload and 
training requirements.
Ultimately, we may be unable  
to grow the business in line with  
our strategy.
	– We recognise the importance of our people to the business’ 
success, and offer competitive packages and extensive 
training and development opportunities, which help us to 
improve our retention rates.
	– We offer our colleagues additional benefits such as wellbeing 
support and flexible working, helping to maintain positive 
employee relations.
	– Colleagues have a range of ways to communicate their ideas for 
improvement, including annual opinion surveys, listening groups 
and inclusion networks for minority communities and allies. 
	– Efficient recruitment processes allow us to fill vacancies 
quickly and effectively.
1  
2  
3  
4  
5  
REPUTATIONAL
DAMAGE TO REPUTATION
As brand awareness grows, there is  
greater risk of damage to our reputation  
by internal factors, third-party actions  
or fraudulent behaviour.
Customers could lose their trust  
in the brand, ultimately impacting 
on our ability to grow our estate  
and achieve our objectives. 
Shareholder value could be reduced.
	– We have a robust crisis management process in place, which 
we test regularly. This is supported by appropriate third parties 
(such as PR agencies) where specialist advice is required. 
	– Training and guidelines for our teams ensure proper processes 
are followed.
	– All of our shops and supply sites are required to follow 
consistent procedures to ensure that our food complies  
with standards. 
	– Our audit teams assess compliance with standards, across 
both company-managed and franchise shops, as well as within 
central functions.
2  
3
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
STRATEGIC PILLARS
1   Great tasting, freshly prepared food  	
2   Best customer experience	
3   Competitive supply chain	
4   First-class support teams	
5   The Greggs Pledge

70
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Risk and description
Impact
Key mitigations
Strategic pillars
Movement
FOOD SAFETY
SIGNIFICANT FOOD 
SAFETY INCIDENT/
PRODUCT QUALITY ISSUE
We may produce and/or sell products which 
are unsafe, or not of the appropriate quality. 
This could be a result of incorrect labelling 
of allergens, product contamination, or  
a failure to follow procedures correctly.
There could be harm to our 
customers or colleagues. 
Our reputation as a trusted brand 
could be significantly impacted, 
which in turn would affect our 
financial performance. We could 
also be exposed to significant fines.
	– All new external suppliers require formal approval, and  
all ingredients and products have agreed specifications,  
to ensure consistency.
	– Robust food safety standards and policies are in place, 
independently assured by our Primary Authority.
	– Our teams are trained, with specialists able to provide 
additional knowledge.
	– Audits are undertaken by our internal teams and external 
bodies, with a focus on food safety.
	– Our complaints process ensures all matters are investigated. 
When a root cause is identified, we take action to address it.
1  
2  
3  
4  
5  
GOVERNANCE, LEGAL AND REGULATORY
CHANGES IN THE 
REGULATORY LANDSCAPE
New regulatory requirements could be 
implemented, driven by environmental, 
health or other concerns. 
It may be necessary for us to make 
changes to our product range. 
Without an ability to respond 
quickly, we could lose market share.
	– Regular horizon-scanning activities are undertaken by  
our teams, and we receive advisory information across all 
professional disciplines.
	– We engage with Trade Associations and government bodies  
to ensure we are updated with developments.
	– Participating in industry forums gives us an opportunity  
to influence decision-making.
1  
2  
3  
4  
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
STRATEGIC PILLARS
1   Great tasting, freshly prepared food  	
2   Best customer experience	
3   Competitive supply chain	
4   First-class support teams	
5   The Greggs Pledge

71
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
The Directors have assessed the Group’s prospects and viability 
taking into account its current position, plans and principal risks. 
In carrying out its assessment the Board has reviewed the  
three-year operational and financial plans to 2027. This is the 
period over which the Board reviews management’s business 
planning and sets performance targets, and therefore the Board 
believes that this remains the most appropriate timeframe over 
which to make the viability assessment. 
The Directors have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.
The principal risks to which the Group is exposed ultimately affect 
the ability of its shops to trade successfully, either due to reduced 
demand or because of operational interruptions, including 
those to its internal supply chain. A significant loss of sales is 
particularly damaging given the Group’s vertical integration in that 
the cost of the internal supply chain cannot be reduced quickly. 
Scenarios were modelled to stress-test the Group’s financial 
resilience to the impact arising from occurrence of the following 
principal risks: 
1.	 Pandemic threat – the risk that the Group is forced to close 
its shops to walk-in customers for three months from 
October 2025 as a result of lockdown rules, and subsequently 
experiences subdued levels of walk-in trade as the economy 
recovers (starting at 70% of previously forecast sales in 
January 2026, building back to 100% by the start of 2027). 
Delivery channel sales are assumed to continue through 
the lockdown months, with a 2.5x increase in volume as 
customers switch channels, as are ‘bake at home’ sales 
through the Group’s wholesale relationship with Iceland 
Foods. This forward scenario assumes that Government 
support would be available for employment costs and that 
relief from business rates would be available during the 
periods of forced closure. 
2.	 A brand-damaging food scare resulting in a significant  
one-year sales reduction (circa 25% sales reduction  
for initial six months) followed by gradual recovery of 
confidence. In making assumptions the Directors  
considered real examples of companies in the food  
sector that had experienced such issues. 
3.	 Temporary loss of production capacity for the Group’s iconic 
pastry savoury products and the consequences for liquidity  
as capacity is restored. 
In each case the Directors reviewed the mitigating actions that 
would be necessary to protect the Group’s liquidity. 
These included: 
•	 The temporary suspension of dividend payments in order  
to preserve cash for operational use; 
•	 Restriction of capital expenditure whilst protecting essential 
infrastructure maintenance and commitments to strategic 
investments; 
•	 Access to Government support; 
•	 Drawing on existing committed financing facilities; and 
•	 Calling on the Group’s insurance arrangements on the 
occurrence of an insured risk. 
The scenarios tested were capable of being managed within 
the Group’s existing, committed financing facilities with no 
forecast breaches of lending covenants. Given the opening 
cash position in 2025 the Group has sufficient existing and 
committed financing facilities to manage in a situation where 
multiple principal risk scenarios occur concurrently, including an 
assumption that extension options will be agreed by lenders on 
expiry of the current facility in June 2027. This will likely not be 
the case in future years as we increase capital expenditure and 
reduce the Group’s cash position. In the event of multiple principal 
risk scenarios occurring the Directors believe that the borrowing 
capacity of the Group would be sufficient to allow it access to 
temporary additional facilities. 
Based on the results of the analysis, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue  
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the  
three-year period of their detailed assessment.
The Strategic Report was approved by the Board on 4 March 2025.
Signed on behalf of the Board.
Roisin Currie
Chief Executive
4 March 2025
Viability

72
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SECRETARY
MATT DAVIES
Chair
ROISIN CURRIE
Chief Executive
RICHARD HUTTON
Chief Financial Officer
Matt is a widely experienced retailer and was previously the CEO  
of Tesco UK and ROI, before which he held CEO positions at Pets  
at Home and Halfords. As a Non-Executive Director, Matt chaired  
N Brown Group plc and was on the Board of Dunelm Group plc. 
Roisin was appointed Chief Executive from the role of  
Retail and Property Director. Prior to joining Greggs in 2010, 
Roisin worked at Asda where she held various People Director 
roles, including responsibility for the organisation’s retail and 
distribution operations.
Richard qualified as a Chartered Accountant with KPMG and 
gained career experience with Procter & Gamble before joining 
Greggs in 1998.
Appointed since
2 August 2022
Appointed since
1 February 2022
Appointed since
13 March 2006
Independent
Yes
Independent
n/a
Independent
n/a
Committee membership
Chair of the Nominations Committee.
External appointments
Chair of AutoTrader and a number of private equity-owned 
businesses and is an Operating Partner at Advent International.
External appointments
Chair of the Employers Forum For Reducing Re-offending.  
Trustee of Duke of Edinburgh Award Scheme.
Non-Executive Director of Howden Joinery Group Plc.
External appointments
Trustee Director of Business in the Community.  
Trustee of The Greggs Foundation. 

73
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
MOHAMED ELSARKY
Non-Executive Director
KATE FERRY
Non-Executive Director
NIGEL MILLS
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director
Mohamed is currently the Group Chief Executive Officer of 
The Unifrutti Group and is an experienced international food 
manufacturing executive, who has held senior positions in Kelloggs, 
Danone and Godiva Chocolatier. Mohamed has previously held  
Non-Executive Director positions including at Nomad Foods,  
a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
Mohamed is the designated Non-Executive Director for colleague 
engagement.
Kate is currently Chief Financial Officer at Burberry Group plc. 
Prior to joining Burberry Group, Kate was Chief Financial Officer 
of Maclaren Group and TalkTalk Group, and has previously 
held positions on the Dixons Carphone plc (now Currys plc) 
Executive Committee. Kate began her career in audit with 
PricewaterhouseCoopers.
Nigel has extensive expertise in financial markets, investors and 
governance, having been Chief Executive at Hoare Govett and Chair of 
Corporate Broking at Citi Group, advising a wide range of companies 
including a significant number within the consumer sector. 
Appointed since
21 June 2021
Appointed since
1 June 2019
Appointed since
7 March 2023
Independent
Yes
Independent
Yes
Independent
Yes
Committee membership
Member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees.
External appointments
CEO Unifrutti Group, Executive Chairman at the Nu Company GmbH, 
Senior Adviser at Bain Partners. 
Committee membership
Chair of the Audit Committee. Member of the Remuneration and 
Nominations Committees.
External appointments
CFO Burberry Group plc, Chair of the Audit Committee – British 
Olympic Committee Foundation.
Committee membership
Member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees.
External appointments
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director role at both John Wood 
Group PLC and at Persimmon plc.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SECRETARY CONTINUED

74
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SECRETARY CONTINUED
TAMARA ROGERS
Non-Executive Director
LYNNE WEEDALL
Non-Executive Director
SARAH DICKSON
Company Secretary and General Counsel
Tamara is the Global Chief Marketing Officer at Haleon plc, having 
joined GSK Consumer Healthcare in 2018 as Region Head EMEA.
Prior to that, Tamara spent 25 years at Unilever holding leadership 
positions including EVP Region Head Personal Care North America 
and EVP Global Deodorants Category.
Lynne has been involved in the retail sector throughout her career, 
latterly as Group People and Culture Director for Selfridges Group. 
Prior to joining Selfridges Group, Lynne was Group Director of 
Human Resources at Dixons Carphone plc (now Currys plc) and has 
previously held senior positions in companies such as Whitbread.
Sarah joined the Company on 9 December 2024 from Marks & 
Spencer plc, where she was Deputy General Counsel and Data 
Protection Officer. Sarah is a lawyer by profession, having previously 
held other senior legal roles at Asda. Sarah is also a Chartered 
Governance Institute-qualified Secretary.
Appointed since
1 June 2024
Appointed since
17 May 2022
Appointed since
19 December 2024
Independent
Yes
Independent
Yes
Independent
n/a
Committee membership
Member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees.
External appointments
Chair of Global Self-Care Federation.
Global Chief Marketing Officer at Haleon plc
Committee membership
Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
Member of the Audit and Nominations Committees.
External appointments
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and Remuneration 
Committee Chair at Dr. Martens plc and Non-Executive Director  
and Chair of the Remuneration and Nominations Committees  
at Softcat plc. Non-Executive Director of Stagecoach Limited. 
Member of The King’s Trust Council.
External appointments
n/a

75
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Dear Shareholder
I’m delighted to introduce the governance sections of our  
2024 Annual Report. As ever, if stakeholders have any questions 
or comments, please don’t hesitate to contact us. 
Board changes in 2024
We made one new appointment to our Non-Executive Director 
team during the year, welcoming Tamara Rogers onto the Board 
in June. Tamara is Global Chief Marketing Officer at Haleon 
plc, the FTSE 100 consumer health business previously part of 
GSK. Tamara brings to the Board a wealth of experience across 
marketing, customer insight, and digital commerce, which will be 
of significant value as Greggs continues its journey as a multi-
channel consumer business. 
Culture and purpose
Last year, for the first time, we introduced a new section to our 
Annual Report entitled ‘Our People’, emphasising the importance 
of our colleagues right across the business. Without their 
contribution, we could not achieve our purpose of making freshly 
prepared food available to everyone. The latest ‘Our People’ report 
can be found on pages 40 to 45. Those pages describe how we 
set about listening to our colleagues, how we embrace diversity 
though various colleague inclusion networks, pay gap reporting, 
how we develop our colleagues, and much more. 
Our sustainability strategy, The Greggs Pledge, has entered the 
final year of it first five-year iteration, and I’m pleased to say we 
continue to make great progress with our commitments. Our team 
is focused on delivering the current commitments as we enter 
that final year, but also in evolving The Greggs Pledge for launch  
in 2026. We’ve provided more details on pages 46 to 49 of this 
Annual Report, and online at: corporate.greggs.co.uk/doing-good. 
Governance and reporting
We have continued with our regular Board meetings across the 
year, which sees the Board meet at the Head Office in Newcastle, 
and also at our supply chain sites or in London. We met formally 
seven times in the year, with the meetings governed by a set 
agenda, and we also met with our external evaluation facilitator, 
Milena Djurdjevic, to receive feedback on her findings. We’ve set 
out some of the findings from that evaluation on page 76 and 
I’d like to take this opportunity to thank Milena for her work in 
providing her report. 
As always, our Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to  
spend time across our shops, supply and logistic sites, and 
central offices to give visibility of the Board as best we can  
in the time available. 
In September 2024, the Board visited our production facility 
at Enfield, seeing the facilities and speaking with colleagues 
involved in the production of our bread lines and pizza. More 
details of the Board’s activities, and key decisions taken during 
the year, are set out later in this section of our Annual Report.
I’m pleased to say that we were compliant with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (2018) (the ‘Governance Code’) throughout the 
year, and the following pages set out further details. I invite you 
to consider that alongside the report on how the Directors have 
fulfilled their duties in accordance with s172 Companies Act 
2006. We have been monitoring the changes resulting from the 
revised UK Corporate Governance Code 2024 edition, and will be 
adapting our reporting next year to reflect our compliance with 
that amended regime.
Once again, we will be holding our AGM in Newcastle, this year 
on Wednesday 21 May 2025, and we’d like to see as many of our 
shareholders as possible at that event. This provides a great 
opportunity to hear from and speak with members of the  
Board and Operating Board, followed by lunch, including all  
your Greggs favourites.
Matt Davies
Chair
4 March 2025
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION

76
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND GOVERNANCE REPORT
This Governance Report sets out how the 
Company has applied the principles in the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code during 
its financial period ended 28 December 2024. 
A copy of the Governance Code is available at 
frc.org.uk/directors/corporate-governance/
uk-corporate-governance-code.
Board composition, succession and evaluation 
During the year we welcomed Tamara Rogers to the Board on  
1 June 2024. Tamara’s details can be found on pages 74 and 75  
of this Annual Report.
As at 28 December 2024, 50% of the Board are women.  
One senior position, that of Chief Executive, is held by a woman 
and at least one Director comes from an ethnic background. 
Further details outlining our commitment to diversity and 
inclusion are provided in the ‘Our People’ section of this Annual 
Report on pages 40 to 45. These details are incorporated by 
reference into this Directors’ Report.
Our governance structure is such that all Non-Executive 
Directors are independent and sit on each Board Committee, 
a practice that has been deployed over many years and which 
continues to work well for us. Each such Committee is chaired 
by a Non-Executive Director with appropriate experience. 
For example, our Audit Committee is chaired by Kate Ferry, a 
Chartered Accountant and currently CFO of Burberry Group plc.
When any new Director is appointed, they undergo an induction 
process that includes accompanied visits to shops, supply and 
logistic sites, as well as meeting key team members of senior 
management. The induction of new Directors was considered as 
part of the externally-facilitated evaluation undertaken towards 
the end of 2024, and in this context the report concluded that  
‘the induction process for new Non-Executive Directors is well 
thought-through and extremely helpful in allowing the individual 
to really get under the skin of the business’.
In 2024, the Board resolved to have its annual evaluation externally 
facilitated. The Chair and the Company Secretary conducted 
a tender process, with Calibro Consulting (which has no other 
connection with the Company or its Directors), led by Milena 
Djurdjevic, being appointed. Milena attended several Board and 
Committee meetings over a five-month period, and conducted 
one-to-one meetings with all Directors and the Operating  
Board members. Her report was then presented to the Board  
at a meeting in December 2024. 
Following that review, the Board has developed objectives  
for itself during 2025, which include the following:
•	 Develop Board processes to ensure appropriate time is 
allocated to strategy, operational updates, governance and 
the work done in Committees.
•	 Validate that the operational structure is optimised towards 
continued achievement of the business plan.
•	 Evolve the sustainability plan (The Greggs Pledge) for 2026-2030.
Any impact the evaluation may have on the composition of the 
Board will be considered in 2025.
Sharing Board responsibility
There is a written statement of the split of responsibilities 
between the Chair and the Chief Executive, and this is available on 
the corporate website at corporate.greggs.co.uk. Matt Davies was 
considered as independent on his appointment, and he continues 
to be so, and all of the Non-Executive Directors are independent.
There is also a written statement of the responsibilities of the 
Senior Independent Non-Executive Director. Nigel Mills has been 
in the role since 17 May 2023, and at least annually spends formal 
time with the Non-Executive Directors without the Chair being 
present. At these sessions, the Non-Executive Directors consider 
the Chair’s performance, which is then fed back to Matt by Nigel. 
Nigel is also the Senior Independent Director at Persimmon plc 
and John Wood Group PLC. 
During the year, Matt Davies held regular and informal 
conversations with the Non-Executive Directors, collectively 
and individually, ensuring that they had plenty of opportunity to 
raise any concerns that they might have or to express opinions. 
Matt also had regular sessions with the Executive Directors and 
members of the Operating Board. A short period of reflection is 
now a part of every Board agenda, when the Directors are invited 
to consider topics covered in the meeting, potential areas for 
future consideration, and areas that need more focus.
The Board has three main Committees, being the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nominations Committees, each chaired by 
an Independent Non-Executive Director or the Chair. Terms of 
reference for each of the Committees were last reviewed by the 
respective Committee and the Board in November 2024, and 
subsequently readopted. The readopted terms of reference can 
be found on the corporate website. Details of the work of those 
Committees can be found on pages 88 to 94 (Audit Committee 
Report), pages 95 to 118 (Directors’ Remuneration Report), and 
page 77 (Nominations Committee update).
The Board generally schedules seven meetings in each year, 
including an annual formal strategy meeting, and then meets from 
time to time as may be required. Board and Committee meetings 
are well-attended, and attendance is set out in the following table:
Attendance
Board
Audit 
Committee
Remuneration 
Committee
Nominations 
Committee
Matt Davies
7/7
–
–
1/1
Roisin Currie
7/7
–
–
–
Richard Hutton
7/7
–
–
–
Mohamed Elsarky
7/7
4/4
3/3
1/1
Kate Ferry*
5/7
4/4
2/3
1/1
Lynne Weedall
7/7
4/4
3/3
1/1
Nigel Mills
7/7
4/4
3/3
1/1
Tamara Rogers**
4/4
2/2
1/1
0/0
*	
Kate Ferry missed two Board sessions following a medical procedure from  
which she has fully recovered.
**	 Tamara Rogers was appointed to the Board on 1 June 2024.

77
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Nominations Committee update
The Nominations Committee is chaired by the Board Chair and 
has terms of reference that are reviewed each year, approved 
by the Board and adopted by the Committee. Those terms of 
reference, which are available on the Company’s corporate 
website, set out the responsibilities of the Committee. All of  
the Non-Executive Directors are members of the Committee,  
in line with the Board’s current policy of having all Non-Executive 
Directors appointed to each of the three main Committees. The 
Chief Executive is a regular attendee at Nominations Committee 
meetings, and from time to time the Chief Financial Officer and 
the People Director are also invited.
The Committee’s primary responsibility is to ensure plans are 
in place for orderly succession to the Board, and also to the 
Operating Board, when that responsibility is not reviewed by the 
Board as a whole. There is an agenda item at one Board meeting 
each year when the Chief Executive and the People Director 
present succession plans for each Operating Board Director. 
During 2024, there were two appointments to the Operating 
Board made as a result of retirements. The Chief Executive kept 
the Board apprised of progress, and the Chair of the Board (and 
Nominations Committee) met the final candidates, who were 
both external appointees. The Board approved the appointment 
of Sarah Dickson as Company Secretary and General Counsel, 
replacing Jonathan Jowett. Further details about Sarah are set 
out on page 74.
In the first part of 2024, the Nominations Committee completed 
the appointment of a further Non-Executive Director. Spencer 
Stuart was appointed, in 2023, to support the Board and 
Nominations Committee with the search. Spencer Stuart has no 
connections to the Company, nor to any of the Directors, other 
than as recruitment adviser. The search culminated in the Board 
accepting the Nominations Committee’s recommendation to 
appoint Tamara Rogers. The appointment process included 
a review of the skills on the Board and potential gaps, the 
development of a role profile, a candidate assessment process 
conducted by Spencer Stuart, a number of meetings with all 
members of the Board, as well as taking formal and informal 
references. The Board formally appointed Tamara with effect 
from 1 June 2024.
As referred to in the process above, in selecting new  
Non-Executive Directors, the Nominations Committee uses  
a skills matrix to assess the necessary and preferred attributes  
in potential candidates. The Nominations Committee also takes  
into account other demands on potential candidates’ time and 
asks them to confirm they will be able to commit the necessary 
time to Greggs, with that commitment ultimately being included 
in the letter of appointment.
The Nominations Committee has considered the contribution 
of each of the Directors, and has confirmed to the Board its 
recommendation that all Directors including the Chair should  
be reappointed at the AGM in May 2025.
As noted in the Governance Report on page 76 there was an 
externally-facilitated evaluation of the Board and its committees 
during 2024, conducted by Calibro Consulting. The Committee 
has considered the results of this evaluation and concluded that 
it operates effectively and that the Board takes assurance from 
the quality of its work.
Board activity in the year
The Board made a number of key decisions across the year, which 
included the decision to fund the development of two sites in 
the Midlands: one in Derby and one in Kettering – both to support 
future shop growth. Site visits included tours of the production 
facilities at Enfield, and the new investment in the North East at 
the Balliol facility, which will support shop growth. Other matters 
considered across the year included:
January
Approval of budget 2024.
March
Approve release of preliminary results and approval 
of the 2023 Annual Report and Accounts.
Review of cash usage and approval of dividend.
Report on external review of allergen controls.
Supply chain investment.
May
AGM preparation including consideration of proxy 
adviser reports and voting. 
Review of estate strategy.
Approval of defined benefit pension scheme 
insurance policy buy-in.
June
The approval of a new £100 million revolving  
credit facility, replacing the previous one.
The annual strategy meeting.
July
Approve release of interim results.  
Business plan 2025 progress updates. 
September
People and succession strategy.
Franchise strategy.
SAP investment.
November 
The Greggs Pledge evolution.
Food safety, and health and safety review.
CRM strategy.
Diversity and inclusion
The Board as a whole, rather than the Nominations Committee, 
monitors the gender balance in the Company.
The required disclosures are set out on page 42 and are 
incorporated by reference into the Directors’ Report. The section 
entitled ‘Our People’ contains information about our colleague 
inclusion networks, team development, and engagement activity.
As part of the DTR 7.2.8A disclosure, the ‘Our People’ report on pages 
40 to 45 is incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

78
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Other disclosures
Directors and their interests
The names of the Directors in office during the year, together 
with their relevant interests in the share capital of the Company 
at 31 December 2023 and 28 December 2024, are set out 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 116. Details 
of the Directors’ share options are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on page 114.
Directors’ indemnities and conflicts
As at the date of this Annual Report, indemnities are in force 
under which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Directors, 
to the extent permitted by law, in respect of losses arising out of, 
or in connection with, the execution of their duties, powers  
or responsibilities as Directors of the Company. The indemnities 
do not apply in situations where the relevant Director has been 
guilty of fraud or wilful misconduct.
Under the authority granted to them in the Company’s articles 
of association, the Board has considered carefully any situation 
declared by any Director pursuant to which they have or might 
have a conflict of interest and, where it considers it appropriate 
to do so, has authorised the continuation of that situation. 
At each Board meeting, a Schedule of Potential Conflicts of 
Interest is reviewed and Directors are asked to declare any new 
or changed interests. In exercising their authority, the Directors 
have had regard to their statutory and other duties to the 
Company. All Directors have access to the Company Secretary  
as and when required.
Substantial shareholdings
At 3 March 2025, the only notified holdings of substantial voting 
rights in respect of the issued share capital of the Company (which 
may have altered since the date of such notification, without any 
requirement for the Company to have been informed) were:
Shareholder
Number of shares 
held
Percentage of 
issued share 
capital
Schroders plc 
 5,069,408 
4.96%
Royal London Asset Mgt
5,050,276
4.94%
Blackrock, Inc
Not disclosed
<5%
Additional information
•	 Future business developments: details of future business 
developments can be found throughout the Strategic Report 
on pages 26 to 37.
•	 Financial risk management: details of our financial risk 
management policies and objectives can be found in Note 2  
to the accounts.
•	 The information set out within the Governance Report on 
pages 75 to 80 forms part of the Directors’ Report.
•	 GHG emissions: all disclosures concerning the Group’s GHG 
emissions (as required to be disclosed under the Companies 
Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 
2013) are contained in the TCFD Report on pages 50 to 58. 
•	 Dividends: details of the dividends declared and paid are given 
in Note 24 to the accounts.
•	 Stakeholder engagement: details of the Group’s engagement 
with colleagues, suppliers, customers and others are given on 
pages 81 to 87.
Non-financial and sustainability information regulations 
The mandatory climate-related information required by sections 
414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 is included within 
the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 71 and the Directors’ Report on 
pages 72 to 120.
Authority to purchase shares
At the AGM on 15 May 2024, the shareholders passed a resolution 
authorising the purchase by the Company of its own shares to a 
maximum of 10,100,000 ordinary shares of two pence each.
That authority had not been used as at 28 December 2024.
The authority remains in force until the conclusion of the AGM  
in 2025 or 20 August 2025, whichever is the earlier. It is the 
Board’s intention to seek approval at the 2025 AGM for the 
renewal of this authority.
Takeover directive information
Following the implementation of the European Directive on 
Takeover Bids by certain provisions of the Companies Act 
2006, the Company is required to disclose certain additional 
information in the Directors’ Report. This information is set  
out below:
•	 The Company has one class of share in issue being ordinary 
shares of two pence each. As at 4 March 2025, there were 
102,255,675 such ordinary shares in issue. There are no shares 
in the Company that grant the holder special rights with regard 
to the control of the Company.
•	 At general meetings of the Company, on a show of hands, 
every shareholder present in person or by proxy has one vote 
only and, in the case of a poll, every shareholder present in 
person or by proxy has one vote for every share in the capital 
of the Company held.
•	 The Company’s articles of association set out the 
circumstances in which shares may become disenfranchised. 
No shareholder is entitled, unless the Directors otherwise 
determine, in respect of any share held, to be present or 
vote at a general meeting either personally or by proxy (or 
to exercise any other right in relation to meetings of the 
Company) in respect of that share in certain circumstances 
if any call or other sum is payable and remains unpaid, if the 
shareholder is in default in complying with a duly-served 
notice under section 793(1) of the Companies Act 2006 or if 
any shareholder has failed to reply to a duly-served notice 
requiring them to provide a written statement stating they  
are the beneficial owner of the shares.
•	 A notice convening a general meeting can contain a statement 
that a shareholder is not entitled to attend and vote at a 
general meeting unless their name is entered on the register 
of members of the Company at a specific time (not more than 
48 hours before the meeting) and if a shareholder’s name is 
not so entered, they are not entitled to attend and vote.
DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

79
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
•	 Under the Company’s articles of association, the Directors 
may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to register the 
transfer of a share in certified form in certain circumstances 
where the Company has a lien on the share (provided that the 
Directors do not exercise their discretion so as to prevent 
dealings in partly-paid shares from taking place on an open 
and proper basis), where a shareholder has failed to reply to a 
duly-served notice under section 793(1) Companies Act 2006 
or if a transfer of a share is in favour of more than four persons 
jointly. In addition, the Directors may decline to recognise any 
instrument of transfer unless it is in respect of only one class 
of share and is deposited at the address at which the register 
of members of the Company is held (or at such other place as 
the Directors may determine) accompanied by the relevant 
share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Directors 
may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to 
make the transfer. In respect of shares held in uncertificated 
for, the Directors may only refuse to register transfers in 
accordance with the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 
2001 (as amended from time to time).
•	 Under the Company’s code on dealings in securities in the 
Company, persons discharging managerial responsibilities and 
some other senior executives may in certain circumstances be 
restricted as to when they can transfer shares in the Company.
•	 There are no agreements between shareholders known to the 
Company, which may result in restrictions on the transfer of 
shares or on voting rights.
•	 Where, under a colleague share plan operated by the 
Company, participants are the beneficial owners of shares 
but not the registered owner, the voting rights are normally 
exercised by the registered owner at the direction of the 
participant.
•	 The Company’s articles of association may only be amended 
by special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders.
•	 The Company’s articles of association set out how Directors 
are appointed and replaced. Directors can be appointed by 
the Board or by the shareholders in a general meeting. At 
each AGM, any Director appointed by the Board since the last 
AGM must retire from office but is eligible for election by the 
shareholders. Furthermore, the Board has resolved that, in 
line with the Corporate Governance Code (2018 revision), all the 
Directors will be subject to annual re-election by shareholders. 
Under the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s articles 
of association, a Director can be removed from office by the 
shareholders in a general meeting.
•	 The Company’s articles of association set out the powers of 
the Directors. The business of the Company is to be managed 
by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the 
Company and do on behalf of the Company all such acts as 
may be exercised and done by the Company and are not by 
any relevant statutes or the Company’s articles of association 
required to be exercised or done by the Company in a general 
meeting, subject to the provisions of any relevant statutes and 
the Company’s articles of association and to such regulations 
as may be prescribed by the Company by special resolution.
•	 Under the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s articles of 
association, the Directors’ powers include the power to allot 
and buy back shares in the Company. At each AGM, resolutions 
are proposed, granting and setting limits on these powers.
•	 The Company is not party to any significant agreements which 
take effect, alter or terminate upon a change in control of the 
Company, following a takeover bid.
•	 There are no agreements between the Company and its 
Directors or colleagues providing for compensation for 
loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, 
purported redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because of a 
takeover bid. However, provisions in the colleague share plans 
operated by the Company may allow options to be exercised 
on a takeover.
Significant relationships
The Group does not have any contractual or other relationships 
with any single party which are essential to the business of the 
Group and, therefore, no such relationships have been disclosed.
Colleagues
What makes Greggs so special is its culture – the way our 
colleagues encourage and support each other. We want everyone 
to feel welcome at Greggs and our colleagues to be able to be 
themselves at work, whatever their background, preferences 
or views. Where colleagues or prospective colleagues have 
a disability then discussions will be had with individuals to 
review any adjustments required and every effort will be made 
to support them. Greggs is committed to creating a work 
environment free of discrimination, bullying, harassment and 
victimisation, where everyone is treated equally with dignity 
and respect. This applies in all aspects of employment including 
recruitment and selection, promotion, transfer, training or other 
developmental opportunities, pay and benefits, other terms 
of employment, discipline and selection for redundancy. Our 
colleague networks, covering LGBTQ+, ethnicity and disability, 
provide valuable insight and feedback, and help us to develop 
training for our colleagues and understand how we can improve 
the way we do things at Greggs. Details on the contribution of our 
networks can be found on page 42.
Accountability, audit and going concern
The Board acknowledges its responsibility to present a fair, 
balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s 
position and prospects. In order to assist the Board to comply 
with the requirements within the Governance Code, each year 
the Audit Committee is requested to undertake an assessment of 
the Annual Report and to make a recommendation to the Board. 
This request has been enshrined within the Audit Committee’s 
terms of reference, which are available at corporate.greggs.co.uk 
/investors/corporate-governance.
The actions undertaken by the Audit Committee in confirming 
its advice to the Board include the consideration of a detailed 
review that has been undertaken by the Head of Business 
Assurance and reviewing the Annual Report as a whole to 
confirm that it presents a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment. In considering the advice of the Audit Committee, 
and having reviewed the Annual Report including the contents 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

80
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
of the Strategic Report, together with the statutory accounts 
themselves, the Board duly considers the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable, 
and provides the necessary information for shareholders to 
assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.
A statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of  
the preparation of accounts is given on pages 119 and 120.  
A statement of auditor’s responsibilities is given in the report  
of the auditor on page 126.
After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue 
in operational existence for the foreseeable future. For this 
reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the accounts (see ‘Basis of preparation’ in the notes to 
the accounts on page 134). The Board’s viability statement made  
in accordance with Governance Code Provision 31 can be found 
on page 71.
Policies
Freedom of association
At Greggs, we recognise the right of all colleagues to freedom  
of association and collective bargaining. Whilst we do not have  
a formal freedom of association policy, the Company encourages 
all its colleagues in supply sites, shops and offices to become, 
and remain, members of a union.
Bribery and corruption
Greggs has an anti-bribery and corruption policy, which applies  
to all employees and prohibits the offering, giving, seeking  
or acceptance of any bribe in any form to any person or  
company acting on its behalf, in order to gain an advantage  
in an unethical way.
Business conduct
We have a specific policy that sets out the standards of ethical 
behaviour that are expected of all employees. Graded managers, 
and all members of the procurement team, are required to make 
an annual confirmation of their compliance with the policy.
Whistleblowing
Our ‘whistleblowing’ policy creates an environment where 
employees are able to raise concerns without fear of disciplinary 
action being taken against them as a result of any disclosure.  
Any matters raised are treated in confidence and an independent 
review will be undertaken where it is appropriate. The Chair of 
the Audit Committee is the designated first point of contact 
for any concerns which cannot be addressed through normal 
management processes.
Political donations
Greggs has a clear policy forbidding political donations or 
contributions. This includes financial and in-kind contributions 
made by the Company.
Disclosure of information to the auditor
Each of the Directors who held office at the date of approval 
of this Directors’ Report confirms that, so far as they are 
individually aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the Company’s auditor is unaware and that they have taken all 
the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.
By order of the Board
Sarah Dickson
Company Secretary
4 March 2025
Greggs plc (CRN 502851)
Greggs House, Quorum Business Park
Newcastle upon Tyne NE12 8BU
DIRECTORS’ REPORT AND GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
81
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STAKEHOLDERS
The views of our key stakeholders and our 
Company purpose remain front of mind 
whenever the Board has decisions to make. 
SECTION 172 
SECTION 172 
STATEMENT
STATEMENT
It is a key responsibility of the Executive Directors to maintain 
strong connections with stakeholders. For example, the Chief 
Executive hears from customers regularly, has ‘top-to-top’ 
meetings with key suppliers, and spends much of her time in 
shops and our production sites speaking with colleagues.  
The Chief Financial Officer leads on discussions with current 
and potential investors, accompanied by the Chief Executive at 
times across the year, and he also manages the relationships with 
banking partners. The Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer 
report back to the Board on engagements of any significance, 
including with shareholders, banks, colleagues and customers.
Working with the People Director, Mohamed Elsarky, our Non-
Executive Director who leads on colleague engagement, agrees 
a schedule of events across the year when Board members have 
the opportunity to hear from colleagues. These include listening 
groups with colleagues, the annual management conference, and 
formal and informal visits to shops, production and distribution 
sites. At Board meetings, Directors are invited to comment on 
their activities and learnings.
The following pages 81 to 87 comprise our section 172 
statement and describe how the Directors individually 
and collectively, acting in good faith, have exercised 
their duties over the course of the year to promote 
the long-term success of the Company for the benefit 
of its members as a whole, and in doing so have had 
regard to the matters set out in section 172(1) (a) to (f)  
of the Companies Act 2006.

82
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
CUSTOMERS
COLLEAGUES
SUPPLIERS
How and why we engage
With an increasing ability to interpret how our customers are 
feeling about Greggs, as a result of our developing CRM systems, 
the voice of the customer in the Boardroom is of ever-increasing 
value. That voice comes in the form of insight reports and 
presentations from the customer team, as well as updates from 
the Chief Executive on how the Company is performing in terms 
of brand health and share of market. By speaking to customers 
in our shops, through our customer care and insight teams, 
and across our digital channels, we’re constantly listening and 
learning so we can understand how best to serve our customers.
How and why we engage
There are currently around 33,000 colleagues who come to 
work at Greggs, many of them on a part-time basis to fit around 
their family lives. It is our culture and values which we believe 
attract people to come and work with us, and we take great 
pride in referring to our colleagues as our ‘secret sauce’. For the 
second time, and building upon the inaugural report in 2023, we 
have produced a separate section of our Annual Report, titled 
‘Our People’, to show how and where we engage with colleagues, 
which can be found on pages 40 to 45 and which is incorporated 
by reference into this statement. There you will find details of 
our engagement with a variety of colleague groups, including 
our diversity and inclusion networks, recognised unions, 
along with our talent development activities and many other 
interactions that the Board has with colleagues.
How and why we engage
Being a manufacturer, distributor and retailer of food means that 
we need to source a wide range of products, from our proteins 
and salad ingredients, to commercial and other company vehicles 
and uniforms, and a wide range of services, including shop fit-out 
contractors, property advice, marketing support and factory 
constructors, to name but a few. It is important that we build and 
maintain good relationships with our suppliers – we hold regular 
meetings, undertake joint projects and visit our suppliers.
1   2   4   5
1   3   4   5
1   2   3   4   5
Impact on Board decisions
During the recent cost-of-living crisis and the inflationary 
environment in which we have been purchasing products, 
understanding how customers react to price increases has had 
a significant impact in ensuring that our value for money offering 
remains at the forefront of our decision-making.
Impact on Board decisions
Having good people working with us is fundamental to our  
growth strategy. We continue to open new shops at pace, which 
requires significant support from our retail and people teams 
in planning and effecting recruitment. Having committed to 
invest in new supply chain facilities in Derby and Kettering, we 
will now be creating new jobs in those areas. The Remuneration 
Committee has sight of the benefits available to colleagues and 
is able to support the Operating Board in making sure we can 
continue to attract people to become Greggs colleagues. 
Details of the review and improvement in some colleague policies 
are given in the Remuneration Committee Report.
Impact on Board decisions
In order to ensure we manage our food ingredient suppliers as 
efficiently as possible, we use systems and processes to assist 
our engagement. The Board has approved the installation of a 
new specification system, known as Trace One, which will help 
streamline our new product and product life cycle management 
processes, whilst providing accurate allergen information to 
customers more efficiently.
OUR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
STRATEGIC PILLARS
1   Great tasting, freshly prepared food  	
2   Best customer experience	
3   Competitive supply chain	
4   First class support teams	
5   The Greggs Pledge

83
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
SHAREHOLDERS
LENDERS
COMMUNITIES
How and why we engage
Our shareholders are the owners of the business, and we have 
obligations to keep them apprised of significant developments. 
One of the ways we do this is through our regular reporting 
schedule and meetings with institutional shareholders across  
the year, conducted mainly by the Chief Executive, Chief Financial 
Officer and Head of Investor Relations.
We hold an ‘in-person’ AGM after which Directors mix with 
attendees over a Greggs lunch. Shareholders are also given the 
opportunity to engage with the respective Committee Chairs 
at this meeting to discuss any matters of significance that 
they want to raise. Our ‘in-person’ AGMs are well-attended, and 
resolutions put to the 2024 AGM were very well-supported.
How and why we engage
During the pandemic in 2020, it became clear that it would be 
appropriate and prudent to have in place a formal bank facility, 
and a revolving credit facility of £100 million was put in place. 
That facility was refinanced during 2024, and remained undrawn. 
As part of the ongoing relationship with the commercial banks 
involved, the finance team provide regular performance and 
covenant compliance updates to banking partners.
How and why we engage
Supporting the communities in which we operate is fundamental 
to The Greggs Pledge. Members of those communities include 
colleagues who work in our shops and production centres, and of 
course our customers. In areas where support is needed, we are 
setting up Greggs Outlets, which sell surplus food at discounted 
prices. There are now 38 such outlets, and we aim to have 45 by 
the end of 2025. Other support includes sharing a percentage 
of profits with local community projects focused on improving 
social mobility and tackling food poverty, and through The Greggs 
Foundation Breakfast Club programme in which we provide a 
nutritious breakfast to 75,000 children every school day who may 
have otherwise gone without. We also use our shops nationwide 
to collect donations on behalf of Children in Need, the Disasters 
Emergency Committee, and the Royal British Legion Poppy 
Appeal.
2   4   5
1   2   3   4   5
1   5
Impact on Board decisions
The Chief Financial Officer leads on the Board’s engagement 
with institutional investors and analysts, has regular interaction 
with existing and potential investors, and reports to the Board 
on the key points that arise from those meetings. At each Board 
meeting, a register of the top shareholdings is tabled, including 
movements of buyers and sellers. Following the preliminary  
and interim results roadshows, the Board receives feedback  
from investors and analysts on Company performance and  
levels of engagement. During the year, the Chair has met  
with a number of significant shareholders, where topics  
under discussion have ranged from Board succession to  
risk management and sustainability.
Impact on Board decisions
Whilst the Company continues to be cash generative, 
nevertheless it keeps in place a revolving credit facility  
of £100 million. During the year, the Board approved the 
refinancing of that facility with three commercial banks.
Impact on Board decisions
Knowing that there are so many communities in need of our 
support drives the Board to continue donating 1% of profits to 
The Greggs Foundation. In November 2024, over £1 million was 
raised for Children in Need. Recognising that food allergens are 
a significant and growing consumer issue, the Board approved 
further donations to the Natasha Allergy Research Foundation, 
contributing to important work in determining the causes and 
prevention of food allergies. 
OUR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED

84
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
Below, by stakeholder, are some examples of the activities undertaken by the Board, or relevant information that was presented to them.
COLLEAGUES
Attendance at Greggs Negotiating 
Committee meetings 
Attendance at listening groups with 
our Retail Operations Managers and 
manufacturing colleagues
Reviewing findings from the  
‘Your Opinion Matters survey’  
(see more on page 41 )
Undertaking shop visits to meet  
our shop teams
Participating in colleague  
development days
CUSTOMERS
Progress report on Greggs  
App development
Market insight presentations
Pricing strategy review and  
impact of inflation
Attendance at a menu tasting  
session with our category and  
food development teams
Attendance at ‘Customer  
of the Future’ session
Presentations from the  
customer insight team 
SHAREHOLDERS
Declaration of dividends
Annual General Meeting
Share register monitoring and 
development of an engagement plan
Investor relations strategy review  
and the allocation of resource

85
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Colleague engagement
Board engagement
There have been a number of engagement events across the 
year when Board members had the opportunity to meet with 
colleagues. These have included informal visits to shops, and 
organised visits to production centres at Enfield, Clydesmill 
and Newcastle. The Chair and the Chief Executive visited the 
Clydesmill manufacturing site to meet with colleagues. You 
can read more about this on pages 86 to 87. Mohamed Elsarky 
is the Non-Executive Director nominated with responsibility 
for colleague engagement, and in that role he has met with 
the People Director on several occasions to plan engagement 
activities. These have included visiting supply sites across the 
country, and meeting with retail management.
Union recognition and engagement 
Details of engagement with recognised unions are set out in  
the ‘Our People’ section of the Annual Report, found on pages  
40 to 45.
Rewarding the workforce
Following our continued sales and profit growth in 2024, the 
Board was again delighted to continue its long tradition of sharing 
10% of profits with colleagues, enabling them to share in our 
success. Payments to qualifying colleagues will be made in  
late March 2025.
In order to determine the annual pay award, each year  
we undertake negotiations with the relevant trade unions 
representing those colleagues covered under a collective 
bargaining agreement. Following the successful conclusion  
of the resulting ballot, our 2025 pay award agreed for our 
wider workforce consisted of a base pay award of 3.5%, with 
an additional 3.3% (6.8% in total) for our hourly-paid retail 
colleagues. Further details can be found on page 95 in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report, and in the ‘Our People’ section  
on page 45. This increase was applied from January 2025. 
In recent years, during which there were high levels of inflation, 
we chose to tier our pay awards to management, with the more 
senior people receiving a lower level of pay increase. This was  
in recognition of the fact that high inflation had a greater impact 
on lower paid colleagues. In the current environment, the 
Remuneration Committee has determined that we should revert  
to the previous standard of applying the same increase, 3.5%,  
to all levels of management. 
As well as pay, we have again increased the pension provision for our 
wider workforce, allowing our colleagues to increase their pension 
contribution up to 7% with matched employer contributions.
Provision 36 of the Governance Code requires the Remuneration 
Committee to develop a formal policy for post-employment 
shareholdings. At the AGM in May 2023, shareholders approved 
a new remuneration policy setting out the post-employment 
holding requirement, which applies to all Executive Directors at 
the level of the shareholding guideline prior to departure or the 
actual shareholding on departure if lower. Full details can be seen 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 95.
Shareholders 
The Chair takes responsibility for ensuring that key shareholders 
are aware of, and supportive of, the Board’s approach to governance.
Much of the regular interaction with shareholders and the 
analyst community is undertaken by the Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer, particularly around the times of the 
release of the preliminary and interim results. In between, the 
Chief Financial Officer is in regular contact with the investment 
community, sharing details of the Company’s performance 
and strategy. Following key announcements, the anonymised 
views of shareholders are reported to the Board by UBS and 
Investec, the Company’s retained brokers, and press and analyst 
feedback is provided by Hudson Sandler, the Company’s financial 
communications consultant. Committee Chairs would engage 
with shareholders in the event of there being any significant 
issues within their respective areas of responsibility.
Other stakeholder considerations 
Greggs is committed to acting fairly towards all stakeholders  
of the Company. The impact of the Company’s operations on  
the environment is covered in The Greggs Pledge report on  
pages 46 to 49 and in our TCFD report on pages 50 to 58.  
Our business conduct policy is available on our website.
Roisin Currie
Chief Executive
4 March 2025
OUR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED

86
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
IN THIS REPORT
OUR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED
VISIT TO CLYDESMILL MANUFACTURING 
SITE IN MAY 2024
Matt Davies joined Roisin Currie on a visit 
to our Clydesmill manufacturing site to 
take a tour, find out more about what the 
fantastic team have been up to and what 
they may need support with. 
They were welcomed to Clydesmill by  
the Site Manufacturing Manager and the 
Engineering Manager who between  
them have been with Greggs for 58 years! 
As Matt quickly discovered, this is not 
unusual at Clydesmill, with many of the 
colleagues he met on the visit proud of 
their long service and highlighting the 
warmth and feeling of community. 
Something experienced by everyone 
throughout the visit.
They were then taken through a 
fascinating presentation which focused 
on site history, colleague engagement, 
quality improvement and a focus  
on Clydesmill’s iconic product – the  
Yum Yum!
In addition to Yum Yums, the team also 
produce Belgian Buns, Apple Danish,  
Fruit Scones, Cheese Scones and, for our 
shops in Scotland and wholesale partner, 
Iceland, they also produce Scotch pies. 
It was great for Roisin and Matt to be able 
to see in person the work that had been 
done by the team to establish a quality 
improvement team, following a visit to 
Balliol Park and sharing learnings with the 
team there. Through regular catch-ups, 
period reports, insight and action, the 
team, made up of colleagues from 
different functions and areas of expertise, 
are determined to continue to develop and 
be the best team they can be. 
It was then time for them to take a tour of 
the manufacturing site and see the team 
in action, starting with the Belgian Bun 
production line where the team produce 
over 200,000 Belgian Buns every week – 
that’s 10.4 million a year! 
After the Belgian Buns are baked, 
they moved through to the finishing 
room where every single Belgian Bun 
is carefully hand-finished with icing.

87
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Roisin and Matt met with the distribution and 
logistics team as they toured the warehouse. 
The site operates 24/7 to supply its tasty 
products to all shops in the UK, as well as 
distributing to around 300 shops in Scotland 
and Northern Ireland.
It wouldn’t have been a site visit without getting  
to sample some of the tasty products we produce 
fresh off the line – the Yum Yums in particular were 
a favourite. 
The team at Clydesmill provided such a warm 
welcome, it was fantastic to see this busy and highly 
productive site in action and for everyone to have 
the opportunity to meet so many of our wonderful 
colleagues who make it all happen. 
Clydesmill produces all of the Yum 
Yums for Greggs 2,600+ shop 
network – that’s 41.6 million a year!
YUM YUMS PRODUCED EACH YEAR
41.6m
SHOPS SERVED IN SCOTLAND  
AND NORTHERN IRELAND
300
OUR STAKEHOLDERS CONTINUED

88
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
Dear Shareholder
As Chair of the Audit Committee (the ‘Committee’), I am pleased 
to present our report for the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024.
The Committee plays an important part in the Company’s 
governance framework providing independent oversight and 
robust challenge on the integrity of financial reporting (inclusive 
of the financial statements and any formal announcements 
regarding the Company’s financial performance), quality and 
effectiveness of internal and external audit, risk management  
and the system of internal control.
In this report, I aim to share some of the Committee’s discussions 
from the year, providing insight regarding the role of the 
Committee, the main matters considered by it during the year 
and the conclusions drawn. The Committee meets formally at 
key times within the reporting calendar and the agendas for its 
meetings are designed to cover all significant areas of risk over 
the course of the year and to provide oversight and challenge 
to the key financial judgements, controls and processes that 
operate within the Company.
During 2024, in addition to its regular oversight responsibilities, 
the Committee has:
•	 Started planning for the new requirement introduced in the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2024 for annual reports on the 
effectiveness of material controls, from 2026. The Committee 
is in the process of reviewing the risk and internal control 
framework to establish which elements should be considered 
material controls so that an assurance framework over these 
controls can be developed.
•	 Continued to oversee the development of the Company’s 
approach to risk management, including a specific focus on 
fraud risk, and defining its risk appetite.
•	 Considered the findings of a Financial Reporting Council (FRC) 
limited scope review of the Company’s Annual Report and 
Accounts for the year ended 30 December 2023. It is pleasing 
that the FRC did not take any further action in relation to 
these Accounts and did not require a substantive response 
to their findings. They raised several points that have been 
considered and addressed while preparing this Annual Report 
and Accounts in relation to alternative performance measures 
and clarification of lease accounting assumptions.
•	 Refreshed its terms of reference – details of where to find 
these on the Company’s website are given later in this report. 
•	 Adopted the FRC’s ‘Audit Committees and the External Audit: 
Minimum Standard’ recommendations, although this has 
not led to any significant change as the Committee already 
adhered to the principals set out in the Standard. 
•	 Undergone an externally facilitated evaluation conducted by 
Calibro Consulting. I am pleased that this evaluation concluded 
that the Committee functions well both in absolute and relative 
terms, there is a very good mix of skills on the Committee and 
Committee members are always well prepared.
The Committee continues to keep its activities under review 
in the light of the Government’s audit and governance reform 
agenda. Key priorities for the Committee during 2025 will be: 
•	 Further work on the agreement and development of an 
assurance framework over material controls that will enable 
the Board to meet the reporting requirements of the 2024  
UK Corporate Governance Code when they come into force 
from 2026.
•	 Monitoring management’s preparations for new climate 
reporting frameworks/standards, including the introduction 
of the two UK Sustainability Reporting Standards that are 
expected in 2025, and overseeing the quality and reliability  
of the underlying data and reported metrics.
•	 Overseeing the upgrade of the Company’s accounting  
system as part of the transition to an updated ERP system, 
SAP S/4HANA. The finance module is expected to be 
implemented during 2025.
•	 Oversight of controls over GenAI, cybersecurity, and data 
governance as their increased use presents new risks for  
the Company.
Overall, I am satisfied that the activities of the Committee enable 
it to gain a good understanding of the key matters impacting the 
Company during the year along with oversight of the governance 
and operation of its key controls, and ultimately to draw the 
conclusions set out in the following report. 
Kate Ferry
Chair of the Audit Committee
4 March 2025
 

89
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Composition
The Audit Committee is comprised of the following:
Kate Ferry (Chair)
Mohamed Elsarky
Lynne Weedall
Nigel Mills 
Tamara Rogers (from 1 June 2024)
It is the practice of the Company for all independent  
Non-Executive Directors to serve as members of the  
Audit Committee. 
Training is provided for any new members of the Audit Committee 
by way of a thorough induction process which includes access 
to the external auditor, the Head of Business Assurance and 
relevant members of management.
The Committee provides independent and robust challenge to 
management and our internal and external auditors, ensures 
there are effective and high-quality controls in place and that 
appropriate judgements are taken, with a particular focus on 
matters that involve either a high degree of judgement and/or  
are significant to the Accounts. 
The Directors’ biographies on pages 72 to 74 detail the Committee 
members’ previous experience and demonstrate that they have 
experience individually in a range of disciplines relevant to Greggs 
business. The Board considers that Kate Ferry has recent and 
relevant financial experience.
Role and responsibilities
The terms of reference of the Committee were refreshed in 2024 
and can be accessed at: http://corporate.greggs.co.uk/investors/
corporate-governance
The key responsibilities of the Audit Committee are:
•	 Ensuring that the accounting and financial policies and 
practices of the Company are proper and effective;
•	 Assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities 
by monitoring the integrity of the Accounts and information 
published by the Company and reviewing and challenging 
significant financial judgements contained in them;
•	 Advising the Board on whether it believes the Annual 
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy;
•	 Reviewing the internal financial controls and the Group’s 
approach to risk management;
•	 Overseeing whistle-blowing arrangements;
•	 Monitoring compliance with the Listing Rules and the 
recommendations of the UK Corporate Governance Code;
•	 Overseeing the Company’s internal auditors and reviewing  
the effectiveness and objectivity of the audit process;
•	 Overseeing the Company’s external auditors, reviewing 
their independence and objectivity and monitoring the 
effectiveness of the audit process;
•	 Developing and implementing policy on the external auditor’s 
provision of non-audit services; and
•	 Reporting to the Board on how it has discharged its 
responsibilities.
Meetings during the year
The Audit Committee met four times during the year. Details  
of Committee members’ attendance are given on page 76.  
All members attended every meeting that they were eligible to 
attend. Detailed papers are prepared and circulated in advance 
of Committee meetings by both management (including internal 
audit) and the external auditor, thereby allowing informed discussions, 
challenge and decision-making to take place at meetings.
The Committee normally invites the Company Chair, the 
Executive Directors, the Head of Business Assurance and  
the external auditor to attend its meetings. Time is set aside  
bi-annually for discussion with the external auditor and with  
the Head of Business Assurance, in each case in the absence  
of all Executive Directors. The Committee also has access to the 
Company’s management team and to its auditor and can seek 
further professional advice, at the Company’s cost, if required. 
The Chair has regular contact with the Chief Financial Officer, 
and internal and external auditors, in addition to scheduled 
Committee meetings to ensure that emerging issues are 
addressed. She also has access to an audit partner independent 
of the partner responsible for the audit.
 
Financial reporting
In 2024 the Audit Committee reviewed the 2023 preliminary 
results announcement and Annual Report, the 2024 interim 
results, and reports from the external auditor on the outcome  
of their reviews and audits.
During the year, and up to the date of this report, the Committee 
considered key accounting issues and judgements and related 
disclosures in the Group’s accounts. The significant areas of 
judgement considered by the Committee in relation to the accounts 
for the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 are as follows: 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

90
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Area of focus
Action taken
Accounting for leases
Under IFRS 16 lease liabilities, representing the obligation to make lease payments, 
are recognised on the balance sheet together with corresponding right-of-use 
assets. In the income statement rent costs are replaced by a straight-line depreciation 
charge on each right-of-use asset, and an interest charge that reduces over the 
lease term.
At the end of 2024 the Group has recognised right-of-use assets of £387.2 million 
(2023: £296.6 million) and lease liabilities totalling £415.1 million (2023: £319.6 million). 
Charges to the income statement of £59.2 million (2023: £54.5 million) in respect  
of depreciation, £2.1 million (2023:£2.5 million) in respect of net impairment and 
£13.0 million (2023: £9.6 million) in respect of interest were recognised.
The sensitivities of the assumptions on this amount are set out on page 136.
The Committee continues to review and monitor developments in this area to ensure that judgements made are up 
to date and remain valid and that the approach adopted is still appropriate to the Group’s circumstances.
The Committee considers that the judgements made are appropriate to the Group’s particular circumstances.
Accounting for defined benefit pension scheme buy-in transaction
In 2024 the Company made a special contribution of £4.5 million to its defined 
benefit pension scheme which helped facilitate the purchase of a ‘buy-in’ bulk 
annuity policy with Aviva. This policy provides regular payments to the scheme  
to fund pension payments and significantly reduces the Company’s exposure  
to the funding risks associated with its defined benefit pension liabilities.
The valuation of the assets held by the scheme following the buy-in results in an 
actuarial loss. Although a buy-out of the scheme is possible in the future there is  
no indication that this will be executed and finalised in the short term. The scheme 
has retained all responsibility to meet future pension payments to pensioners and 
the buy-in is therefore not recognised as a settlement.
In accordance with IAS 19 the assets and liabilities of the scheme remain on the 
Company balance sheet. The loss associated with the purchase of the buy-in policy 
and other actuarial movements in the year ended 28 December 2024 have been 
recognised through other comprehensive income.
The Committee considered the nature of the buy-in transaction and in particular whether it constituted a settlement 
of the scheme. The scheme retains responsibility for the administration and payment of pensions and other member 
benefits and although the purchase of the bulk annuity policy reduces the Company’s exposure to funding risk it does 
not absolve it of this risk. The Committee considers the judgements made are appropriate to the circumstances of 
the transaction.
The Committee reviewed the accounting treatment and disclosures related to the buy-in transaction and is satisfied 
that they are in compliance with the relevant accounting standards and provide a clear and transparent view of the 
transaction’s impact on the Company’s accounts.

91
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Area of focus
Action taken
Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee is responsible for advising the Board on whether it believes the 
Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable.
The Committee received a report from the Head of Business Assurance, who is not involved in the preparation of the 
Annual Report and Accounts and who conducted an independent review of it. The following factors were considered 
during the course of this review:
•	 Ensuring that all the statements are consistent with one another;
•	 Verifying that figures in the narrative sections are consistent with the relevant financial detail;
•	 Identifying any duplication of information;
•	 Confirming that ‘bad news’ is included, as well as ‘good news’; and
•	 Highlighting any inappropriate use of technical language or jargon.
The Audit Committee considered the feedback from this report alongside its own review of the Annual Report and 
Accounts when making its recommendation to the Board regarding fair, balanced and understandable.
Going concern
The accounts continue to be prepared on a going concern basis.
Information provided by the Chief Financial Officer regarding future financial plans, risks and liquidity was presented 
to the Committee to enable it to determine whether the going concern basis of accounting remained appropriate.
The Committee reviewed and challenged the assumptions used and concluded that the Board is able to make the 
going concern statement on page 80 of the Directors’ Report.
Viability
The Board is required to consider the period over which it is able to conclude that 
the Company will remain viable, having taken into account severe but plausible risks 
and risk combinations.
The Committee reviewed the process undertaken by management to support and allow the Directors to assess the 
Group’s long-term prospects and make its viability statement. The Committee considered and provided input into the 
determination of which of the Group’s principal risks and combinations thereof might have an impact on the Group’s 
liquidity and solvency.
The Committee reviewed the results of management’s scenario modelling and the stress testing of these models. 
It also reviewed and challenged the assumptions used and concluded that the Board is able to make the viability 
statement on page 71 of the Strategic Report.
The Committee also considered other key accounting issues and related disclosures in the Group’s accounts as follows: 
•	 Whether the principles and judgements applied when management assess property, plant and 
equipment and right-of-use assets for impairment remain appropriate;
•	 Whether the treatment and disclosure of material items of income or expense in the year is 
appropriate, together with the FRC’s guidance on the subject;
•	 Whether the assumptions made in valuing the defined benefit pension scheme liabilities remain 
appropriate, including consideration of the discount rate, inflation rates and mortality rates as 
well as the requirements of IFRIC 14: IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum 
Funding Requirements and their Interaction;
•	 Whether any changes in accounting policy were required following changes in the business  
or in legislation;
•	 Whether the Company’s tax policy remains appropriate;
•	 The impact of changes in accounting standards and their relevance, if any, to the Company;
•	 Whether the Company has considered the FRC’s key disclosure expectations, including the 
points raised in its limited scope review of the Company’s 2023 Annual Report and Accounts; and
•	 Reports from the Company Secretary and Chief Financial Officer which assess the Company’s 
compliance with the Listing Rules.
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

92
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Sustainability reporting
The Committee plays a key role in the governance of climate-related reporting, including overseeing 
the process adopted in relation to identification of the Company’s climate-related risks and 
opportunities and the associated reporting of the Company’s TCFD disclosures which are on pages 
50 to 58. This approach builds on the foundations adopted last year. The Committee continues to 
monitor developments in sustainability reporting and will consider the requirements of the two new 
standards issued by the International Sustainability Standards Board once the UK’s endorsement 
and adoption of these standards is clear. It will also oversee the ongoing development of the 
Company’s transition plan.
External audit
Assessing external audit effectiveness
The Audit Committee discussed and agreed the scope of the audit with the external auditor and 
agreed their fees in respect of the audit. 
The Committee reviewed the effectiveness of the external audit in line with the FRC’s ‘Practice  
aid for audit committees’ (December 2019). It sought feedback from senior management, by way  
of a detailed questionnaire, in respect of the effectiveness of the audit process. 
The Committee also considered the effectiveness of the audit through the reporting from and 
communications with the auditor and an assessment of the auditor’s approach to key areas of 
judgement and any errors identified during the course of the audit. 
The Committee concluded that the audit was effective and that the relationship with and 
effectiveness of the external auditor be kept under review. 
Appointing the auditor and safeguards on non-audit services 
The Committee’s policy on auditor appointment is to consider annually whether to conduct an audit 
tender for audit quality or independence reasons. During 2020 the Audit Committee conducted a full 
tender exercise for the appointment of a new auditor which resulted in the appointment of RSM UK 
Audit LLP (RSM) as auditor at the AGM in May 2021. 
It is the responsibility of the Committee to monitor the independence and objectivity of the  
external auditor (including the impact of any non-audit work undertaken by it) and its suitability  
for reappointment. 
The Company has a formal policy to ensure that the provision of non-audit services by the external 
auditor for non-audit work does not compromise the auditor’s independence or objectivity. It monitors 
the level and type of non-audit fees on an annual basis and ensures that the overall level of non-audit 
fees remains in line with current ethical guidance governing the accounting profession.
The Audit Committee favours a presumption that non-audit work will be awarded to a firm other 
than the audit firm unless there is a good reason to use the auditor. An annual base plan for non-audit 
fees paid to the external auditor is agreed in advance by the Audit Committee. Expenditure in 
accordance with this plan can then be committed without further referral to the Audit Committee. 
Expenditure that is not included in the agreed plan is subject to strict authority limits and is reviewed 
by the Committee.
All use of the external auditor for non-audit work must be reported to and approved by the 
Committee. In circumstances where non-audit fees are significant relative to the audit fee an 
explanation would be provided in the subsequent Audit Committee Report. In addition, the Audit 
Committee ensures that the external auditor has its own policies and is subject to professional 
standards designed to safeguard their independence as auditor.
The Audit Committee has reviewed whether, and is satisfied that, the Company’s current auditor, 
RSM, continues to be objective and independent of the Company. The Committee has approved 
RSM to provide non-audit services during 2024 in respect of the review of turnover certificates 
as required by certain shop landlords. Fees of £24,450 were billed during the year for turnover 
certificate reviews, which represents 7.8% of the audit fee for the year. 
Appointment of auditor 
In accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the reappointment of 
RSM UK Audit LLP will be proposed at the forthcoming AGM. The length of their tenure as external 
auditor is four years.
Risk management and internal control
Internal control framework
Greggs has an internal control environment designed to protect the business, its customers and 
our colleagues from the risks which it faces. Management is responsible for establishing and 
maintaining adequate internal controls and the Audit Committee has responsibility for ensuring  
the effectiveness of these controls. 

93
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
The Head of Business Assurance provides an update on Greggs’ internal control environment at 
every Audit Committee meeting, from both risk management and internal audit perspectives. This 
frequency of reporting ensures timely escalation of any key issues. Whilst the Committee is updated 
on all internal audit activity, any reports concluding only limited assurance are considered in greater 
detail, including actions taken in response. This gives Committee members assurance that any 
control weaknesses identified are being addressed.
As required by the revision to the FRC’s UK Corporate Governance Code, the Audit Committee 
continues to work towards being able to report on the effectiveness of all of our material controls. 
This will be a requirement from 1 January 2026, and we are in the process of defining our material 
controls and attributing the relevant assurance sources.
The Committee considers the matters described above to be the main features of the Group’s 
internal control and risk management systems in relation to the financial reporting process for the 
undertakings included in the consolidation as a whole. The Committee has reviewed the Company’s 
internal control environment and is satisfied that procedures are in place to ensure that assets 
are well protected, authority levels for expenditure are clear, segregation of duties exists and 
performance is regularly monitored. Processes are in place to ensure that key controls are  
being operated and compliance with these processes is the subject of inspection by the internal 
audit team within the business assurance function, and subsequent review and oversight by the 
Audit Committee.
Whistle-blowing
The Company’s whistle-blowing policy is available to all employees via the intranet and our ‘People 
Hub’, an electronic repository of all relevant colleague information. Posters are displayed in our 
shops, supply sites and offices. Colleagues are guided regarding how to raise a concern in strict 
confidence, and the process incorporates three escalation levels. We have also continued to engage 
with our franchise partners, to support them in developing appropriate protocols where appropriate.
Our Audit Committee Chair is the ultimate contact and resolution point for this process, and 
received a small number of contacts during the year. All issues raised were thoroughly investigated 
and successfully resolved, with no formal action being taken. 
Risk management process
The Audit Committee receives an update on risk management at each of its meetings. An annual 
report provides detail on the overall process to identify, evaluate, monitor and manage risk. This 
allows the Committee to meet its obligation to oversee the effectiveness of risk management,  
and to confirm to the Board that arrangements remain appropriate. 
The risk management process is explained in more detail on pages 64 to 71.
The Committee has reviewed the risk management process and is satisfied that appropriate 
arrangements are in place to ensure that existing risks are properly managed across the  
business and that processes are in place to identify and consider any new and emerging risks  
in a timely manner. 
During the year, the Audit Committee’s activities and discussions have included the following:
Area of focus 
Action taken
Financial reporting
All judgemental areas in the accounts are considered by the Committee,  
to provide independent challenge to the process. 
TCFD
The Committee considered and agreed the proposed statement regarding 
TCFD disclosure requirements. 
Cyber risk and 
information security
Cyber risk and information security is considered at Audit Committee 
meetings, with an update on activity from a risk management perspective, 
ensuring an ongoing focus on cyber resilience.
Risk management
The Audit Committee has received updates on the continued development 
of the Company’s approach to risk management, including a specific focus 
on fraud risk, and defining its risk appetite.
Business conduct 
policy
As a key control over governance, the Committee received assurance that 
senior colleagues within Greggs complied with the requirements of the 
business conduct policy throughout the year.
New and emerging 
risks
New and emerging risks are raised as they arise, and are then discussed 
by members of the Risk Committee at its next meeting. Any significant 
matters are escalated to the Audit Committee for further discussion.
Review of 
principal risks and 
uncertainties
The Risk Committee discussed and developed the content of the statement 
of principal risks and uncertainties, based on the strategic risk register. 
This in turn was considered by the Audit Committee, and approved. The 
statement can be found on pages 64 to 71. 
Viability and going 
concern status
As part of the annual reporting process, the Committee has reviewed and 
agreed the Viability Statement and the various scenarios modelled within it, 
ensuring effective assessment and disclosure.
Effectiveness of 
internal and external 
audit 
The Committee has reviewed the work and output of the internal audit 
function during the year. The function’s effectiveness throughout the year  
is formally considered on an annual basis within the year-end processes.  
An annual review of the external audit is also conducted.
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

94
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Internal audit
The work of the internal audit function is set out in more detail within the risk management section 
of this Annual Report. The function is led by the Head of Business Assurance, supported by a team of 
31 auditors. The majority of the audit resource is dedicated to the retail estate, including inspection 
of franchised shops, providing the Audit Committee with assurance that the required controls for 
safe operation within all of the shops are in place and have been operating effectively. 
An annual audit plan is presented each year to the Audit Committee for approval, setting out how 
the resource will be allocated across the business. Progress against this plan is monitored at 
subsequent meetings. The effectiveness of the team and its level of resource are reviewed by the 
Committee annually, including a consideration of outputs, and feedback received from the areas  
of the business that have been audited. 
Committee effectiveness
As noted in the Governance Report on page 76 there was an externally-facilitated evaluation of the 
Board and its Committees during 2024, conducted by Calibro Consulting. We are pleased that the 
overall conclusion of the evaluation is that the Audit Committee functions well both in absolute and 
relative terms, there is a very good mix of skills on the Committee and Committee members are 
always well prepared. The evaluation highlighted that there is a well-developed and effective audit 
process and that the Committee focuses on the right issues and challenges appropriately.
The evaluation also identified areas for development, including consideration of the new requirements 
in relation to the reporting of material controls and their effectiveness. We will look to build on the 
evaluation feedback in 2025.
The Committee has considered the results of this evaluation and concluded that it operates 
effectively and that the Board takes assurance from the quality of its work.
Kate Ferry
Chair of the Audit Committee
4 March 2025

95
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’), I am 
pleased to present our Directors’ Remuneration Report for 2024 
(the ‘Report’). 
The Committee continues to have a transparent approach to 
remuneration at Greggs. A key focus continues to be workforce 
fairness and the pay arrangements and support provided to our 
colleagues across the business. Our people are at the heart of our 
business and what makes our business successful. Supporting our 
colleagues and protecting our culture, alongside our shareholders’ 
and wider stakeholders’ interests, remains our priority. Our Report 
aims to be clear, simple and easy-to-read, providing explanations 
and rationale for our decision-making in the context of Company 
performance, the longer-term Company strategy (including ESG 
priorities) and pay arrangements for the wider workforce. 
The Report is made up of three key sections:
•	 My annual Chair’s letter.
•	 Our Directors’ remuneration policy, which was formally 
approved at our AGM on 17 May 2023 and operates for the three 
years commencing with the 2023 financial year. 
•	 Our Annual Remuneration Report, split into sections that  
set out:
A. 	How our policy links to Company strategy and reward 
across the wider workforce;
B. 	Remuneration Committee activity for the 52 weeks ended 
28 December 2024;
C. 	How Directors’ remuneration will be implemented in 2025  
in line with our current remuneration policy; and
D. 	How our remuneration policy was implemented in 
2024. This is an audited section of the Report outlining 
the remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors during the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024. 
The Annual Remuneration Report, together with this Chair’s 
letter, will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the  
2025 AGM.
Remuneration policy 
Our remuneration policy consists of the following elements:
•	 Fixed pay – base salary, pension and benefits; and 
•	 Variable pay – annual bonus (paid in both cash and deferred 
shares) and Performance Share Plan (PSP) measuring  
long-term performance and delivered in shares.
Consideration of the wider workforce 
Our colleagues are central to our continued financial success and 
with this in mind, the Committee carefully monitors and reviews 
the effectiveness of the Directors’ remuneration policy and its 
impact on and alignment with the remuneration policies in the 
wider workforce. To support decisions on Executive Directors’ pay, 
the Committee is provided with information detailing the pay and 
benefits of the wider workforce which gives additional context for 
the Committee. As well as specific sessions held with colleagues 
to discuss the work of the Committee, our current remuneration 
policy and how reward is structured across the business, 
members of the Committee have engaged with colleagues 
through our various forums and listening groups throughout 2024 
to continue to understand the colleague experience at Greggs. As 
we move into the development of a new remuneration policy year 
colleague engagement will form an important part of this process. 
The Committee is pleased to see the significant support 
provided to the wider workforce in the last three years both 
across base pay awards as well as supporting additional benefits 
for our teams such as paid breaks and profit share. In the last 
three years the total base pay increase for our wider workforce 
has been 19.6%, and based on colleague feedback, we have 
increased our matched pension contributions from 4% to 6%, 
significantly enhanced our family leave policies and in order to 
further encourage colleague share ownership in the business 
we reduced the eligibility criteria to three months service to 
participate in our all colleague share schemes. 
For 2025, we face significant headwinds as a business as we 
address the impact of the National Insurance changes. We have 
once again implemented a tiered pay award providing a greater 
percentage increase to support our colleagues on lower rates of 
pay who have less disposable income. We implemented a base 
increase of 3.5% across our wider workforce plus an additional 
3.3% (6.8% in total) for our retail team members and additional 
2.6% (6.1% in total) for our production and warehouse operatives. 
Additional increases were also offered to our retail supervisors –  
an additional 2.8% (6.3% in total), and team leaders in supply – an 
additional 2.1% (5.6% in total), in order to protect the differentials 
between roles. We also continue to pay breaks to our front line 
colleagues across the business in both retail and supply which,  
as they tell us, supports their wellbeing. 
On this basis, over 84% of our workforce has received a pay 
increase of 6.1% or more in 2025 with 85.7% receiving 5.6% or 
more. Our graded management teams were awarded the base 
increase of 3.5%. 
As well as the pay increase, from January 2025 we further increased 
the pension provision for our wider workforce, allowing our colleagues 
to increase their pension contributions up to 7% with matched 
contributions. This now aligns the pension offering for all colleagues 
across Greggs. We also increased our colleague discount offering by 
10% per week. Colleague discount is offered to all colleagues from day 
one and is open to an additional card holder after 12 months service. 
 

96
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Finally, one of the unique aspects of Greggs remuneration 
approach continues to be profit share – with 10% of all our profits 
being shared with eligible colleagues. We are delighted to say that 
the profit-share payment this year will see over 27,000 colleagues 
benefitting from this additional payment that will be made in 
March 2025.
Business performance in 2024 and incentive outcomes 
As outlined in the Chair’s Statement and Chief Executive’s Report, 
2024 was another record breaking year for Greggs. We exceeded 
£2 billion in sales for the first time and our colleagues have 
worked tirelessly to deliver on our strategic ambition to become  
a multi channel food-to-go retailer. We are now three years into 
our ambitious five-year plan and our strategy is working, with 
total sales up 63.8%, and we continue to build the foundations for 
even more ambitious growth by investing in our manufacturing 
and logistics capacity. As ever our colleagues’ hard work, week 
after week, has ensured we have continued to grow progressively 
all the while maintaining the great prices, high-quality products 
and friendly service that keep our customers coming back again  
and again. 
Bonus 2024
As disclosed last year, the annual bonus scheme for 2024 was set 
up with performance targets based on profit (50%), sales (20%) 
and strategic objectives (30%). We set very stretching target 
ranges which were designed to ensure that bonus payments 
would only be made for appropriately significant levels of 
performance. This included profit targets designed to incentivise 
growth, sales targets aimed at like-for-like growth and separate 
objectives linked to driving forward our strategic growth plans 
in the areas of cost savings, evening sales, delivery sales digital 
transactions and achieving our ESG targets of food redistribution. 
As noted above Greggs had another record breaking year and 
we were delighted to hit a record £2 billion in sales. Whether in 
our shops, our manufacturing sites, our distribution network or 
in head office, our teams stepped up to make sure that we kept 
pace with the increased customer demand. Due to stretching 
targets and a tough trading conditions in a highly competitive 
retail space we missed our very stretching like-for-like sales 
target despite our like-for-like sales in company-managed 
shops being up 5.5% year-on-year. Therefore for our teams, 
disappointingly, this element of the bonus scheme will not  
pay out. 
Despite this we had strong profit progression and through good 
cost control and margin management across the year the profit 
(50%) element of the bonus reached 36.7% payout. 
The strategic objectives comprised of a number of separate 
elements aligned to our strategy, with 10% based on business 
efficiency/cost savings, 5% based on evening sales, 5% on 
delivery sales, 5% on increasing food redistribution and 5% on 
increasing the percentage of transactions on the Greggs App.
There was a strong focus on cost control during the year resulting 
in the business efficiency/cost saving element paying out in full  
at 10%. 
5% of the bonus was focused on increasing evening sales and 
5% in delivery sales and in both areas a very stretching target 
was applied. The teams worked incredibly hard to manage our 
growth in the evening and through delivery – there was significant 
focus across our whole retail estate to support and engage our 
teams in this initiative and drive customer numbers. Throughout 
the year, evening continued to be the fastest growing day part, 
with sales representing 9.0% of company-managed shop sales, 
up from 8.5% in 2023. With delivery we increased the number of 
shops offering home delivery to 1,555 (up from 1,440 in 2023) and 
sales through this channel were up 28.9% compared with 2023. 
Despite this great progress, these areas of the bonus failed to 
reach the trigger levels set and therefore pay out. This reflects 
the very stretching and ambitious targets that were set at the 
start of the year and both continue to be key focus areas for the 
business in 2025 with evening sales once again being a strategic 
metric for the 2025 bonus. 
5% of the bonus was focused on increasing the percentage  
of average transactions involving a Greggs App reward scan.  
We have continued to make excellent progress in this  
area and use of the award-winning Greggs App continues  
to grow, with customers scanning 20.1% of transactions in 
company-managed shops during 2024 (versus 15.5% in 2023). 
This strong performance led to a full 5% payout for this element 
of the bonus. 
The final 5% of the bonus was focused on an ESG metric – 
increasing food redistribution. This again was a challenging 
target and our teams across the business worked hard in this 
area. There was an increase in the proportion of unsold food 
redistributed compared with 2023, and the outcome for the year 
was just above the threshold target set for this element of the 
bonus, resulting in 1.3% payout. 
The overall performance resulted in a bonus payout of 53.0%  
of the maximum and the Committee agreed that this reflects  
the stretching targets that were set and the ambitious plans  
we set ourselves in a year of strong business performance.  
The Committee carefully reviewed management’s performance 
against these targets, taking the full business context and 
stakeholder experience into account and determined that this 
level of payout was appropriate with no need to apply discretion. 
For both the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer, this 
equated to a payment of 66.2% of basic salary (out of a maximum 
of 125%) for the year. The element of the bonus earned above  
50% of the maximum will be paid in shares and will be subject  
to a two-year holding period. 
PSP vesting in 2024
The three-year performance period for the PSP awards  
made in March 2022 and due to vest in March 2025 ended  
on 28 December 2024. 
50% of these awards were based on average annual growth 
in earnings per share (EPS) in the three financial years 
commencing FY2022 being between 3.0% and 8.0%,  
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

97
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
with the other 50% based on the average ROCE over the three 
financial years commencing FY2022 being between 19.6% and 
22.6%. In the event, average annual EPS growth was 6.57% 
and average annual ROCE was 20.8%. This meant that the EPS 
element vested at 39.3% and ROCE performance vested at 27.5% 
giving a vesting performance of 66.8% for the total award. 
The Committee has reviewed this outcome in the context of 
wider business performance and stakeholder experience over 
the performance period, and is very comfortable that vesting is 
justified at this level with no need to apply discretion to adjust  
the outcome. 
Approach for 2025 
As we move ahead with our strong growth plans we continue 
to focus on the fundamental strategic pillars of our business 
model and the four key growth drivers of our plan to reach our 
potential in the years ahead, underpinned by The Greggs Pledge. 
Our remuneration approach continues to align with this strategy. 
While continuing to act with restraint in remuneration matters, 
we believe we have a policy and incentive plans that strike the 
right balance between setting stretching but achievable targets. 
We ensure we set targets that drive the right decisions for the 
business, support the wider workforce and shareholders, and at 
the same time strongly motivate our management teams and 
therefore enable the retention and recruitment of senior talent.
Salaries and fees 
We have once again reviewed carefully the approach taken  
with the wider workforce when considering the approach to 
salary for the Executive Directors for the year ahead. As noted 
above, over 84% of our workforce has received a pay increase 
in 2025 of 6.1% or more with 85.7% receiving 5.6% or more. This 
pay increase was implemented from January 2025 for all our 
colleagues. Our graded management colleagues received an 
increase of 3.5% in line with the base increase offered to our 
wider workforce. 
Subsequently the Committee reviewed the pay award of both 
the Executive Directors and Operating Board and agreed that the 
awards should be in line with the base increase of 3.5% across 
the wider workforce.
A consistent approach was taken in relation to the fees for the 
Board Chair and other Non-Executive Directors’ fees, which were 
also increased by 3.5%. 
Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity for the Chief Executive and the 
Chief Financial Officer will remain at 125% of salary. 
The Committee believes that the current performance measures 
– profit (50%), sales (20%) and strategic objectives (30%) – remain 
appropriate and no changes are proposed to these weightings. 
Profit and sales are critically important to Greggs, and are 
measures that are closely followed by the market as indicators 
of the financial health of the business. The strategic objectives 
will comprise of separate elements with 10% based on business 
efficiency/cost savings, 5% based on evening sales, 5% based on 
basket size, 5% based on our digital strategy and 5% based on the 
implementation of our SAP IT system upgrade programme Next 
Generation SAP. The use of these measures reflects our desire to 
incentivise and reward progress on achieving our strategic goals 
and meeting key business objectives. 
The definition of profit within the bonus plan for 2025 onwards 
will be changed from profit before tax to operating profit. This 
measure of profitability is considered to be a better measure of 
underlying profitability that the broader management population 
can influence and will be adopted as a Key Performance Indicator 
from 2025 onwards in place of profit before tax.
Targets for these measures have been set in line with the business’s 
annual financial budget and the rolling strategic business 
plan and are considered to be stretching. Due to commercial 
sensitivities they are not disclosed within this Report, but will  
be disclosed retrospectively in next year’s Report. 
PSP 
For the FY2025 PSP award, as in 2024, the Committee concluded 
in the interests of continuity of our normal grant policy and the 
need to maintain appropriate levels of incentivisation, the  award 
should be granted to the Chief Executive and Chief Financial 
Officer at the normal 150% of salary level (which remains lower 
than the limit stated in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy). 
The Committee has considered carefully the performance 
conditions to apply. We will keep both EPS and ROCE, equally split 
at 45% of the award. These measures have been used for a number 
of years and are well understood by participants, by investors and 
by the wider market as good indicators of long-term financial 
performance. ROCE will also be key as we seek to secure the 
benefits of the investments being made in the shop estate and 
in the supply chain. As outlined in our Financial Review, as well 
as a continued focus on our shop growth and shop relocation 
programme we have set out plans to significantly increase 
capacity in our supply chain. The impact of stepping up our 
capacity in this way will create additional costs in the short term 
that are subsequently utilised as we expand our operations. These 
investments will also have impacts on the capital employed in the 
business as well as operating costs and financing cash flows. These 
factors have been taken into consideration when setting our PSP 
targets for this coming year – full details of which are outlined in the 
relevant section of the Remuneration Report. For FY2025, we will 
also be continuing with an ESG metric with a weighting of 10% 
of the award. Last year we focused on encouraging suppliers 
to improve public reporting of their net zero commitments and 
to commit publicly to a net zero target date. The Committee 
believes that this encouragement has worked well so far, and so 
for this year’s award we have switched back to focusing on our own 
Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions out to 2027. As we look to grow the 
business over that period, at a minimum this will require no increase 
in our absolute CO2e emissions and, at a stretch performance, to 
reduce our CO2e emissions in line with our 2035 net zero target. 
This metric reflects the importance Greggs continues to place on 
carbon neutrality and on effectively reducing our carbon footprint 
intensity as we grow the business. 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

98
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
We have set appropriately stretching performance targets for 
each measure reflecting the strategic plan and business outlook 
over the performance period. Full details of the targets are set 
out later in this Report.
Pensions 
As noted above, having listened to our colleagues, we once  
again have increased the matched pension contribution for  
our wider workforce from 6% to 7% of pay as of January 2025. 
We are committed to supporting our colleagues in saving for their 
future as any contribution they wish to make up to a maximum 
of 7% will now be matched by Greggs. All our Executive Directors 
have had their pension contributions aligned to the majority of 
the workforce (previously 6% of salary) since 1 January 2024.  
As of January 2025 this alignment will continue and the pension 
contribution for our Executive Directors will be increased to 7% 
of salary. 
Shareholder engagement 
We continue to welcome feedback from our shareholders as 
their views inform our thinking on remuneration matters, in 
particular when evaluating and setting the remuneration policy 
and its implementation. The Committee is committed to continue 
consulting with key shareholders where appropriate and plans  
to do so in 2025 as we consider the formulation of our new  
three year Remuneration Policy which will be brought to the  
AGM in May 2026. 
Committee effectiveness
As noted in the Governance Report on page 76 there was an 
externally-facilitated evaluation of the Board and its Committees 
during 2024, conducted by Calibro Consulting. 
The Committee has considered the results of this evaluation and 
concluded that it operates effectively and that the Board takes 
assurance from the quality of its work.
AGM
We trust that you will find this Report transparent, clear and 
informative. The Committee has remained focused on ensuring 
that executive remuneration is closely aligned to the delivery of 
Greggs’ business strategy whilst continuing to take account of the 
stakeholder experience, best practice and the wider workforce.
At the AGM this year we will be providing shareholders with the 
usual advisory vote on the Annual Report on Remuneration. I look 
forward to receiving your support. If you would like to contact me 
directly to discuss any aspect of this Report then please email me 
at investorrelations@greggs.co.uk.
Lynne Weedall 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
4 March 2025
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

99
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Directors’ remuneration policy
This section of our Report describes our Directors’ remuneration policy, which applies to all 
Executive and Non-Executive Directors. It explains the purpose and the operation of each 
element of the remuneration package and explains how Executive Directors are incentivised to 
achieve sustainable long-term growth and value to best serve the interests of the Company, its 
shareholders, its colleagues and other stakeholders. Payments to Directors (including payments  
for loss of office) can only be made if they are consistent with the terms of the approved policy.
The policy has been prepared in line with the relevant legislation for UK companies and was approved 
by way of a binding vote at the AGM on 17 May 2023 and was applicable as of this date. Our current 
intention is that the policy will remain in place for three years from the date it was approved. 
The policy for the remuneration of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors is set out in the  
tables below.
Executive Directors
Element 
Purpose and strategy 
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Base salary
To attract and retain high-calibre 
individuals in order to promote the 
long-term success of the business.
Normally reviewed and set annually in January.
Benchmarked periodically by the Committee against the remuneration levels for executives  
in similar roles in companies of a comparable size. Individual performance and contribution  
are recognised in setting salary levels.
Salaries are paid monthly in cash.
No maximum limit is prescribed. Key 
reference points for salary increases are 
market and economic conditions and, 
in line with our values, the approach to 
colleague pay throughout the organisation.
Benefits
To support a competitive 
remuneration package in the 
marketplace.
Benefits include provision of a company car (or cash in lieu), private medical health care,  
life assurance and permanent health insurance.
No maximum limit is prescribed, 
particularly as the cost of providing insured 
benefits fluctuates over time. However, the 
Committee monitors on an annual basis the 
overall cost of the benefit provision. 
Pension 
To ensure that pension contributions 
are aligned to the rate applying to the 
majority of the workforce over time.
Executive Directors can elect to either:
•	 Participate in the Company defined contribution pension scheme (up to a cap). Above the  
cap Executive Directors receive a salary supplement; or
•	 Take cash in lieu of this contribution paid as a supplement to their salary on a monthly basis.
The Executive Directors are able to make this choice on an annual basis.
The pension contributions rate of all 
Executive Directors is aligned to the rate 
applying to the majority of the workforce.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

100
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Element 
Purpose and strategy 
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Annual bonus 
(including profit 
share)
To incentivise achievement of annual 
targets and objectives consistent 
with the short to medium-term 
strategic needs of the business, so  
as to encourage sustainable growth  
in the Company’s operating profits.
The bonus will be based on a mix of business KPIs, with a majority based on financial measures. 
Targets for each metric are set in advance by the Committee, in line with business  
planning objectives.
Each Executive Director is entitled to participate in the Company’s profit-sharing scheme 
available to all colleagues. The value of this is then deducted from their annual bonus and  
is subject to the individual cap.
The Committee will use appropriate underpins for any non-profit based element of the annual 
bonus such that payment under these elements may be scaled back (potentially to zero), at the 
discretion of the Committee, if the operating profit performance for the year is judged to be 
running significantly below that required for the achievement of the long-term strategy.
The Committee will be able to adjust the formula-driven outcome from any bonus plan if, in 
the judgement of the Committee, this does not reflect broader Company performance or the 
shareholder experience, or the payment level is otherwise inappropriate.
Any bonus paid in excess of 50% of the maximum will be payable in shares, which (after any sales 
to pay tax and other statutory deductions) must be held in the Greggs Employee Benefit Trust  
for two years after receipt.
The dividends payable on deferred bonus shares are paid to the individual as they fall due.
Recovery and withholding provisions allow the Company to recoup annual bonus payments 
within three years in the event of misstatement of performance, error, misconduct, reputational 
damage or corporate failure where this has led to an overpayment in the view of the Committee. 
There is a flexible mechanism which allows the Company to withhold outstanding deferred or 
future remuneration or recover the overpayment direct from the individual concerned.
Capped at 150% of base salary for all 
Executive Directors.
On target performance delivers no more 
than 50% of the maximum.
No more than 25% of the bonus 
opportunity is payable under each  
element for threshold performance.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

101
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Element 
Purpose and strategy 
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance 
Share Plan (PSP)
To incentivise long-term value 
creation, retention of our talent 
and ensure alignment of Executive 
Directors’ and shareholders’ interests.
Awards are normally granted under the PSP annually at the discretion of the Committee.
Performance conditions will be based on long-term KPIs, with a majority weighting on financial 
measures with targets being set for each metric which reflect the strategic plan and business 
outlook over the respective performance period.
Performance will be measured over a three-year period with an additional mandatory holding 
period of two years for the vested shares (net of tax and other deductions).
A PSP award holder may be entitled to a dividend equivalent payment in respect of any vested 
shares.
The Committee will be able to adjust the formula-driven outcome from the PSP if, in the 
judgement of the Committee, this does not reflect broader Company performance or the 
shareholder experience, or the vesting level is otherwise inappropriate.
Recovery and withholding provisions allow the Company to recoup vested PSP awards within 
three years in the event of misstatement of performance, error, misconduct, reputational 
damage or corporate failure where this has led to an overpayment in the view of the Committee. 
There is a flexible mechanism which allows the Company to withhold outstanding deferred or 
future remuneration, or recover the overpayment directly from the individual concerned.
200% of base salary for the Chief Executive 
and 175% of base salary for other  
Executive Directors (200% of base salary  
in exceptional circumstances).
Threshold vesting at 25% of the maximum.
All colleague 
share schemes 
(SAYE and SIP)
To encourage colleagues at all levels 
within the Company to understand 
better and so participate in the 
growth in value of the Company.
No performance conditions have been attached to awards granted pursuant to the Company’s 
SAYE and SIP schemes, which are available for all eligible colleagues.
Executive Directors may participate 
alongside eligible colleagues to the extent 
permitted by HMRC limits.
Share retention 
guidelines 
To further align the interests of 
Executive Directors to those of 
shareholders.
Executive Directors are required to build up a shareholding of 200% of base salary. Where an 
Executive Director has not reached the required level, 50% of the shares vesting from incentive 
schemes must be held until this requirement has been met. 
This is achieved through vested awards granted via the PSP and deferred bonus shares.
For all Executive Directors there is a two-year post-employment holding requirement at the 
lower of the level of the shareholding guideline immediately prior to departure or the actual 
shareholding at departure.
n/a
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

102
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Non-Executive Directors
Element 
Purpose and strategy 
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Chair and 
Non-Executive 
Directors’ fees
To attract and retain high-quality  
and experienced Non-Executive Chair 
and Directors. 
The Chair is paid an all-encompassing fee.
Non-Executive Directors are paid a basic fee and the Chairs of the Board Committees, the 
Senior Independent Director and the Non-Executive Director with responsibility for colleague 
engagement are paid an additional fee to reflect their additional responsibilities.
These fees are usually reviewed and set annually. Additional fees may be paid where there is 
a material increase in the time commitments or responsibilities required of Non-Executive 
Directors or following a review of market rates.
Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for pension scheme membership, bonus or  
incentive arrangements.
They are entitled to reimbursement of reasonable business expenses and tax thereon.  
They may also receive limited travel or accommodation-related benefits in connection  
with their role as a Director.
There is no prescribed maximum.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

103
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Choice of performance measures and policy discretion 
The remuneration policy provides the Remuneration Committee with the flexibility to choose 
appropriate performance conditions for the annual bonus scheme and for PSP awards, subject to 
the constraints set out in the table above. The choice of metrics will depend upon the strategic 
focus for the Company at the time decisions around the awards are taken. The specific measures 
and the targets used to assess performance will be disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
on an annual basis. For further information, please see the section titled ‘How our remuneration  
links to strategy and reward across the wider workforce’ on pages 106 and 107.
The Committee will operate incentive plans in accordance with their respective rules, the Listing 
Rules and HMRC limits where relevant. The Committee, consistent with market practice, retains 
discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of certain plan rules. 
These include (but are not limited to) the following: 
•	 Who participates; 
•	 The timing of the grant of award and/or payment;
•	 The size of an award (up to plan/policy limits) and/or a payment;
•	 Discretion relating to the measurement of performance in the event of a change of control  
or reconstruction;
•	 Determination of a good leaver (in addition to any specified categories) for incentive plan 
purposes and the treatment of leavers; and
•	 Adjustments required in certain circumstances (i.e. rights issues, corporate restructuring and 
special dividends), and the ability to adjust, but not waive, existing performance conditions for 
exceptional events so that they can still fulfil their original purpose.
Difference in remuneration policy across the Group and consideration of employment 
conditions elsewhere in the Group
The remuneration policy for the Executive Directors is designed having regard to the policy for 
colleagues across the business as a whole and wider workforce remuneration and related policies. 
Further information is provided in the section titled ‘How our remuneration links to strategy and 
reward across the wider workforce’ on pages 106 and 107.
Statement of consideration of shareholder views
When setting the remuneration policy and determining its implementation, the Committee takes 
into account the views of shareholders, their representative bodies and other interested parties 
such as proxy advisers. The Committee regularly consults major shareholders on proposed  
changes to the policy, and did so during 2022 in respect of the current policy implemented in 2023. 
The Committee considered comments received from shareholders before finalising the terms  
of the policy.
Legacy arrangements
For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this policy, authority is given to the Company to honour 
any commitments entered into with current or former Directors (such as the payment of a pension 
or the unwinding of legacy share schemes) that have been disclosed to shareholders in previous 
remuneration reports. Details of any of these payments to former Directors will be set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration as they arise.
Policy on recruitment remuneration
The Committee will set a new Executive Director’s remuneration package in line with the Company’s 
approved policy at the time of appointment. In arriving at a total package and in considering the 
quantum for each element of that package, the Committee will take into account the skills and 
experience of the candidate, the market rate for a candidate of that experience as well as the 
importance of securing the best available candidate. 
Annual bonus and PSP awards will not exceed the policy maxima (not including any arrangements 
to replace forfeited pay). Participation in the annual bonus plan will normally be pro-rated for the 
year of joining. The Committee may make one-off additional cash and/or share-based awards as 
it deems appropriate, and if the circumstances so demand, to take account of pay forfeited by an 
Executive Director on leaving a previous employer. Awards to replace pay forfeited would, where 
possible, reflect the nature of awards forfeited in terms of delivery mechanism (cash or shares), time 
horizons, attributed expected value and performance conditions. Other payments may be made in 
relation to relocation expenses and other incidental expenses as appropriate. Any buyout awards 
would be made under existing arrangements where possible or as permitted under the Listing Rules.
In the case of an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role 
would be allowed to pay out according to its terms and any other ongoing remuneration obligations 
existing prior to appointment would continue.
In line with our remuneration policy, all new Executive Directors will have their pension contribution 
aligned to the rate applying to the majority of the workforce.
For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-Executive Director, the fee arrangement would be set in 
accordance with the approved remuneration policy at that time.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

104
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Service contracts and policy on cessation
Executive Directors’ service contracts contain the following remuneration-related aspects:
Provision
Detailed terms 
Remuneration
•	 Salary, pension and benefits;
•	 Company car or cash allowance;
•	 Private medical health care for the Director;
•	 Permanent health insurance;
•	 Participation in annual bonus and profit share (subject to scheme rules);
•	 Participation in long-term incentive schemes or similar arrangements 
(subject to scheme rules); and
•	 Life assurance.
Notice period
•	 The Chief Executive’s service contract is terminable on 12 months’ 
notice served by either the Company or the Director;
•	 The Chief Financial Officer’s service contract is terminable on 12 months’ 
notice served by the Company or by six months’ notice served by the 
Director; and
•	 Any future Executive Directors’ service contracts will be terminable  
on up to 12 months’ notice served by either party.
Termination payment
•	 Payment in lieu of notice equal to any unexpired notice of termination 
given by either party; and 
•	 Payment in lieu shall not include:
	–
Any bonus payment;
	–
Any payment in respect of benefits which the Director would have 
been entitled to receive; and
	–
Any payment in respect of any holiday entitlement that would have 
accrued during the period for which the payment in lieu is made.
 
Details of the circumstances in which the Committee has the ability  
to exercise discretion with regards to termination payments are set  
out below.
Under their service contracts, if notice is served the Executive Directors are entitled to salary, 
pension contributions and benefits for their notice period save where a payment in lieu is to be 
made. The Company would seek to ensure that any payment is mitigated by use of phased payments 
and offset against earnings elsewhere in the event that an Executive Director finds alternative 
employment during their notice period. There are no contractual provisions in force other than 
those set out above that impact any termination payment. 
Areas where the Committee can exercise discretion with regards to termination payments are set 
out below:
•	 Any right to annual bonus in the year of departure would lapse unless the individual is leaving in 
good-leaver circumstances, in which case a bonus may be payable pro-rated for that part of the 
year worked;
•	 Deferred bonus shares must normally be retained in trust until the end of their two-year holding 
period, but may be released early in exceptional circumstances, such as ill-health;
•	 Any unvested awards held under the PSP will lapse at cessation, unless the individual is leaving 
in good-leaver circumstances (defined under the plan as death, injury, ill-health, disability, 
redundancy, retirement, their office or employment being with either a Company which ceases 
to be a Group member or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a 
person who is not a Group member, a change of control or any other reason the Committee so 
decides). In these circumstances, unvested awards will normally vest at the normal vesting date 
(other than on death or where the Committee decides they should vest at cessation) subject to 
performance conditions being met and scaling back in respect of actual service as a proportion 
of the total vesting period (unless the Committee decides that scaling back is inappropriate). 
Vested awards will normally be subject to the mandatory two-year holding period although the 
Committee will have discretion to waive this in exceptional circumstances; and
•	 The Committee may agree to payment of disbursements such as legal costs and outplacement 
services if appropriate and depending on the circumstances of cessation.
The table below sets out the details of the Executive Directors’ service contracts:
Director
Date of contract
Roisin Currie
1 February 2022
Richard Hutton
7 April 2006
The service contracts are available for inspection during normal business hours at the Company’s 
registered office, and are available for inspection at the AGM.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

105
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Expected value of the proposed annual remuneration package for Executive Directors 
The following charts indicate the level of remuneration payable to Executive Directors in 2025 based 
on policy at minimum remuneration, remuneration in line with ‘on target’ Company performance, and 
the maximum remuneration available.
Chief Executive – Roisin Currie
£3,500,000
£3,000,000
PSP
£2,000,000
£2,500,000
£1,500,000
£1,000,000
£500,000
£0
Bonus
Minimum
100%
£740,849
£1,668,840
£2,596,831
£3,103,008
45%
29%
24%
24%
32%
27%
31%
39%
49%
On target
Stretch
50% 
share price 
appreciation
Fixed 
remuneration 
Minimum
On target
Stretch
50% share price 
appreciation
Fixed remuneration:
– Salary
£674,903
£674,903
£674,903
£674,903
– Pension
£47,243
£47,243
£47,243
£47,243
– Benefits
£18,703
£18,703
£18,703
£18,703
Bonus
–
£421,814
£843,628
£843,628
Performance Share Plan
–
£506,177
£1,012,354
£1,518,531
Total
£740,849
£1,668,840
£2,596,831
£3,103,008
Assumptions used in the charts:
•	 Base salary levels as at 1 January 2025.
•	 Pension at the wider workforce rate (currently 7%).
•	 The value of taxable benefits is based on the cost of supplying the benefits at the agreed level. 
Chief Financial Officer – Richard Hutton
£2,500,000
£2,000,000
PSP
£1,500,000
£1,000,000
£500,000
£0
Bonus
Minimum
100%
£485,681
£1,093,979
£1,702,277
£2,034,075
44%
28%
24%
25%
33%
27%
31%
39%
49%
On target
Stretch
50% 
share price 
appreciation
Fixed 
remuneration 
Minimum
On target
Stretch
50% share price 
appreciation
Fixed remuneration:
– Salary
£442,398
£442,398
£442,398
£442,398
– Pension
£30,968
£30,968
£30,968
£30,968
– Benefits
£12,315
£12,315
£12,315
£12,315
Bonus
–
£276,499
£552,998
£552,998
Performance Share Plan
–
£331,799
£663,598
£995,396
Total
£485,681
£1,093,979
£1,702,277
£2,034,075
Bonus 
Minimum remuneration – assumes no award is earned under the annual bonus plan.
•	 On target remuneration – the annual bonus plan assumes the target level is reached for each  
of the elements, resulting in a payout of 50% of the maximum.
•	 Stretch remuneration – assumes satisfaction of all performance conditions for all elements 
under the annual bonus plan and therefore full payout. 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

106
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
PSP element is calculated as award percentage of base salary multiplied by the relevant vesting 
percentage. Share price movement and dividend accrual have been excluded, other than in the  
50% share price appreciation model.
•	 Minimum remuneration – assumes no vesting is achieved under the PSP.
•	 On target remuneration – assumes 50% vesting is achieved.
•	 Stretch remuneration – assumes 100% vesting is achieved.
Terms of appointment of Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors are appointed subject to the Company’s articles of association, retiring  
and seeking election at the first AGM after appointment. 
Thereafter, every Director will be subject to annual re-election by shareholders. The Nominations 
Committee advises the Board as to whether Directors should be nominated for re-election. Non-
Executive Directors are not entitled to compensation for early termination of their appointments 
prior to the date on which they would next be due to offer themselves for election or re-election,  
or if not reappointed at such time.
The letters of appointment for the Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection during 
normal business hours at the Company’s registered office, and are available for inspection at the 
AGM.
The following table shows the effective date of appointment for each Non-Executive Director:
Non-Executive Director
Original date of appointment
Matt Davies 
2 August 2022
Kate Ferry 
1 June 2019
Mohamed Elsarky
21 June 2021
Lynne Weedall 
17 May 2022
Nigel Mills
7 March 2023
Tamara Rogers 
1 June 2024
Current Non-Executive Directors are appointed on an understanding that the appointment will last 
for at least six years, but without any commitment by either party.
All new Non-Executive Directors are appointed for an initial term of three years unless terminated 
earlier by either party giving to the other party three months’ written notice.
A.	How our remuneration links to strategy and reward across the wider workforce
Link to strategy
Growth drivers
Strategic pillars and key drivers 
of growth
The Greggs 
Pledge
Remuneration at Greggs 
is intended to incentivise 
sustainable and profitable 
business growth. This is 
reflected in key metrics in 
the variable pay incentive 
plans including operating 
profit, like-for-like sales, 
cost savings, EPS and ROCE.
Delivery against the four strategic 
pillars – ‘Great tasting, freshly 
prepared food’, ‘Best customer 
experience’, ‘Competitive supply 
chain’ and ‘First-class support teams’ 
– is incentivised as appropriate by 
strategic metrics in the annual bonus 
scheme, for example, evening sales, 
basket size, digital growth targets and 
key strategic project deliverables.
Our commitment 
to deliver these 
goals is supported 
with the inclusion 
of ESG targets 
in the incentive 
schemes, such as 
carbon reduction 
targets.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

107
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Reward across the wider workforce
The remuneration policy for the Executive Directors is designed having regard to the policy 
for colleagues across the Group as a whole and wider workforce remuneration and related 
policies. There are differences in salary levels and in the levels of potential reward depending 
upon seniority and responsibility, although a key reference point for Executive Director salary 
increases is the average base pay increase across the general workforce. 
We share 10% of our profits annually with our colleagues across the business, and everyone  
is eligible to participate in this profit-sharing scheme after six months’ service.
Share incentive schemes and bonus participation extends below Board level, with a separate 
share option scheme in place for senior management colleagues and a bonus scheme for 
graded management. Both the share option and management bonus schemes are aligned 
to those of the Executive Directors and are subject to the same performance targets and 
measures. A higher proportion of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package is delivered 
through performance-related incentive schemes, much of which is in share-based form, which 
provides a good link to long-term Company performance and the shareholder experience.
All colleagues with three months’ service or more may participate in the sharesave scheme 
(SAYE) (where colleagues can save to purchase shares at the end of a three-year period at a 
20% discount to the price at the date of grant) and in the Share Incentive Plan (SIP) (where 
colleagues can purchase shares from pre-tax salary subject to HMRC limits). These schemes 
are generally offered annually.
For FY2025, we have implemented an increase in matched pension contribution up to 7% which 
means all colleagues, irrelevant of level have the same matched pension contribution levels. 
The pension contribution rate for our Executive Directors is aligned to the contribution rate for 
the majority of our workforce now set at 7% as of January 2025.
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Directors’ remuneration policy is fully compliant with the relevant factors set out in the  
UK Corporate Governance Code:
Clarity
We are open and transparent in our approach to remuneration 
taking into account the experience of our colleagues, 
shareholders and stakeholders. We regularly engage with 
stakeholders on remuneration matters.
Simplicity
Our remuneration policy is simple and consistent in 
its approach. Senior management share option and 
management bonus schemes are aligned to those  
of the Executive Directors and are subject to the same 
performance criteria.
Predictability
Our remuneration policy clearly outlines the details of 
maximum opportunity levels for each component of pay. 
Incentive levels vary depending on the level of performance 
against specific metrics. The typical award levels and 
potential pay-outs are disclosed in the remuneration policy 
and it is demonstrated in each year’s Remuneration Report 
how outcomes are aligned with performance and strategy.
Proportionality, risk and 
alignment to culture
Pay outcomes are dependent upon performance linked to 
our business strategy and growth plans, as well as taking 
into account our wider workforce remuneration and specific 
Greggs culture. This ensures a significant proportion of pay  
is delivered in shares to provide alignment with investors  
and incorporates other best practice features in line with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code and investor guidelines.
The use of annual bonus deferral and PSP holding periods 
provides a clear link to the ongoing performance of the 
business and therefore alignment with shareholders.
The Committee has the discretion to apply malus and 
clawback in both the annual bonus and PSP.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

108
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
B.	Remuneration Committee activity for the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 
Meetings during the year
The Remuneration Committee met three times during the year. Details of the Committee members’ 
attendance are given on page 76. 
All members are considered to be independent for the purpose of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code. The Company Secretary acts as Secretary to the Committee. 
Role and responsibilities 
Responsibility is delegated to the Remuneration Committee to ensure that an effective 
remuneration policy is in place for the Chief Executive, other Executive Directors, the Chair and 
senior management, whilst reviewing and taking into account wider workforce remuneration and 
the Company’s values and culture. It is the Committee’s role to establish a remuneration policy that 
promotes both long-term shareholdings by Executive Directors and ensures alignment of policies 
and practices to support business strategy, promote the long-term sustainable success of the 
business and meet shareholder expectations. 
Summary of Committee activity during 2024
Details of some of the activities the Committee has undertaken have been summarised below: 
•	 Reviewed all colleague remuneration and the 2025 pay award for colleagues;
•	 Discussed and agreed Directors’ and Operating Board salaries for 2025;
•	 Agreed the targets for the 2025 bonus; 
•	 Agreed the targets for the 2025 PSP award; 
•	 Discussed the 2024 bonus outturn and 2022 PSP award vesting in the context of the original 
performance targets set, as well as the wider socio-economic environment and the experience 
of the wider workforce; 
•	 Approved grants under the PSP to Executive Directors and the Operating Board and under the 
share option scheme to senior managers below Executive Director and Operating Board level;
•	 Approved the all-colleague SAYE and SIP schemes for the year ahead; 
•	 Discussed and agreed the fees for the Chair;
•	 Reviewed Executive Directors’ and Operating Board shareholdings in the Company, in the  
context of shareholding guidelines; 
•	 Reviewed and discussed the results of the external Board evaluation (as outlined in the 
Governance Report); and
•	 Attended colleague forums to understand wider workforce views. 
Structure and content of the Remuneration Report 
The Remuneration Report has been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the relevant 
remuneration reporting regulations (the ‘Regulations’). It also meets the requirements of the  
UK Listing Authority’s Listing Rules.
The Regulations also require our auditor to report to shareholders on the audited information within 
this Remuneration Report and to state whether, in their opinion, the relevant sections have been 
prepared in accordance with the Act and the Regulations. The auditor’s opinion is set out on pages 
121 to 127. and we have indicated appropriately the audited sections of this Remuneration Report.
Remuneration advice
The Chief Executive along with Jonathan Jowett (Company Secretary and General Counsel) and 
Emma Walton (People Director) are normally invited to attend Committee meetings in order to 
provide advice and support to the Committee. The Chief Financial Officer attends where required. 
During the year Korn Ferry (which has no other connection to the Company or any individual Director) 
provided remuneration advice to the Committee. Korn Ferry was appointed by the Committee in 
2017 following an informal tender process.
Korn Ferry is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct in relation to executive 
remuneration consulting in the UK. 
The Committee reviewed the operating processes in place at Korn Ferry and is satisfied that the 
advice it receives is objective and independent. Fees paid to Korn Ferry during the year were £25,565. 
AGM voting outcomes
The Directors’ Remuneration Report was the subject of an advisory vote at the 2024 AGM and the 
results are outlined below.
Approve the Remuneration Report
Total number 
of votes
% of 
votes cast
For
74,087,096
97.85%
Against
1,627,737
2.15%
Total votes cast (excluding votes withheld)
75,714,833
100.00%
Votes withheld
15,130
Total votes cast (including votes withheld)
75,729,963
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

109
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Shareholders were asked to approve the remuneration policy at the 2023 AGM and the results are 
outlined below: 
Approve the remuneration policy
Total number 
of votes
% of 
votes cast
For
72,411,666
97.89%
Against
1,564,590
2.11%
Total votes cast (excluding votes withheld)
73,976,256
100.00%
Votes withheld
67,008
Total votes cast (including votes withheld)
74,043,264
C. How our remuneration policy will be implemented in 2025 – Executive Directors 
The section below summarises the implementation of our remuneration policy for 2025.
Base salary 2025
The annual base salaries for the Executive Directors were reviewed with effect from 1 January 2025; 
increases and current salaries are outlined below: 
Director
Salary 
1 January 2024
Salary 
1 January 2025
% increase
Roisin Currie (Chief Executive)
£652,080
£674,903
3.5%
Richard Hutton (Chief Financial Officer)
£427,438
£442,398
3.5%
With over 84% of the workforce receiving a pay increase of 6.1% or more for 2025, and over 85% 
receiving 5.6% or more, the Committee is comfortable the increase for the Executive Directors is 
appropriate, being proportionally lower than the wider workforce while ensuring that salary for the 
Executive Directors does not fall materially behind mid-market levels. 
Pension contribution 2025
We are delighted to confirm that we have further increased the matched pension contribution 
for our wider workforce from 6% to 7% of pay as of January 2025. This ensures our pension 
contributions for all colleagues at Greggs are now aligned irrelevant of role and we continue to 
support our colleagues in saving for their future as any contribution they wish to make up to a 
maximum of 7% will now be matched by Greggs. The pension contributions for the Executive 
Directors are aligned with the rate for the majority of the workforce, accordingly the rate has 
increased to 7% of salary with effect from 1 January 2025. 
The pension contribution rates for 2025 (all of which are cash in lieu) are:
Roisin Currie 
7.0% 
Richard Hutton 
7.0%
Annual bonus 2025
The annual bonus opportunity for 2025 is outlined below: 	
Chief Executive
Maximum opportunity of 125% of base salary. Bonus in excess of 50%  
of maximum will be payable in shares deferred for two years.
Chief Financial Officer
Maximum opportunity of 125% of base salary. Bonus in excess of 50%  
of maximum will be payable in shares deferred for two years.
The annual bonus is based on performance against a range of financial and strategic performance 
measures. This range of metrics measures achievement of the Company’s key operational 
objectives. The Committee reviews the KPIs each year and varies them as appropriate to reflect the 
priorities for the business in the year ahead. Where appropriate a sliding scale of targets is set for 
each KPI to encourage continuous improvement or sustained high performance, with a maximum  
of 10% bonus paid out for threshold performance for the profit and sales elements.
Targets are normally set at the start of the year by the Committee using the outturn and performance in 
the previous year, as well as the business plan, to determine appropriately stretching sliding scales. Bonus 
targets for the forthcoming year are considered to be commercially sensitive. Retrospective disclosure of 
the targets and performance against them will be made in next year’s Annual Report on Remuneration.
The bonus metrics are:
Measure
Profit
Sales
Strategic objectives
Weighting 
50% of total
20% of total
30% of total
Detail and link to 
strategy
Reflects the profit1 of 
the Group (excluding 
exceptional items) before 
tax. This will be based on 
meeting and exceeding 
budget for the year. 
Based on company-
managed shop like-for-
like sales excluding any 
additional shops opened 
during the bonus year.
Outlined below.
1	
The definition of profit within the bonus plan for 2025 onwards will be changed from profit before tax to operating profit. This measure 
of profitability is considered to be a better measure of underlying profitability that the broader management population can influence 
and will be adopted as a KPI from 2025 onwards in place of profit before tax.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

110
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
The strategic objectives for each bonus cycle are based on measures which will provide a strong link 
to strategy and our four key growth drivers. 
For the 2025 bonus there will be five strategic objectives. They are:
•	 10% based on business efficiency/cost savings;
•	 5% based on growth in evening sales;
•	 5% based on growth in basket size;
•	 5% based on digital metrics linked to the Greggs App; and
•	 5% based on the implementation of our SAP IT system upgrade programme Next Generation SAP.
Following a review of performance by the Committee, any payment under the non-profit based 
element of the bonus may be scaled back (potentially to zero) at the discretion of the Committee in 
the event that the profit performance for the year is judged to be running significantly below that 
required for the achievement of the long-term strategy.
PSP award 2025
The Committee has concluded that in the interests of continuity of our normal grant policy and the 
need to maintain an appropriate level of incentivisation, the FY2025 PSP award should be granted 
to the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer at the normal 150% of salary level (which remains 
lower than the limit stated in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy). A provision has been added to the 
award that will require the Committee to review the value of the award on vesting. If, at that time, 
the Committee considers that there has been a windfall gain for Directors, the Committee may scale 
back the number of shares vesting to what it considers to be a more appropriate value. 	
Chief Executive 
150% of base salary 
Chief Financial Officer 
150% of base salary
 
The PSP awards for the Executive Directors are normally granted in the period following the 
announcement of the financial results for the prior year. 
For the awards in FY2025 we will have three performance measures. We will keep both EPS and 
ROCE, equally split at 45% of the award, with an ESG metric comprising the remaining 10% of the 
award. This will be focused on our own Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions out to 2027, ensuring we 
maintain a strategic link to The Greggs Pledge within our PSP award.
With regard to the EPS and ROCE metrics this year, the Committee considered carefully the current 
strategic business plan and business outlook. Across the three-year period of this award, managing 
ROCE will be key as we seek to secure the benefits of the investments being made in the shop estate 
and in our supply chain. As outlined in our financial review, the impact of stepping up our capacity in 
this way is to create additional costs in the short term that are subsequently utilised as we expand 
our operations. These investments will impact the capital employed in the business as well as 
operating costs and financing cash flows.
In the context of this investment phase, for the 2025 awards the target ranges will be as follows:
•	 The EPS performance condition will require average annual growth in EPS over the performance 
period to be between 2% and 5%. This growth range is based on the FY2024 EPS, which was an 
all-time-high level of earnings; 
•	 The ROCE condition will require average ROCE over the performance period to be between 16.1% 
to 18.5%; and
•	 The ESG carbon metric will require a reduction in absolute Scope 1 and 2 CO2 emissions over 
the performance period in line with our net zero target (based on the underpin of no increase in 
absolute emissions at the end of 2027:
	–
25% of the incentive is awarded if absolute Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions are maintained at 
2024 levels (41,710 tCO2e) despite business growth. 
	–
on a sliding scale up to a maximum of;
	–
100% of the incentive is awarded if absolute Scope 1 and 2 CO2e emissions are reduced in line 
with our 2035 net zero target (30,164 tCO2e). 
The Committee is satisfied that the EPS and ROCE target ranges are appropriately stretching and 
are equivalently demanding as the targets set for prior years’ awards. For all three performance 
measures, 25% of an award will vest on achieving threshold performance and thereafter straight-
line sliding scales will apply until stretch performance is achieved. The performance period of this 
award will be 2025 to 2027.
A holding period is attached to vested PSP awards, requiring the vested shares to be held (net of tax 
and other deductions) for a further two years.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

111
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
How our remuneration policy will be implemented in 2025 – Non-Executive Directors
In order to ensure that no Director is involved in deciding their own remuneration, the fees payable 
to Non-Executive Directors are set, after consultation with the Chair, by a Committee of the 
Board consisting only of the Executive Directors. The fees payable to the Chair are set by the 
Remuneration Committee.
The Non-Executive Directors are paid an annual base fee and additional responsibility fees for the 
role of Senior Independent Director (SID), for chairing a Board Committee or for being the Non-
Executive Director with responsibility for colleague engagement. 
These fees are usually reviewed and set annually. The fees were increased by 3.5% on 1 January 2025 
in line with the base salary increase agreed for Executive Directors and similarly the fee for the Chair 
was increased by 3.5% on 1 January 2025. 
Details of the fees being paid to Non-Executive Directors in 2025 are set out below:
Name
Position
Base fee from 
1 January 2025
Annual additional 
fee from 1 January 
2025
Total fee 
2025 
Matt Davies
Board Chair 
£270,394
–
£270,394
Kate Ferry
Chair of the Audit Committee
£59,200
£13,498
£72,698
Mohamed Elsarky
Non-Executive Director with 
responsibility for colleague 
engagement
£59,200
£5,408
£64,608
Lynne Weedall 
Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee 
£59,200
£13,498
£72,698
Nigel Mills
Non-Executive Director and SID
£59,200
£13,498
£72,698
Tamara Rogers
Non-Executive Director 
£59,200
–
£59,200
These fees may be subject to change during the year based on any change in responsibility or time 
commitment or to ensure they remain in line with market rates.
D.	How our remuneration policy was implemented in 2024
Total Executive Director remuneration payable for 2024 (audited) 
The following table presents the remuneration payable for 2024 (showing the equivalent figures  
for 2023) for the Executive Directors. 
Salary 
£
Pension contribution 
(including salary in lieu) 
£
Taxable benefits3 
£
Total fixed 
remuneration 
£
Annual incentives 
(including profit share) 
£
Performance Share 
Plan1 
£
Total variable 
remuneration 
£
Total remuneration 
£
Roisin Currie
2024
652,080
37,912
18,703
708,695
432,003
670,273 1,102,276
1,810,971
2023
624,000
23,747
24,771
672,518
661,785
424,0562
1,085,841 1,758,359
Richard Hutton
2024
427,438
24,434
12,314
464,186
283,178
439,361
722,539
1,186,725
2023
409,032
15,149
12,307
436,488
433,800
577,3582
1,011,158 1,447,646
1	
The values of the PSP award for 2024, due to vest on 28 March 2025 for Richard Hutton and 18 May 2025 for Roisin Currie are based on 
the level of vesting (66.8%) and the average share price over the final three months of the 2024 financial year (£27.88). The amount 
attributable to share price appreciation is £148,981 for Roisin Currie and £45,486 for Richard Hutton. Figures will be trued up in the 2025 
Report to reflect the share price at the vesting date. 
2	
For the 2023 PSP award the value last year was based on the average share price over the three months prior to the 2023 year end 
(£24.62). The value has now been updated for the actual price on vesting on 6 April 2024 of £27.62, together with the updated total 
remuneration figures. The values were increased by £46,031 for Roisin Currie and £62,672 for Richard Hutton.
3 	
Taxable benefits relate to cash-in-lieu of a company car, private medical health care and travel expenses paid.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

112
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Fees for Non-Executive Directors (audited)
The fees for Non-Executive Directors were as follows: 
2024
2023
Matt Davies
£261,250
£250,000
Kate Ferry
£70,240
£67,215
Mohamed Elsarky
£62,423
£57,826
Lynne Weedall
£70,240
£67,215
Nigel Mills
£70,240
£52,443
Tamara Rogers1
£33,366
–
Helena Ganczakowski2
–
£20,823
Sandra Turner2
–
£25,946
1	
Tamara Rogers joined the Board on 1 June 2024.
2 	
Helena Ganczakowski and Sandra Turner retired from the Board on 17 May 2023.
Annual bonus 2024 (audited)
The table below outlines the bonus performance conditions in respect of the 2024 bonus scheme.
Measure
Strategic objective
Weighting
Entry
Target
Stretch
Actual
% 
Profit (£)
To deliver target 
profit before 
tax (excluding 
exceptional items 
and property profits)
50%
£176.3m £185.3m £194.3m £189.5m1
36.7% 
Sales (%)
Like-for-like sales 
performance
20%
8.1% 
9.1% 
10.1%
5.5% 
0.0% 
Strategic (£) Cost savings
10%
£3.0m
£5.0m 
£7.0m 
£10.6m
10.0%
Strategic 
(£m)
Evening sales
5%
£171.9m
£191.9m
£211.9m
£161.5m
0.0%
Strategic 
Increase in  
delivery sales
5%
£131.2m
£146.2m
£161.2m
£121.2m
0.0%
Strategic
Increase unsold 
food redistribution2
5%
45%
50%
45.1%
1.3%
Strategic
Increase in digital 
transactions2
5%
16.0%
19.0%
19.9%
5.0%
Total weighting based  
on balanced scorecard
100%
53.0%
1 	
The actual result is calculated as profit before tax of £189.8m (see page 128) less property profits of £0.3m. 
2	
Further details on these strategic targets are set out below.
Increase food redistribution (5%)
Metric
Maximum 5%
Distribute an increased 
percentage of unsold 
food ahead of the 2023 
end of year actual of 
42.0% 
7% increase in 
amount of unsold food 
redistributed year-
on-year (increase to 
45.0%)
sliding scale to…
19% increase in 
amount of unsold food 
redistributed year-
on-year (increase to 
50.0%)
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

113
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Increase in digital transactions (5%)
Metric
Maximum 5%
Increase % of average 
transactions involving 
a Greggs App Rewards 
scan or Click + 
Collect order across 
the full year 2024 
(31 December 2023 to 
28 December 2024) 
ahead of year end 2023 
figure of 15%
One percentage  
point increase in 
average transactions 
across the year 
(increase to 16%)
sliding scale to…
Four percentage  
point increase in 
average transactions 
across the year 
(increase to 19%)
Bonus achieved for 2024
As % of maximum
Roisin Currie
53.0%
Richard Hutton
53.0% 
In line with the remuneration policy, the proportion of the bonus in excess of 50% of the maximum 
(pro rata) will be payable in shares, deferred for two years.
Details of the shares awarded in 2024 for the 2023 bonus year are outlined below. These were awarded 
on 25 March 2024 and will be released on 25 March 2026.
Number of shares 
awarded
Roisin Currie
5,195 
Richard Hutton
3,405
Performance Share Plan award for performance in 2022 to 2024 (audited)
The PSP award granted in 2022 measured two performance targets to be achieved by the end of 
2024. The performance targets that were set, together with the performance achieved are set out  
in the table below. 
Metric
Condition
Threshold target
Stretch target
Actual
% vesting 
EPS (50%)
Average annual 
growth in EPS over 
the performance 
period 
3.0%
(12.5% vesting)
8.0%
(50% vesting)
6.57%
39.3%
ROCE (50%)
Average ROCE over 
the performance 
period
19.6%
(12.5% vesting)
22.6%
(50% vesting)
20.8%
27.5%
Total vesting
66.8%
The Committee considered the vesting outcome in the context of overall Company performance, 
the shareholder experience and the wider stakeholder experience over the performance period.  
The Committee was satisfied that the vesting outcome was an appropriate reflection of wider 
business performance and the experience of all stakeholders (including shareholders). Accordingly, 
the Committee did not exercise any discretion to reduce the level of vesting.
The table below sets out the number of shares which will vest for each Executive Director under the 
2022 PSP award. All awards were granted as nil-cost options.
Executive Director
Date of grant
Date of vesting
Number 
of shares 
awarded
Vesting %
Number 
of shares 
vesting
Expected 
total vesting1
Roisin Currie – 
performance 
measured PSP
18 May 2022
18 May 2025
36,014
66.8%
24,045
£670,273
Richard Hutton 
– performance 
measured PSP
28 March 2022 28 March 2025
23,607
66.8%
15,761
£439,361
1	
Calculated using average share price over the final three months of the 2024 financial year (£27.88).
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

114
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Performance Share Plan awards granted in 2024 (audited)
Performance Share Plan awards granted during 2024 are as follows:
Executive
Type of award
Basis of award 
granted
Share price  
and date of 
grant
Number of 
shares over 
which award 
was granted
Face value  
of award
Percentage 
of face value 
that would vest 
at threshold 
performance
Vesting 
performance 
measurement 
period
Roisin Currie
Nil-cost 
options
150% of 
salary
£27.74 
(25 March 
2024)
35,260
£978,112
25%
Financial 
year 2026
Richard Hutton
150% of 
salary
£27.74 
(25 March 
2024)
23,113
£641,155
For the 2024 grant there are three independent performance targets applying to the awards.
Two of the performance targets each account for 45% of the award and one performance target 
accounts for 10% of the award:
•	 45% is subject to a performance target based on the Company’s average annual growth in EPS 
over a performance period of three financial years commencing with the financial year 2024 
being between 5% and 10%. 
•	 45% is subject to a performance target based on the Company’s average ROCE over a 
performance period of three financial years commencing with the financial year 2024 to be in the 
range 18.4% to 20.8%.
•	 10% of the award is subject to Greggs using it commercial leverage with its supply chain to drive 
measurement and public reporting by suppliers of their carbon footprints and declare a public 
commitment to achieving net zero no later than 2050 (the current UK Government legislative net 
zero date).
For each metric, 25% of the award will vest on achieving threshold performance and thereafter 
straight-line sliding scales will apply until stretch performance is achieved. A holding period will 
apply to vested PSP awards requiring the vested shares to be held (net of tax) for a further two years.
Outstanding share awards (audited)
The following table sets out details of the PSP and savings-related share options held by, 
or granted to, the Executive Directors who served during the year:
At 31 December 2023 
number
Granted  
number
Exercised  
number
Lapsed  
number
At 28 December 2024 
number
Exercise price
Date of grant
Market price of each 
share at date of grant
Date from which 
exercisable
Expiry date
Scheme
Roisin 
Currie
5,902
–
5,9021
–
–
£nil
Apr 19
£18.30 Apr 22 Apr 29
PSP
11,514
–
11,5141
–
–
£nil Oct 20
£14.07 Oct 23 Oct 30
PSP
5,687
–
5,6871
–
–
£nil
Apr 21 £22.72 Apr 24
Apr 31
Restricted 
stock 
option3
9,668
–
9,6681
–
–
£nil
Apr 21 £22.72 Apr 24
Apr 31
PSP
36,014
–
–
–
36,014
£nil May 22
£21.68 May 25 May 32
PSP
33,669
–
–
–
33,669
£nil May 23 £27.62 May 26 May 33
PSP
– 35,260
–
–
35,260
£nil Mar 24 £27.74 Mar 27 Mar 34
PSP
75
–
752
–
–
£16.72
Apr 21
Jun 24 Nov 24
SAYE
91
–
–
–
91
£19.68 Apr 22
Jun 25 Nov 25
SAYE
94
–
–
–
94
£21.06 May 23
Jun 26 Nov 26
SAYE
–
95
–
–
95 £22.50 May 24
Jun 27 Nov 27
SAYE
102,714 35,355
32,846
105,223
Richard 
Hutton
17,268
–
17,2684
–
–
£nil Oct 20
£14.07 Oct 23 Oct 30
PSP
20,906
– 20,9064
–
–
£nil
Apr 21 £22.72 Apr 24
Apr 31
PSP
23,607
–
–
–
23,607
£nil Mar 22
£21.68 Mar 25 Mar 32
PSP
22,070
–
–
22,070
£nil May 23 £27.62 May 26 May 33
PSP
–
23,113
–
–
23,113
£nil Mar 24 £27.74 Mar 27 Mar 34
PSP
75
–
755
–
–
£16.72
Apr 21
Jun 24 Nov 24
SAYE
91
–
–
–
91
£19.68 Apr 22
Jun 25 Nov 25
SAYE
94
–
–
–
94
£21.06 May 23
Jun 26 Nov 26
SAYE
–
95
–
–
95 £22.50 May 24
Jun 27 Nov 27
SAYE
84,111 23,208
38,249
-
69,070
1 	
The market value on the date of exercise was £27.14 and the resultant gain on exercise was £889,528.	
2	
The market value on the date of exercise was £28.42 and the resultant gain on exercise was £878.
3	
The restricted stock option was granted in April 2021 prior to Roisin Currie’s appointment to the Board.
4	
 The market value on the date of exercise was £27.42 and the resultant gain on exercise was £1,046,720.
5	
The market value on the date of exercise was £29.40 and the resultant gain on exercise was £951.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

115
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Options granted under the all-colleague SAYE scheme are not subject to performance conditions. 
All PSP options are subject to performance conditions as detailed elsewhere in this Report.
The mid-market price of ordinary shares in the Company as at 28 December 2024 was £27.60.  
The highest and lowest mid-market prices of ordinary shares during the financial year were  
£31.90 and £24.38 respectively.
Legacy defined benefit pension scheme (audited)
The following table sets out the change in each Director’s accrued pension in the Company’s defined 
benefit pension scheme during the year and their accrued benefits in the scheme at the year end: 
Executive Director
Date of birth
Date service 
commenced
Accrued 
annual 
pension 
entitlement 
as at 
31 December 
20231 
£
Accrued 
annual 
pension 
entitlement 
as at 
28 December 
2024 
£
Increase 
in accrued 
pension 
entitlement 
for the year 
£
Increase 
in accrued 
pension 
entitlement 
for the 
year net of 
inflation of 
1.571%2 
£
Transfer 
value of 
increase 
in accrued 
pension 
entitlement 
for the year 
£
Richard Hutton
3/6/68
1/1/98
27,283
29,099
– 
– 
–
1	
The pension entitlement shown is that which would be paid annually on retirement based on service to the end of the year, but 
excluding any statutory increases which would be due after the year end.
2	
The inflation rate of 1.571% shown in the table above is that published by the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions in accordance 
with Schedule 3 of the Pensions Schemes Act 1993.
Cash equivalent 
transfer value as 
at 30 December 
2023 
£
Cash equivalent 
transfer value as 
at 28 December 
2024 
£
Increase in the 
cash equivalent 
transfer value 
since 31 December 
2023 
£
Richard Hutton
392,930
440,415
– 
Cash equivalent transfer values have been calculated in accordance with Actuaries Guidance Note GN11 and the increase is stated net of 
contributions made by the Director. The transfer values disclosed above do not represent a sum paid or payable to the individual Director. 
Instead they represent a potential liability of the pension scheme.
The main features of the defined benefit pension scheme are:
•	 Pension at normal retirement age of 1/60th of member’s final pensionable salary for each complete year and a proportionate amount  
for each additional complete month of service from the date of joining the scheme until 5 April 2008 when the scheme was closed to 
future accrual; 
•	 Choice of giving up part of the pension in exchange for a tax-free cash sum subject to a limit of 25% of the total value of the member’s 
benefits under the scheme;
•	 Pension payable in the event of ill health;
•	 Spouse’s pension on death; and
•	 Normal retirement at age 65.
Chief Executive pay compared to performance
The graph below shows a comparison of the total shareholder return for the Company’s shares for 
each of the last ten financial years against the total shareholder return for the companies comprised 
in the FTSE 250 Index (excluding Investment Trusts).
This index has been chosen for this comparison because it includes companies of broadly similar 
size to the Company.
Total shareholder return (£)
 
Greggs
3 Dec 
2015
2 Jan
2016
31 Dec
2016
30 Dec 
2017
1 Jan 
2022
2 Jan 
2021
29 Dec 
2018
28 Dec 
2019
28 Dec 
2024
30 Dec 
2023
31 Dec
2022
0
600
500
400
200
300
100
FTSE 250 Index (excluding Investment Trusts) 
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

116
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Remuneration outcomes for Chief Executive over last ten years
The table below shows the total remuneration figure for the Chief Executive over the same ten-year period as the graph above. The total remuneration figure includes the annual bonus, pension and PSP/
option awards which vested based on performance in those years.
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022 
Roger Whiteside
2022 
Roisin Currie1
2023
2024
Total remuneration
£2,473,695
£2,147,229
£1,689,265 
£1,737,953
£2,540,966
£649,319
£1,839,679
£1,064,204
£1,238,214
£1,758,359
£1,810,971
Bonus (% of max potential)
93.7%
86.7%
64.3%
59.2%
97.7%
0.0%
99.7%
75.4%
75.4%
84.8%
53.0%
PSP/options  
(% max potential)
100%
100%
100%
80.2%
100%
0.0%
50%
75%
75%
100%
66.8%
1 	
Reflects pay in the Chief Executive role during 2022.
Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited)
Details of the shareholdings of each Executive Director and their connected persons as at 
28 December 2024 and their interests in shares are detailed below with the percentage holding 
calculated using the share price at that date. As stated in the Directors’ remuneration policy, 
Executive Directors are required to build a shareholding equivalent in value to 200% of basic salary. 
Director
Beneficially 
owned at 
28 December 
2024
Beneficially 
owned at 
30 December 
2023
Outstanding 
PSP awards 
(nil cost 
options)
Vested PSP 
awards not 
exercised
Outstanding 
SAYE awards
% 
shareholding 
achieved at 
28 December 
20242
Roisin Currie
29,424
6,703
104,943
–
280
124.5
Richard Hutton
62,105
103,456
68,790
–
280
401.0
Kate Ferry
562
562
–
–
–
n/a
Mohamed Elsarky
–
–
–
–
–
n/a
Lynne Weedall
1,000
1,000
–
–
–
n/a
Matt Davies
2,000
2,000
–
–
–
n/a
Nigel Mills
–
–
–
–
–
n/a
Tamara Rogers1
–
–
–
–
–
n/a
1	
Tamara Rogers was appointed to the Board on 1 June 2024.
2	
Percentage shareholding is calculated taking into account the value of beneficially owned shares and the net of tax value of vested 
PSP awards not exercised.
There have been no changes since 28 December 2024 in the Directors’ interests noted above. 
Further details of outstanding share awards are given on page 114.
External directorships
Executive Directors may take up one Non-Executive Directorship outside of the Company subject 
to the Board’s approval and provided that such an appointment is not likely to lead to a conflict of 
interest. It is recognised that this can support a Director’s development and enhance experience 
as well as benefit the Company. Executive Directors will be entitled to retain the fees of such an 
appointment. Roisin Currie was appointed as Non-Executive Director of Howden Joinery Group Plc 
in July 2024.
Relative importance of spend on pay 
The Committee is aware of the importance of pay across the business and the table below shows 
the expenditure and percentage change in the overall spend on all colleague costs compared to 
other key financial indicators.
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
% increase/
(decrease)
All colleague costs
686.6
593.1
15.8% 
Dividends1
106.8
60.8
(75.7%)
1	
2024 dividends include a special dividend of 40.0p.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

117
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Percentage change in remuneration of all Directors 
The table below sets out the percentage change in remuneration for all Directors (Executive and Non-Executive) compared to the wider workforce. 
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
Salary
% change
Benefits
% change
Bonus
% change
Salary
% change
Benefits
% change
Bonus
% change
Salary
% change
Benefits
% change
Bonus
% change
Salary
% change
Benefits
% change
Bonus
% change
Salary1
% change
Benefits
% change
Bonus
% change
Roisin Currie
4.5%
(24.5%)
(34.7%)
4.0%
32.4%
50.1%
n/a2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Richard Hutton
4.5%
(0.1%)
(34.7%)
4.0%
1.7%
17.0%
3.5%
27.4%
(2.2%)
21.6%
(9.0%)
100.0%
(3.3%)
(13.6%)
(100.0%)
Matt Davies
4.5%
n/a
n/a
0.0% 
n/a
n/a
n/a2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Kate Ferry
4.5%
n/a
n/a
4.6%
n/a
n/a
5.3%
n/a
n/a
10.9%
n/a
n/a
(8.3%)
n/a
n/a
Lynne Weedall
4.5%3
n/a
n/a
4.6%
n/a
n/a
n/a2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Mohamed 
Elsarky
12.8%
n/a
n/a
9.9%8
n/a
n/a
3.5%
n/a
n/a
n/a5
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Nigel Mills
4.9%3
n/a
n/a
n/a7
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Tamara Rogers
n/a9
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
All colleagues
15.8%5
(12.1%)
(31.8 %) 6
9.4%5
(15.8%)
9.4%6
5.8%
(15.8%)
(24.3%)
1.9%
(1.2%)
100%
4.1%
3.2%
(100%)
1 	
For the period of 1 April 2020 to 31 August 2020 the salaries of the Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors were voluntarily 
reduced by 20%.
2	
Roisin Currie, Matt Davies and Lynne Weedall were appointed during 2022 and therefore no annual change is shown.
3 	
In order to provide a meaningful comparison where a Director was appointed or retired during the year, the percentage change figures 
have been calculated on a full-year equivalent value.
4 	
Mohamed Elsarky was appointed during 2021 and therefore no annual change is shown.
5 	
For the purpose of salary the wider workforce is defined as all colleagues.
6 	
For the purpose of bonus the wider workforce is defined as management colleagues who are entitled to receive a bonus. 
7	
Nigel Mills was appointed during 2023 and therefore no annual change is shown.
8	
Mohamed Elsarky was appointed as Non-Executive Director responsible for colleague engagement during 2023 and therefore received 
an additional payment for this role for part of the year.
9	
Tamara Rogers was appointed during 2024 and therefore no annual charge is shown.
Chief Executive pay ratio reporting 
The adjacent tables outline the ratio of the Chief Executive’s single figure of total remuneration for 
2024 expressed as a multiple of total remuneration for UK colleagues. 
The three ratios are calculated by reference to the colleagues at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile. 
We additionally disclose the total pay and benefits and base salary of the colleagues used to 
calculate the ratios.
In time, the table below will build to represent ten years of data:
Financial year
Method
25th percentile 
pay ratio
Median 
pay ratio
75th percentile 
pay ratio
2024
Option B
69:1
68:1
63:1
2023
Option B
69:1
64:1
61:1
2022
Option B
90:1
84:1
80:1
2021
Option B
99:1
98:1
68:1
2020
Option B
30:1
30:1
28:1
2019
Option B
132:1
126:1
108:1
The 25th, median and 75th percentile data were calculated as at 4 February 2025. Full-year pay data 
for the 2024 financial year has been used to calculate the ratios.
Disclosure of colleague data used to calculate the ratios
25th percentile 
Median 
75th percentile 
Total pay and benefits
£26,300
£26,669
£28,887
Base salary
£25,012
£25,358
£26,665
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

118
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
The following adjustments have been made in order to calculate the figures above:
•	 We have used the assumption of a 40-hour week in order to calculate the hourly rate for the  
Chief Executive from the single total remuneration figure. 
•	 As the hours our colleagues work vary week-to-week we have converted their hourly rate of pay 
into the equivalent 40-hour week in order that this is directly comparable with the hourly rate for 
the Chief Executive. 
•	 For the 2022 figure for the Chief Executive we used a combined calculation for Roisin Currie and 
Roger Whiteside, based on the number of days each served as Chief Executive in 2022.
Of the three options set out in the legislation for calculating the Chief Executive pay ratio, we are 
using Option B – which uses Gender Pay Gap (GPG) data – to calculate the pay ratio. We believe the 
steady nature of our workforce ensures that the representative group remains the same as those 
individuals who are identified through the GPG reporting process. The individuals represented at the 
25th, median and 75th percentile are all colleagues within our front line retail and supply operations. 
The nature of our workforce and demographics are such that we have over 95% of our colleagues 
working in our front-line operations – be that in retail or in our supply chain. 
Our pay reflects the key markets in which we operate and we also support our colleagues with 
additional benefits such as profit share, paid breaks, colleague discount and discounted SAYE 
participation. As previously outlined in this Report, a key focus continues to be workforce fairness 
and the pay arrangements and support provided to our colleagues across the business. Our people 
are what makes our business successful and protecting our culture alongside our shareholders’  
and wider stakeholders’ interests remains our priority. 
We have once again reviewed carefully the approach taken with the wider workforce when 
considering the approach to salary for the Executive Directors for the year ahead. As noted earlier 
in the Remuneration Report, we implemented a tiered pay award providing a great percentage 
increase to support our colleagues on our lower rates of pay who have less disposable income.  
Over 84% of our workforce received a pay increase of 6.1% or more and over 85% received 5.6%  
or more. Our graded management teams were awarded the base increase of 3.5%. 
As in previous years, the Committee reviewed the pay award of both the Executive Directors and 
Operating Board and agreed that the awards should again be proportionally lower than the general 
increases across the wider workforce and this was set at 3.5%.
As well as the pay increase, from January 2025 we further increased the pension provision for our 
wider workforce, allowing our colleagues to increase their pension contributions up to 7% with 
matched contributions. This now aligns the pension offering for all colleagues across Greggs. 
We also increased our colleague discount offering by 10%. Colleague discount is offered to all 
colleagues from day one and is open to an additional card holder after 12 months service. 
As such and as required in the regulations, we confirm our belief that the median pay ratio for  
the year is consistent with the Company’s wider pay, reward and progression policies affecting  
our colleagues.
This Report was approved by the Board on 4 March 2025,
Signed on behalf of the Board.
Lynne Weedall
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
4 March 2025
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

119
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ 
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ 
RESPONSIBILITIES
RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ 
Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
and the Accounts in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and 
Parent Company accounts for each financial year. The Directors 
have elected under company law and are required under the 
Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority to prepare the 
Group accounts in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards. The Directors have elected under 
company law to prepare the Company accounts in accordance 
with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards.
The Group and Parent Company accounts are required by law 
and UK-adopted International Accounting Standards to present 
fairly the financial position of the Group and the Parent Company 
and the financial performance of the Group; the Companies Act 
2006 provides in relation to such accounts that references in the 
relevant part of that Act to accounts giving a true and fair view 
are references to their achieving a fair presentation.
Under company law the Directors must not approve the accounts 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the 
state of affairs of the Group and the Parent Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Group for that period. 
In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company accounts, 
the Directors are required to:
a.	 Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 
consistently;
b.	 Make judgements and accounting estimates that are 
reasonable and prudent;
c.	 State whether they have been prepared in accordance with 
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards; and
d.	 Prepare the accounts on the going concern basis unless 
	
it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the Parent 
Company will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and 
the Parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and the 
Parent Company and enable them to ensure that the Accounts 
and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Group and the Parent Company and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities.

120
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Directors’ Statement pursuant to the Disclosure  
and Transparency Rules
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed  
in the Directors’ Report confirm that, to the best of each  
person’s knowledge:
a.	 The accounts, prepared in accordance with the applicable 
set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of the Parent 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole; and
b.	 The Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report contained in 
the Annual Report include a fair review of the development 
and performance of the business and the position of the 
Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that they face.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the corporate and financial information included on the  
Greggs plc website.
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation  
and dissemination of accounts may differ from legislation  
in other jurisdictions.
Roisin Currie	
	
Richard Hutton
Chief Executive	
	
Chief Financial Officer
4 March 2025	
	
4 March 2025
 
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES CONTINUED

121
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF GREGGS PLC
Opinion
We have audited the financial statements of Greggs plc (the ‘parent company’) and its subsidiaries 
(the ‘group’) for the 52 week period ended 28 December 2024 which comprise the Consolidated 
Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, Balance Sheets, 
Statements of Changes in Equity, Statements of Cash Flows and notes to the financial statements, 
including significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework that has been applied 
in the preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of 
the parent company financial statements is applicable law and UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion: 
•	 the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent 
company’s affairs as at 28 December 2024 and of the group’s profit for the 52 weeks then ended; 
•	 the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards;
•	 the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted International Accounting Standards and as applied in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and 
applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We are independent 
of the group and parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to 
our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC’s) 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters
Group & Parent Company
•	 Valuation of Lease Liabilities 
•	 Accounting for Pension Buy In Transaction
Materiality
Group 
•	 Overall materiality: £9.25 million (2023: £8.20 million) 
•	 Performance materiality: £6.94 million (2023: £6.15 million) 
Parent Company 
•	 Overall materiality: £9.00 million (2023: £8.00 million) 
•	 Performance materiality: £6.75 million (2023: £6.00 million) 
Scope
Our audit procedures covered 100% of revenue, total assets and 
profit before tax. 
Key audit matters
In our audit of the group and parent company financial statements of the current period and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on the overall audit strategy, 
the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the group and parent company financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. 

122
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Valuation of Lease Liabilities 
Key audit matter  
description
Refer to page 90 – Audit Committee Report 
Refer to page 136 – Basis of preparation (Key estimates and judgements) 
Refer to page 153 and 154 – Note 11, Leases 
Lease Liability – £415.1 million (2023: £319.6 million) 
 
The group occupies and manages approximately 2,000 shops, the majority of which are leased. In addition, during the current financial period the group entered into  
a material lease for a new supply site in Derby. As such the application of IFRS 16 is considered to give rise to a significant risk of material misstatement. IFRS 16 involves  
a significant element of judgement and estimation derived from a number of key assumptions. We consider the most significant assumptions affecting the valuation  
of lease liabilities to be: 
•	 the lease term assumed in determining the lease liability (particularly in respect of circumstances where the group remains in occupation using rights from the  
Landlord and Tenant Act 1954); and 
•	 the discount rate applied to calculate the lease liability.
 
Changes to the assumptions included above are likely to have a material impact on the valuation of lease liabilities and given the value of lease liabilities in comparison to 
group materiality, we consider this area to represent a significant audit risk. Given the economic uncertainty and changing needs of the business in terms of shop size and 
location, judgements made in respect of lease term may need to be revisited. 
How the matter was 
addressed in the audit
Our audit work relating to lease liabilities included: 
1.	 Testing the accuracy and completeness of the underlying data/leases used in the application of IFRS 16. 
2.	 Critically assessing the key assumptions utilised by management, including the lease term and discount rate. 
3.	 Testing that the calculations made were accurate through reperformance. 
4.	 Assessing treatment of related balances including; lease incentives, dilapidations and rent accruals/prepayments.
5.	 Assessing the application of and accounting for changes throughout the year including the treatment of new leases, modifications to leases, the unwinding of interest 
and capital payments in respect of lease liabilities. 
6.	 Review disclosures relating to lease liabilities to ensure they are in accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework.
Key observations
Our audit work in respect of the valuation of lease liabilities concluded that we did not identify any material misstatements and the disclosures management have made  
are appropriate. 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF GREGGS PLC CONTINUED

123
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Accounting for Pension Buy In Transaction
Key audit matter  
description
Refer to page 90 – Audit Committee Report 
Refer to page 136 – Basis of preparation (Key estimates and judgements) 
Refer to pages 162 - 165 – Note 21, Employee benefits – Pensions
Net remeasurement losses on defined benefit pension plans – £11.9 million (2023: £nil)
During the period the group made a special contribution of £4.5 million to its defined benefit pension scheme which helped facilitate the purchase of a bulk annuity policy 
which provides monthly payments to the scheme to cover the anticipated payments to be made to pensioners (“Buy In”). 
There is currently no formal obligation to “Buy-out” the policy, which would be considered a transfer of responsibility to a third-party for future pension payments. A schedule 
of contributions have been agreed, however current information shows these are anticipated to be immaterial. 
There is judgement involved in determining whether this transaction should be accounted for as a scheme settlement which would result in the assets and liabilities of 
the scheme no longer being recognised on the parent company and group balance sheets and in the loss resulting from the pension Buy In being recognised in the Income 
Statement. If the transaction was considered not to represent a settlement of the scheme then the loss would be recognised in Other Comprehensive Income. Given the 
unusual nature of the transaction the level of senior audit resource, technical specialist and actuarial experts involved in the audit work and judgement involved and the 
potential impact on the Income Statement the accounting for this transaction was considered to result in a significant risk of material misstatement. 
How the matter was 
addressed in the audit
Our audit work relating to the Buy-In transaction included: 
1.	 Obtaining and reviewing management’s assessment of the transaction, including key documents such as legal agreements, schedule of contributions, minutes for key 
meetings and key project documents. 
2.	 With assistance from our in-house technical specialists, we critically challenging the judgement that the transaction should not be accounted for as a settlement of the scheme 
and therefore that the loss arising as a result of the Buy In transaction should not be recognised within the Income Statement, but within Other Comprehensive Income.
3.	 Engaging with our auditors actuarial expert to review the calculations of the loss arising from the Buy In transaction. 
4.	 Review of the disclosures around the transactions, assessing they are consistent with the underlying supporting information and adequately explain the judgement. 
Key observations
Our audit work in respect of the accounting for the Buy-In transactions concluded that we did not identify any material misstatements and the disclosures management have 
made are appropriate.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF GREGGS PLC CONTINUED

124
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
An overview of the scope of our audit 
The group consists of the parent Company and nine subsidiaries all of which are dormant or non-
trading. The group audit team audited the only significant component being the parent Company.  
In doing so the coverage achieved by our audit procedures was 100% of group revenue, total assets 
and profit before tax. 
The impact of climate change on the audit
In planning our audit, we considered the potential impact of the possible risks arising from 
climate change on the group’s and the parent company’s financial statements and obtained an 
understanding of how management identifies and responds to climate-related risks. Further 
information on management’s risk assessment, progress and commitments is provided in the 
group’s climate-related risk disclosures on pages 50 to 58 of the annual report. 
We performed risk assessment procedures including making enquiries of management, reading 
board minutes and applying our knowledge of the group and the parent company and the sector 
within which it operates, to assess the potential impact on the financial statements.
Taking account of the nature of the business, the extent of the headroom in impairment testing to 
reasonably possible changes in future cashflows, and useful economic lives of tangible/intangible 
assets to changing regulation, weather patterns or business activities, we have not assessed 
climate-related risk to be significant to our audit. There was also no impact on our key audit matters.
In accordance with our obligations with regards to other information, we have read the Group’s climate-
related risk disclosures on pages 50 to 58 of the annual report and in doing so have considered whether 
those disclosures are materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained 
during the course of the audit, or otherwise appear to be materially misstated. 
We have not been engaged to provide assurance over the accuracy of the climate-related risk 
disclosures set out on pages 50 to 58 in the Annual Report.
Conclusions relating to going concern 
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern 
basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our evaluation of 
the directors’ assessment of the group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting included:
1.	 Assess the forward-looking assumptions used by management in their assessment of going concern. 
2.	 Corroborate to supporting evidence provided by the management key assumptions including 
financing arrangements in place. 
3.	 Challenge management’s assumptions including performing downside sensitivities in respect  
of key assumptions. 
4.	 Consider the adequacy of management’s scenario analysis and contingency plans. 
5.	 Check the integrity and mechanism of the forecast model provided by management,  
using specialists where we consider it to be necessary. 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF GREGGS PLC CONTINUED
Our application of materiality
When establishing our overall audit strategy, we set certain thresholds which help us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures. When evaluating whether the effects of 
misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as a whole, could reasonably influence the economic decisions of the users we take into account the qualitative nature and the size  
of the misstatements. Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality as follows:
Group
Parent company
Overall materiality 
£9.25 million (2023: £8.2 million) 
£9.00 million (2023: £8.0 million) 
Basis for determining overall materiality 4.9% (2023: 4.9%) of profit before tax before excluding exceptional items 
4.7% (2023: 4.7%) of profit before tax before excluding exceptional items 
Rationale for benchmark applied 
Profit before tax is the primary measure used by the shareholders in assessing 
the performance of the group and is a generally accepted auditing benchmark 
Profit before tax is the primary measure used by the shareholders in assessing 
the performance of the group and is a generally accepted auditing benchmark 
Performance materiality 
£6.94 million (2023: £6.15 million) 
£6.75 million (2023: £6.00 million) 
Basis for determining  
performance materiality 
75% of overall materiality 
75% of overall materiality 
Reporting of misstatements  
to the Audit Committee 
Misstatements in excess of £462,000 (2023: £410,000) and misstatements below 
that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
Misstatements in excess of £450,000 (2023: £400,000) and misstatements below 
that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
The materiality for the audit, was reassessed to reflect the actual results for the period-end. This did not result in any change in the original materiality.

125
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
6.	 Obtain evidence the budgets and forecasts have been authorised by the board. 
7.	 Assess the historical forecasting accuracy. 
8.	 Recalculating management’s covenant calculations for the current year (if relevant) and forecast 
period to assess if there is a risk of non-compliance. 
9.	 Evaluating the adequacy of going concern related disclosures in the financial statements. 
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to 
events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group’s or the 
parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve months from 
when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In relation to the group’s and parent company’s reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ 
statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are 
described in the relevant sections of this report.
Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report other than the 
financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other 
information contained within the annual report. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our report,  
we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other 
information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the course of the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material 
inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this 
gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work 
we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information,  
we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	 the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	 the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements.
Matters on which we are required to report by exception
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and the parent company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in 
the Strategic Report or the Directors’ Report.
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate  
for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
•	 the parent company financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report  
to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or
•	 certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 
Corporate governance statement 
We have reviewed the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and 
that part of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with 
the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following 
elements of the Corporate Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
•	 Directors’ statement with regards the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis  
of accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on pages 79 and 80;
•	 Directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s prospects, the period this 
assessment covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 71;
•	 Directors’ statement on whether it has a reasonable expectation that the group will be able  
to continue in operation and meets its liabilities set out on page 80;
•	 Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on pages 79 and 80;
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF GREGGS PLC CONTINUED

126
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
•	 Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal 
risks set out on page 66;
•	 Section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and 
internal control systems set out on pages 92 and 93; and
•	 Section describing the work of the audit committee set out on pages 88 to 94.
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement set out on pages 119 and 120 the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements and for being satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the 
parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to 
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a 
whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not 
a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered 
material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
The extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. The objectives of our 
audit are to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding compliance with laws and 
regulations that have a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in 
the financial statements, to perform audit procedures to help identify instances of non-compliance 
with other laws and regulations that may have a material effect on the financial statements, and 
to respond appropriately to identified or suspected non-compliance with laws and regulations 
identified during the audit. 
In relation to fraud, the objectives of our audit are to identify and assess the risk of material 
misstatement of the financial statements due to fraud, to obtain sufficient appropriate audit 
evidence regarding the assessed risks of material misstatement due to fraud through designing  
and implementing appropriate responses and to respond appropriately to fraud or suspected  
fraud identified during the audit. 
However, it is the primary responsibility of management, with the oversight of those charged with 
governance, to ensure that the entity’s operations are conducted in accordance with the provisions 
of laws and regulations and for the prevention and detection of fraud.
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including 
fraud, the group audit engagement team: 
•	 obtained an understanding of the nature of the industry and sector, including the legal and 
regulatory framework that the group and parent company operates in and how the group and 
parent company are complying with the legal and regulatory framework;
•	 inquired of management, and those charged with governance, about their own identification 
and assessment of the risks of irregularities, including any known actual, suspected or alleged 
instances of fraud; and
•	 discussed matters about non-compliance with laws and regulations and how fraud might occur 
including assessment of how and where the financial statements may be susceptible to fraud  
for regulated entities, as defined in ISA 250B: having obtained an understanding of the overall 
control environment.
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF GREGGS PLC CONTINUED

127
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
The most significant laws and regulations were determined as follows:
Legislation / Regulation
Additional audit procedures performed by the Group audit engagement team included: 
IFRS/UK-adopted IAS,  
and Companies Act 2006 
•	 Review of the financial statement disclosures and testing to 
supporting documentation. 
•	 Completion of disclosure checklists to identify areas of  
non-compliance. 
Tax compliance 
regulations 
•	 Inspection and review of tax computations prepared by management 
•	 Input from a tax specialist was obtained regarding significant and 
complex matters. 
•	 Consideration of whether any matter identified during the audit 
required reporting to an appropriate authority outside the entity.
Distributable profits 
legislation
•	 Assessment of compliance as part of our audit work relating  
to reserves. 
Pension legislation 
•	 Assessment of extent of compliance as part of our audit work relating 
to defined benefit pensions. 
Food Safety/Health and 
Safety/Employment/
General Data Protection 
Regulation
•	 Inquiry of management and Directors. 
•	 Inspection of correspondence with legal advisors and regulators 
(where applicable).
The areas that we identified as being susceptible to material misstatement due to fraud were:
Risk
Audit procedures performed by the audit engagement team: 
Revenue recognition –  
cut off 
•	 Testing a sample of transactions accounted pre and post-year-
end for each significant revenue stream ensuring that revenue is 
recognised in the correct accounting period in line with the group’s 
accounting policy.
Management override of 
controls 
•	 Testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other adjustments. 
•	 Assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting 
estimates are indicative of a potential bias. 
•	 Evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions that 
are unusual or outside the normal course of business. 
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located  
on the FRC’s website at: http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.  
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Other matters which we are required to address
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the shareholders on 
14 May 2021 to audit the financial statements for the year ending 1 January 2022 and subsequent 
financial periods.
The period of total uninterrupted consecutive appointments is four years, covering the periods 
ending 1 January 2022 to 28 December 2024. 
The non-audit services prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the group or 
the parent company and we remain independent of the group and the parent company in conducting 
our audit. 
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee in accordance with 
ISAs (UK).
Use of our report 
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to 
the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for 
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility 
to anyone other than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this 
report, or for the opinions we have formed.
In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules, these financial statements will form part of the Annual Financial Report 
prepared in Extensible Hypertext Markup Language (XHTML) format and filed on the National 
Storage Mechanism of the UK FCA. This auditor’s report provides no assurance over whether  
the annual financial report has been prepared in XHTML format.
Rachel Fleming (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of RSM UK Audit LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
1 St. James’ Gate 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE1 4AD 
4 March 2025
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF GREGGS PLC CONTINUED

128
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 28 DECEMBER 2024 (2023: 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2023)
Note
2024
Excluding 
exceptional items
£m
2024
Exceptional items
(see note 4) 
£m
2024
Total
£m
2023
Excluding 
exceptional items
£m
2023
Exceptional items
(see Note 4)
£m
2023 
Total
£m
Revenue
1
2,014.4 
– 
2,014.4 
1,809.6 
– 
1,809.6 
Cost of sales
(770.8)
– 
(770.8)
(710.5)
– 
(710.5)
Gross profit
1,243.6 
– 
1,243.6 
1,099.1 
– 
1,099.1 
Distribution and selling costs
(950.4)
0.3 
(950.1)
(844.5)
0.3 
(844.2)
Administrative expenses
(97.9)
– 
(97.9)
(82.9)
– 
(82.9)
Other income
– 
13.8 
13.8 
– 
20.3
20.3 
Operating profit
195.3 
14.1 
209.4 
171.7 
20.6 
192.3 
Finance income
6
8.1 
– 
8.1 
6.1
– 
6.1 
Finance expense
6
(13.6)
– 
(13.6)
(10.1)
– 
(10.1)
Profit before tax
3-6
189.8 
14.1 
203.9 
167.7 
20.6 
188.3 
Income tax
8
(48.8)
(1.7)
(50.5)
(41.0)
(4.8)
(45.8)
Profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company
141.0 
12.4 
153.4 
126.7
15.8 
142.5 
Basic earnings per share
9
138.5p 
12.2p
150.7p
125.0p
15.6p
140.6p
Diluted earnings per share
9
137.5p 
12.1p
149.6p
123.8p
15.4p
139.2p
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 28 DECEMBER 2024 (2023: 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2023)
Note
2024
£m 
2023
£m
Profit for the financial year
153.4 
142.5 
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be recycled to profit and loss:
Remeasurements on defined benefit pension plans
21
(11.9)
– 
Tax on remeasurements on defined benefit pension plans
8
0.9 
0.4 
Other comprehensive income for the financial year, net of income tax
(11.0)
0.4 
Total comprehensive income for the financial year
142.4 
142.9 

129
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
BALANCE SHEETS
AT 28 DECEMBER 2024 (2023: 30 DECEMBER 2023)
Group
Parent Company
Note
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
10
24.9 
18.3 
24.9 
18.3 
Property, plant and equipment
12
664.7 
510.3 
665.3 
510.9 
Right-of-use assets
11
387.2 
296.6 
387.2 
296.6 
Investments
13
– 
– 
5.0 
5.0 
Defined benefit pension asset
21
– 
6.6 
– 
6.6 
1,076.8 
831.8 
1,082.4 
837.4 
Current assets
Inventories
15
55.2 
48.8 
55.2 
48.8 
Trade and other receivables
16
62.4 
53.8 
62.4 
53.8 
Cash and cash equivalents
17
125.3 
195.3 
125.3 
195.3 
242.9 
297.9 
242.9 
297.9 
Total assets
1,319.7
1,129.7 
1,325.3 
1,135.3 
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
18
(243.9)
(211.1)
(251.6)
(218.8)
Current tax liabilities
19
(9.1)
(4.9) 
(9.1)
(4.9) 
Lease liabilities
11
(53.8)
(52.5)
(53.8)
(52.5)
Provisions
23
(3.4)
(4.0)
(3.4)
(4.0)
(310.2)
(272.5)
(317.9)
(280.2)
Non-current liabilities
Other payables
20
(1.8)
(2.3)
(1.8)
(2.3)
Lease liabilities
11
(361.3)
(267.1)
(361.3)
(267.1)
Deferred tax liability
14
(72.6)
(54.7)
(72.0)
(54.1)
Long-term provisions
23
(2.9)
(2.2)
(2.9)
(2.2)
Defined benefit pension liability
21
(0.4)
– 
(0.4)
– 
(439.0)
(326.3)
(438.4)
(325.7)
Total liabilities
(749.2)
(598.8)
(756.3)
(605.9)
Net assets
570.5 
530.9 
569.0 
529.4 
EQUITY
Capital and reserves
Issued capital
24
2.0 
2.0 
2.0 
2.0 
Share premium account
24
25.1 
25.1 
25.1 
25.1 
Capital redemption reserve
24
0.4 
0.4 
0.4 
0.4 
Retained earnings
543.0 
503.4 
541.5 
501.9 
Total equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent
570.5 
530.9 
569.0 
529.4 
All of the Group profit for the current and prior year is dealt with in the books of the Parent Company.
The accounts on pages 128 to 171 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 4 March 2025 and were signed on its behalf by:
Roisin Currie	
Richard Hutton
Company Registered Number 502851

130
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 28 DECEMBER 2024 (2023: 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2023)
Group
52 weeks ended 30 December 2023
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Note
Issued
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m 
Capital  
redemption 
reserve
£m 
Retained
earnings
£m 
Total
£m 
Balance at 1 January 2023 
2.0 
23.1 
0.4 
420.5 
446.0 
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the financial year
– 
– 
– 
142.5 
142.5 
Other comprehensive income
– 
– 
– 
0.4 
0.4 
Total comprehensive income for the year
– 
– 
– 
142.9
142.9 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of ordinary shares
24
– 
2.0
– 
– 
2.0 
Purchase of own shares
24
– 
– 
– 
(5.0)
(5.0)
Sale of own shares
24
–
–
–
1.6 
1.6 
Share-based payment transactions
22
– 
– 
– 
4.6 
4.6 
Dividends to equity holders
24
– 
– 
– 
(60.8)
(60.8)
Tax items taken directly to reserves
8
– 
– 
– 
(0.4)
(0.4)
Total transactions with owners
– 
2.0
– 
(60.0)
(58.0)
Balance at 30 December 2023
2.0 
25.1 
0.4 
503.4 
530.9 
52 weeks ended 28 December 2024
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Note
Issued
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m
Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m 
Retained  
earnings
£m 
Total
£m 
Balance at 31 December 2023 
2.0 
25.1 
0.4 
503.4 
530.9 
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the financial year
– 
– 
– 
153.4 
153.4 
Other comprehensive income
– 
– 
– 
(11.0) 
(11.0) 
Total comprehensive income for the year
– 
– 
– 
142.4 
142.4 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Purchase of own shares
24
– 
– 
– 
(5.0)
(5.0)
Sale of own shares
24
– 
– 
– 
4.7 
4.7 
Share-based payment transactions
22
– 
– 
– 
4.5 
4.5 
Dividends to equity holders
24
– 
– 
– 
(106.8)
(106.8)
Tax items taken directly to reserves
8
– 
– 
– 
(0.2)
(0.2)
Total transactions with owners
– 
– 
– 
(102.8) 
(102.8) 
Balance at 28 December 2024
2.0 
25.1 
0.4 
543.0
570.5 

131
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY CONTINUED
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 28 DECEMBER 2024 (2023: 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2023)
Parent Company
52 weeks ended 30 December 2023 
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Note
Issued
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m 
Capital  
redemption 
reserve
£m 
Retained
earnings
£m 
Total
£m 
Balance at 1 January 2023
2.0 
23.1 
0.4 
419.0 
444.5
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the financial year
7
– 
– 
– 
142.5 
142.5 
Other comprehensive income
– 
– 
– 
0.4 
0.4 
Total comprehensive income for the year
– 
– 
– 
142.9 
142.9 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Issue of ordinary shares
24
– 
2.0 
– 
– 
2.0 
Purchase of own shares
24
– 
– 
– 
(5.0)
(5.0)
Sale of own shares
24
– 
– 
– 
1.6 
1.6 
Share-based payment transactions
22
– 
– 
– 
4.6 
4.6 
Dividends to equity holders
24
– 
– 
– 
(60.8)
(60.8)
Tax items taken directly to reserves
8
– 
– 
– 
(0.4)
(0.4)
Total transactions with owners
– 
2.0 
– 
(60.0)
(58.0)
Balance at 30 December 2023
2.0 
25.1 
0.4 
501.9 
529.4
52 weeks ended 28 December 2024
Attributable to equity holders of the Company
Note
Issued
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m 
Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£m 
Retained
earnings
£m 
Total
£m 
Balance at 31 December 2023
2.0 
25.1 
0.4 
501.9
529.4
Total comprehensive income for the year
Profit for the financial year
7
– 
– 
– 
153.4 
153.4 
Other comprehensive income
– 
– 
– 
(11.0)
(11.0)
Total comprehensive income for the year
– 
– 
– 
142.4 
142.4 
Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Purchase of own shares
24
– 
– 
– 
(5.0)
(5.0)
Sale of own shares
24
– 
– 
– 
4.7
4.7
Share-based payment transactions
22
– 
– 
– 
4.5 
4.5 
Dividends to equity holders
24
– 
– 
– 
(106.8)
(106.8)
Tax items taken directly to reserves
8
– 
– 
– 
(0.2)
(0.2)
Total transactions with owners
– 
– 
– 
(102.8) 
(102.8) 
Balance at 28 December 2024
2.0 
25.1 
0.4 
541.5
569.0

132
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 28 DECEMBER 2024 (2023: 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2023)
Group and Parent Company
Note
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
Operating activities
Cash generated from operations
352.6 
333.0 
Income tax paid
(27.7)
(11.9)
Interest paid on lease liabilities
6
(13.0)
(9.6)
Interest paid on borrowings and other related charges
6
(1.0)
(0.7)
Net cash inflow from operating activities
310.9
310.8 
Investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
(230.0)
(189.5)
Acquisition of intangible assets
(10.9)
(8.6)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
16.1 
0.8 
Interest received
6
7.7 
6.1 
Net cash outflow from investing activities
(217.1)
(191.2)
Financing activities
Proceeds from issue of share capital
– 
2.0 
Sale of own shares
4.7 
1.6 
Purchase of own shares
(5.0)
(5.0)
Dividends paid
(106.8)
(60.8)
Repayment of principal on lease liabilities
(56.7)
(53.7)
Net cash outflow from financing activities
(163.8)
(115.9)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(70.0)
3.7 
Cash and cash equivalents at the start of the year
17
195.3 
191.6 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
17
125.3 
195.3 

133
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS CONTINUED
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 28 DECEMBER 2024 (2023: 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 DECEMBER 2023)
Cash flow statement – cash generated from operations
Group 
Note
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
Profit for the financial year
153.4 
142.5 
Amortisation
10
4.2 
3.9 
Depreciation – property, plant and equipment
12
76.6 
66.6 
Depreciation – right-of-use assets
11
59.2 
54.5 
Net impairment charge– property, plant and equipment
12
2.9 
1.4 
Impairment charge – right-of-use assets
11
2.1 
2.5 
(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
3
(11.8)
2.0 
Release of Government grants
3
(0.5)
(0.5)
Share-based payment expenses
22
4.5 
4.6 
Finance income
6
(8.1)
(6.1)
Finance expense 
6
13.6 
10.1 
Income tax expense
8
50.5 
45.8 
Increase in inventories
(6.4)
(8.2)
Increase in receivables
(8.1)
(3.6)
Increase in payables 
24.9 
18.0 
Increase/(decrease) in provisions
0.1 
(0.5)
Defined benefit pension scheme special contribution
21
(4.5)
–
Cash generated from operations
352.6 
333.0 

134
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS
Significant accounting policies
Greggs plc (the ‘Company’) is a company incorporated and domiciled in the UK. The Group accounts consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the ‘Group’). The results  
of the associate are not consolidated on the grounds of materiality. The Parent Company accounts present information about the Company as a separate entity and not about its Group.
The accounts were authorised for issue by the Directors on 4 March 2025.
(a)  Statement of compliance
The Group and Parent Company accounts have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable  
to companies reporting under those standards.
(b)  Basis of preparation
The accounts are presented in pounds sterling, rounded to the nearest £0.1 million unless otherwise stated, and are prepared on the historical cost basis except for the defined benefit pension asset/liability, 
which is recognised as the fair value of the plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit obligation.
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in the Directors’ Report and Strategic Report on pages 1 to 120.  
The financial position of the Group, its cash flows and liquidity position are described in the Financial Review on pages 59 to 63. In addition, Note 2 to the accounts includes: the Group’s objectives,  
policies and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management objectives; details of its financial instruments and hedging activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk.
The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently throughout the Group and to all years presented in these consolidated accounts except if mentioned otherwise. From 1 January 2024, 
the following amendments were adopted by the Group:
•	 Non-current Liabilities with Covenants – Amendments to IAS 1 and Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Amendments to IAS 1 
The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on the accounts. 
Going concern
The Directors have considered the adoption of the going concern basis of preparation for these accounts in the context of recent trading performance, macro-economic conditions and the trading outlook 
of the Group. At the end of the reporting period, the Group had available liquidity totalling £225.3 million, comprised of cash and cash equivalents of £125.3 million plus an undrawn revolving credit facility 
(RCF) of £100.0 million, which is committed to June 2027 with two further one-year extension options. The RCF includes financial covenants that the Group must comply with related to maximum leverage 
and a minimum fixed charge cover. How these covenants are measured and the required ratios are set out in Note 2. 
The Directors have reviewed cash flow forecasts prepared for the period up to December 2026 as well as covenant compliance for that period. In reviewing the cash flow forecasts, the Directors considered 
the current trading performance of the Group and the likely capital expenditure and working capital requirements of its growth plans. 
After reviewing these cash flow forecasts and making enquiries, the Directors are confident that the Company and the Group will have sufficient funds to continue to meet their liabilities as they fall due for 
at least 12 months from the date of approval of the accounts. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and Accounts.

135
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(b)  Basis of preparation continued
Key estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial information in conformity with UK-adopted IFRSs requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies and reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognised in the year in which 
the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that year, or in the year of revision and future years if the revision affects both current and future years.
Impairment (estimation)
Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. For example, shop fittings 
and right-of-use assets may be impaired if sales in that shop fall. When a review for impairment is conducted the recoverable amount is estimated based on the higher of the value-in-use calculations or fair 
value less costs of disposal. Value-in-use calculations are based on management’s estimates of future cash flows generated by the assets and an appropriate discount rate. Consideration is also given to 
whether the impairment assessments made in prior years remain appropriate based on the latest expectations in respect of recoverable amounts. Where it is concluded that the impairment has reduced,  
a reversal of the impairment is recorded to the carrying value that would have been recognised if the original impairment had not occurred, net of depreciation that would have been charged.
The Group has traded profitably throughout 2024, growing volumes and increasing underlying profit before tax and exceptional items by 13.2% to £189.8 million. As such there is not considered to be a global 
indicator of impairment across the Group’s asset base. Where indicators of impairments exist for specific cash-generating units (CGUs), with each individual shop considered its own CGU, then an impairment 
review has been performed to calculate the recoverable value. 
For those shops with indications of impairment, the value-in-use has been calculated using the following assumptions:
•	 Like-for-like sales for shops with more than two years trade has been assumed to grow at a rate of 4.8% for year one of the period of the impairment review, reducing steadily to 0.0% for year six onwards;
•	 Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation and rent (EBITDAR) is used as a proxy for net cash flow excluding rental payments;
•	 The discount rate is based on the Group’s pre-tax cost of capital and at 28 December 2024 was 10.0% (30 December 2023: 9.9%); and
•	 Cash flows are forecast up to the probable end date of the lease. Where considered appropriate, based on the estimated useful lives of fixtures and fittings within the CGU, cash flows may be included 
for periods beyond the lease probable end date (to a maximum of five years in total).
On the basis of these calculations, a net impairment charge of £5.0 million has been recognised during the current year (of which £2.9 million relates to fixtures and fittings and £2.1 million relates to right-
of-use assets) resulting in an impairment provision of £9.5 million being retained at 28 December 2024 in respect of 109 shops (of which £4.6 million relates to fixtures and fittings and £4.9 million relates  
to right-of-use assets). 
Given the uncertainties in the impairment model, the sensitivities of these assumptions on the impairment calculation have been tested:
•	 A 1% increase in the discount rate would result in an increased impairment of £0.6 million, with an additional six shops impaired. A 1% decrease in the discount rate would result in a reduced impairment 
of £0.5 million, with ten fewer shops impaired. 
•	 A 5% increase in the starting like-for-like assumption would result in a reduced impairment of £2.4 million with 26 fewer shops impaired. A 5% decrease in the like-for-like assumption would result in an 
increased provision of £3.7 million with an additional 42 shops impaired. 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

136
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(b)  Basis of preparation continued
Determining the rate used to discount lease payments (judgement)
At the commencement date of property leases the lease liability is calculated by discounting the lease payments. The discount rate used should be the interest rate implicit in the lease. However, if that 
rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for property leases, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the 
funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions. As the Group had no suitable external borrowings 
from which to determine that rate, judgement is required to determine the incremental borrowing rate to be used. At the start of each month a risk-free rate is obtained, linked to the length of the lease and 
an adjustment is then made to reflect credit risk. During the year discount rates in the range 5.1% to 6.1% (2023: 4.42% to 6.83%) were used. Small changes in the discount rate would have an immaterial 
impact on the accounts. A 0.1% change in the discount rate used for each lease is estimated to adjust the total liabilities by circa £2 million.
Determining the lease term of property leases (judgement)
At the commencement date of property leases, and based on previous experience, the Group normally determines the lease term to be the full term of the lease, assuming that any option to break or 
extend the lease is unlikely to be exercised and it is not reasonably certain that the Group will continue in occupation for any period beyond the lease term. Leases are regularly reviewed and will be revalued 
if it becomes reasonably certain, as a result of trading performance and/or further investment in the property, that a break clause or option to extend the lease will be exercised.
The leases typically run for a period of 10 or 15 years. In England and Wales, the majority of the Group’s property leases are protected by the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 (LTA) which affords protection  
to the lessee at the end of an existing lease term. 
Judgement is required in respect of those property leases where the current lease term has expired but the Group has not yet renewed the lease. Where the Group believes renewal to be reasonably  
certain and the lease is protected by the LTA it will be treated as having been renewed at the date of termination of the previous lease term and on the same terms as the previous lease. Where renewal  
is not considered to be reasonably certain the leases are included with a lease term which reflects the anticipated notice period under relevant legislation. The lease will be revalued when it is renewed to 
take account of the new terms. As at 28 December 2024 the financial effect of applying this judgement was an increase in recognised lease liabilities of £27.0 million (30 December 2023: £36.0 million).
Post-retirement benefits – defined benefit obligation (estimation)
The determination of the defined benefit obligation of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme depends on the selection of certain assumptions with significant estimation uncertainty including 
the discount rate, inflation rate, mortality rates and commutation. Differences arising from actual experience or future changes in assumptions will be reflected in future years. The key assumptions, 
sensitivities and carrying amounts for 2024 are given in Note 21.
Post-retirement benefits – accounting for purchase of buy-in policy (judgement)
In 2024 the Company made a special contribution of £4.5 million to its defined benefit pension scheme which helped facilitate the purchase of a ‘buy-in’ bulk annuity policy with Aviva. This policy provides 
regular payments to the scheme to fund pension payments and significantly reduces the Company’s exposure to the funding risks associated with its defined benefit pension liabilities.
The valuation of the assets held by the scheme following the buy-in results in an accounting loss which has been recognised in other comprehensive income. Although a buy-out of the scheme is possible 
in the future there is no indication that this will be executed and finalised in the short term. The scheme has retained all responsibility to meet future pension payments to pensioners and the buy-in is 
therefore not recognised as a settlement. 
In accordance with IAS 19 the assets and liabilities of the scheme remain on the Company balance sheet. The loss associated with the purchase of the buy-in policy and other actuarial movements in the 
year ended 28 December 2024 have been recognised through other comprehensive income.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

137
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(c)  Basis of consolidation
The consolidated accounts include the results of Greggs plc and its subsidiary undertakings for the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024. The comparative period is the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2023.
(i)  Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect 
those returns through its power over the entity. The accounts of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated accounts from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases. 
(ii)  Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intragroup balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated accounts.
(d)  Exceptional items
Exceptional items are defined as items of income and expenditure which are material and unusual in nature and which are considered to be of such significance that they require separate disclosure on the 
face of the income statement. Any future movements on items previously classified as exceptional will also be classified as exceptional.
(e)  Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet 
date are translated at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange 
rate at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the income statement.
(f)  Intangible assets
The Group’s only intangible assets relate to software and the costs of its implementation which are measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Subsequent 
expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates. All other expenditure is recognised in the income statement as incurred.
Amortisation is recognised in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of intangible assets from the date that they are available for use. The estimated useful lives are 
five to seven years.
Assets in the course of development are recategorised and amortisation commences when the assets are available for use.
(g)  Leases
(i)  Lease recognition
At inception of a contract the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys a right to control the use of an identified asset for a period 
of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group uses the definition of a lease in IFRS 16.
For leases of properties in which the Group is a lessee, it has applied the practical expedient permitted by IFRS 16 and will account for each lease component and any associated non-lease components as a 
single lease component. 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

138
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(g)  Leases continued
(ii)  Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease. Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for any 
remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any 
lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the lease term on a straight-line basis. Right-of-use assets are subject to, and reviewed regularly 
for, impairment. Depreciation on right-of-use assets is included in cost of sales, selling and distribution costs or administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement as appropriate.
(iii)  Lease liabilities
At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments include fixed 
payments less any lease incentives receivable and variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate. Any variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate are recognised as an expense 
in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.
In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. 
Generally the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate. When there are no external borrowings, judgement is required to determine an approximation, calculated based on UK 
Government gilt rates of an appropriate duration and adjusted by an indicative credit premium.
After the commencement date, the lease liability is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if 
there is a modification, a change in the lease term or a change in the fixed lease payments. The remeasured lease liability (and corresponding right-of-use asset) is calculated using a revised discount rate, 
based upon a revised incremental borrowing rate at the time of the change. Interest charges are included in finance costs in the income statement.
(iv)  Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets
The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases of machinery and equipment that have a lease term of less than 12 months and leases of low-value 
assets. Lease payments relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
(v)  Variable lease payments
Some property leases contain variable payment terms that are linked to sales generated from a shop. For individual shops, up to 100% of lease payments are on the basis of variable payment terms. These 
payments are recognised in the income statement in the period in which the condition that triggers them occurs. Under existing lease arrangements, where variable payment terms exist, the expected 
future cash outflow on an annual basis is expected to be immaterial.
(h)  Property, plant and equipment
(i)  Owned assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost or deemed cost less accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (see accounting policy (l)). The cost of self-constructed assets 
includes the cost of materials and direct labour. Lease interest costs incurred on lease liabilities and depreciation of right-of-use assets are recognised as part of the cost of an asset where they are directly 
attributable to the acquisition or construction of that asset.
(ii)  Subsequent costs
The cost of replacing a component of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the carrying amount of the item if it is probable that the future economic benefits embodied within the 
component will flow to the Group, and its cost can be measured reliably. The carrying value of the replaced component is derecognised. The costs of the day-to-day servicing of property, plant and 
equipment are recognised in the income statement as incurred.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

139
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(h)  Property, plant and equipment continued
(iii)  Depreciation
Depreciation is provided so as to write off the cost (less residual value) of each item of property, plant and equipment during its expected useful life using the straight-line method over the following periods:
Freehold and long leasehold buildings	 	
20 to 40 years
Short leasehold properties	
	
	
10 years or length of lease if shorter
Plant and equipment	
	
	
3 to 20 years
Fixtures and fittings	
	
	
3 to 10 years
Freehold land is not depreciated.
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values (if not insignificant) are reassessed annually.
(iv)  Assets in the course of construction
These assets are recategorised and depreciation commences when the assets are available for use.
(i)  Investments
Non-current investments comprise investments in subsidiaries and associates which are carried at cost less impairment.
Current investments comprise fixed-term, fixed-rate bank deposits where the term is greater than three months.
(j)  Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and selling 
expenses. The cost of inventories includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and direct production labour costs.
(k)  Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash at bank, in hand, debit and credit card receivables and call deposits with an original maturity of three months or less. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on 
demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.
(l)  Impairment of non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group and Company’s assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each balance sheet date to determine whether there is any indication of 
impairment. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Impairment reviews are carried out on an individual shop basis.
An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the income statement. Impairment losses recognised in 
prior years are assessed at each reporting date and reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that 
the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, if no impairment loss had been recognised.
(m)  Assets held for sale
Assets that are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use are classified as held for sale. Immediately before classification as held for sale, the assets are 
remeasured in accordance with the Group and Company’s accounting policies. Thereafter, generally, the assets are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell.  
Once classified as held for sale, assets are no longer depreciated or amortised.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

140
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(n)  Share capital and reserves
(i)  Repurchase of share capital
When share capital recognised as equity is repurchased for cancellation, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a deduction from equity in the capital 
redemption reserve. Repurchased shares that are held in the employee share ownership plan are classified as treasury shares and are presented as a deduction from total equity.
(ii)  Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability when the Company has an obligation to pay and the dividend is no longer at the Company’s discretion.
(o)  Employee share ownership plan
The Group and Parent Company accounts include the assets and related liabilities of the Greggs Employee Benefit Trust (EBT). In both the Group and Parent Company accounts the treasury shares held by 
the EBT are stated at cost and deducted from total equity.
(p)  Employee benefits
(i)  Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognised for the amount expected to be paid if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay 
this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be measured reliably.
(ii)  Defined contribution pension plans
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognised as an expense in the income statement when they are due.
(iii)  Defined benefit pension plans
The Company’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is calculated by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their service in the current and 
prior periods; that benefit is discounted to determine its present value, and the fair value of any plan assets (at bid price) is deducted. The Company determines the net interest on the net defined benefit 
asset/liability for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the net defined benefit asset/liability.
The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on bonds that have a credit rating of at least AA, that have maturity dates approximating to the terms of the Company’s obligations and that are 
denominated in the currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid.
Remeasurements arising from defined benefit pension plans comprise actuarial gains and losses and the return on plan assets (excluding interest). The Company recognises them immediately in other 
comprehensive income and all other expenses related to defined benefit pension plans in employee benefit expenses in the income statement.
When the benefits of a plan are changed, or when a plan is curtailed, the portion of the changed benefit related to past service by employees, or the gain or loss on curtailment, is recognised immediately  
in profit or loss when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs.
The calculation of the defined benefit obligation is performed by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Company, the recognised asset 
is limited to the present value of benefits available in the form of any future refunds from the plan (net of tax) or reductions in future contributions and takes into account the adverse effect of any minimum 
funding requirements in accordance with IFRIC 14.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

141
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(p)  Employee benefits continued
(iv)  Share-based payment transactions
The share option programme allows Group employees to acquire shares in the Company. The fair value of share options granted is recognised as an employee expense with a corresponding increase in 
equity. The fair value is measured at grant date, using an appropriate model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the share options were granted, and is spread over the period during 
which the employees become unconditionally entitled to the options. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the actual number of share options that vest except where forfeiture is 
only due to share prices not achieving the threshold for vesting.
(v)  Termination benefits
Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of the date at which the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of these benefits and the date at which the Group recognises costs for a restructuring.  
If benefits are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the reporting date they are discounted. 
(q)  Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation. Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the liability.
(i)  Restructuring
A provision for restructuring is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring either has commenced or has been announced publicly. Future operating 
costs are not provided for.
(ii)  Onerous contracts
Provisions for onerous contracts are recognised when the Group believes that the unavoidable costs of meeting the contract obligations exceed the economic benefits expected to be received under the 
contract. At this point and before a provision is established the Group recognises any impairment loss on the associated assets.
(iii)  Dilapidations
Shops 
The Group provides for shop property dilapidations, where appropriate, based on the future expected repair costs required to restore the Group’s leased shops to their fair condition at the end of their 
respective lease terms, where it is considered a reliable estimate can be made and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation. Based on the Group’s experience it is not considered 
probable at lease inception that it will be required to make any payment in respect of dilapidations. Therefore a provision is only recognised when circumstances suggest that there will be such a requirement.
Other leased properties
The Group provides for property dilapidations on other leased properties, where appropriate, based on the future expected repair costs required to restore these properties to their fair condition at the end 
of their respective lease terms. An estimate of these future expected repair costs is assessed at lease inception and recognised as part of the cost of the asset when a reliable estimate can be made.
(r)  Revenue
(i)  Retail sales
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised as income when the customer receives the product, which coincides with the receipt of cash or card payment. Revenue is measured net of discounts, 
promotions and value added taxation. Revenue from delivery services is included in retail sales and recognised on delivery.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

142
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(r)  Revenue continued
(ii)  Franchise sales
Franchise sales are recognised when goods are delivered to franchisees. Additional franchise royalty fee income, generally calculated as a percentage of gross sales income, is recognised in line with the 
franchisees’ product sales in accordance with the relevant agreement. Pre-opening capital fit-out costs are recharged to the franchisee and represent a key performance obligation of the overall franchise 
sales agreement. These recharges are recognised as income on completion of the related fit-out. Sales are invoiced to franchisees on credit terms of less than three months.
(iii)  Wholesale sales
Wholesale sales are recognised when goods are delivered to customers. 
(iv)  Loyalty programme/gift cards
Amounts received for gift cards or as part of the loyalty programme are deferred. They are recognised as revenue when the Group has fulfilled its obligation to supply products under the terms of the 
programme or when it is no longer probable that these amounts will be redeemed. Where customers are entitled to a free product after a set number of purchases under the loyalty programme, a proportion 
of the consideration received is deferred so that the revenue is recognised evenly across all of the linked transactions.
The nature, timing and uncertainty of revenues arising from the above transaction types do not differ significantly from each other.
(s)  Expenses classification
Operating expenses are presented in the income statement in the following categories:
Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes all costs directly attributable to the production of goods sold by the Group. These costs include:
•	 Direct materials – ingredients, packaging and finished products produced or bought in to sell to customers.
•	 Direct labour – wages and salaries of colleagues directly involved in production.
•	 Manufacturing overheads – indirect costs such as utility costs, maintenance and depreciation of production sites and plant and equipment.
Distribution and selling costs
Distribution and selling costs include all costs of operating our logistics and retail operations and include:
•	 Logistics costs – vehicle costs, fuel, warehousing, wages and salaries.
•	 Shop costs – wages and salaries, property costs, utilities, cleaning and maintenance, and depreciation of shop fixtures, fittings and equipment.
•	 Marketing and advertising costs.
Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses are the costs of central and support functions and include:
•	 Wages and salaries of central and support teams.
•	 Insurance.
•	 IT costs, including software depreciation and amortisation.
•	 Professional fees.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

143
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(t)  Government grants
Government grants are recognised in the balance sheet initially as deferred income when there is a reasonable assurance that they will be received and that the Group will comply with the conditions 
attaching to them. Grants that compensate the Group for expenses incurred are recognised net of the related expenses in the income statement on a systematic basis in the same periods in which the 
expenses are incurred. Grants that compensate the Group for the cost of an asset are recognised in the income statement over the useful life of the asset.
(u)  Finance income and expense
Interest income or expense is recognised using the effective interest method.
(v)  Income tax
Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable profit for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous 
years. The amount of current tax payable is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in 
the income statement because some items of income or expense are taxable or deductible in different years or may never be taxable or deductible.
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable in the future arising from temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and 
the amounts used in the calculation of taxable profit. It is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. The amount of deferred tax recognised is based on the expected manner of realisation 
or settlement of the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities, using tax rates that are expected to apply when the temporary differences reverse, based on rates enacted or substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date. When the recovery of the carrying amount of an asset gives rise to multiple tax consequences which are not subject to the same income tax laws, separate temporary differences are 
identified, and the deferred tax on these is accounted for separately, including assessment of the recoverability of any deferred tax assets that arise.
Deferred tax is not recognised for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting 
nor taxable profit, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting 
date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related deferred tax benefit will be realised.
(w)  Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at the amount of consideration that is unconditional. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowance.
(x)  Trade and other payables
These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year which are unpaid. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 45 days  
of recognition.
(y)  Research and development
The Company continuously strives to improve its products and processes through technical and other innovation. Such expenditure is typically expensed to the income statement when the related 
intellectual property is not capable of being formalised or expected to generate an economic benefit to the Group in the future.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

144
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Significant accounting policies continued
(z)  New standards and amendments not yet adopted
The following new standards and amendments which will be relevant to the Group have not been applied in these accounts:
•	 IFRS S1 General Requirements for Disclosure of Sustainability-related Financial Information and IFRS S2 Climate-related Disclosures (subject to UK endorsement). 
•	 Lease liability in sale and leaseback – Amendments to IFRS 16 (effective date 1 January 2024).
•	 Supplier Finance Arrangements – Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 (effective date 1 January 2024).
•	 Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Financial Instruments – Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 (effective date 1 January 2026, subject to UK endorsement).
•	 IFRS 18 ‘Presentation and Disclosure’ in Financial Statements (effective date 1 January 2027, subject to UK endorsement).
The adoption of the new standards and amendments is not expected to have a material effect on the accounts, with the possible exception of IFRS 18, the impact of which is currently being evaluated.
1.  Segmental analysis
The Executive Directors are considered to be the ‘chief operating decision maker’ of the Group in the context of the IFRS 8 definition. In addition to its company-managed retail activities, the Group 
generates revenues from its business-to-business channel which includes franchise and wholesale activities. Both channels were categorised as reportable segments for the purposes of IFRS 8.
Company-managed retail activities – the Group sells a consistent range of fresh bakery goods, sandwiches and drinks in its own shops or via delivery. Sales are made to the general public on a cash basis. 
All results arise in the UK.
Business-to-business channel – the Group sells products to franchise and wholesale partners for sale in their own outlets as well as charging a licence fee to franchise partners. These sales and fees are 
invoiced to the partners on a credit basis. All results arise in the UK.
All revenue in 2024 and 2023 was recognised at a point in time.
The Executive Directors regularly review the revenues and trading profit of each segment. They receive information on overheads, assets and liabilities on an aggregated basis consistent with the Group accounts.
2024 
Retail company- 
managed shops 
£m 
2024 
Business-to-
business 
£m 
2024 
Total 
£m 
2023 
Retail company-
managed shops 
£m
2023 
Business-to-
business 
£m 
2023 
Total 
£m 
Revenue
1,781.7 
232.7 
2,014.4 
1,610.9 
198.7 
1,809.6 
Trading profit1
277.3
55.5 
332.8
250.1 
41.1 
291.2 
Overheads including profit share
(137.5)
(119.5)
Operating profit before exceptional items
195.3 
171.7 
Finance income
8.1
6.1
Finance expense
(13.6)
(10.1)
Profit before tax (excluding exceptional items)
189.8 
167.7 
Exceptional items (see Note 4)
14.1 
20.6 
Profit before tax 
203.9 
188.3 
1	
Trading profit is defined as gross profit less supply chain costs and retail costs (including property costs) and before central overheads.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

145
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
2.  Financial risk management
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations.
Retail sales represent a large proportion of the Group’s sales and present no credit risk as they are made for cash or card payments. The Group does offer credit terms on sales to its wholesale and franchise 
customers. In such cases the Group operates effective credit control procedures in order to minimise exposure to overdue debts.
Counterparty risk is also considered low. All of the Group’s surplus cash is held with highly-rated banks as specifically approved by the Board, in line with Group policy. Other receivables generally relate to 
VAT and other sundry balances due from third parties. Credit risk is considered low as amounts are generally recoverable within 30 days.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due.
The Group usually operates with net current liabilities and is therefore reliant on the continued strong performance of the retail portfolio to meet its short-term liabilities. Short and medium-term cash 
forecasting is used to manage liquidity risk. These forecasts are used to ensure the Group has sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions.
During 2024 the Group arranged a new £100 million syndicated revolving credit facility with maturity in June 2027 with two further one-year extension options. This facility was undrawn at 28 December 
2024 (2023: undrawn). The covenants comprise: leverage (calculated as the ratio of total net borrowings to EBITDA) does not exceed 3:1; and fixed charge cover (calculated as the ratio of EBITDAR to net 
rent and interest payable) cannot be below 1.75:1. Given the facility is undrawn, disclosure of the Group’s compliance with these covenants is not required.
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates, interest rates and equity prices will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments.
Other than for the defined benefit pension scheme, market risk is not significant and therefore sensitivity analysis would not be meaningful. Sensitivity analysis for the defined benefit pension scheme  
is given in Note 21.
Currency risk
The Group has no regular material transactions in foreign currency although there are occasional purchases, mainly of capital items, denominated in foreign currency. Whilst certain costs such as 
electricity and wheat can be influenced by movements in the US dollar, actual contracts are priced in sterling. In respect of those key costs which are volatile, such as electricity and flour, the price may  
be fixed for a period of time in line with Group policy. All such contracts are for the Group’s own expected usage.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that movement in the interbank offered rates increase causing finance costs to increase. The Group’s interest rate risk arises from its revolving credit facility. Whilst the facility 
remains undrawn increases in the interest rate will not impact on finance costs.
Equity price risk
The Group has no significant equity investments other than in its subsidiaries and associate. 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

146
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
2.  Financial risk management continued
Capital management 
The Group’s capital management objectives are:
•	 To ensure the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern so that it can continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; and
•	 To provide an adequate return to shareholders by pricing products and delivering services commensurate with the level of risk.
To meet these objectives the Group reviews the budgets, forecasts, profitability and cash flows on a regular basis to ensure there is sufficient capital to meet the needs of the Group.
The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders’ equity as set out in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. All working capital requirements are financed from existing cash resources 
and borrowings.
The Board reserves the option to purchase its own shares in the market dependent on market prices and surplus cash levels. The trustees of the Greggs EBT also purchase shares for future satisfaction  
of employee share options.
Financial instruments
Group and Parent Company
All of the Group’s surplus cash or cash equivalents is invested as cash placed on deposit or fixed-term deposits.
The Group’s treasury policy has as its principal objective the achievement of the maximum rate of return on cash balances whilst maintaining an acceptable level of risk. Other than mentioned below there 
are no financial instruments, derivatives or commodity contracts used.
Financial assets and liabilities
A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions:
•	 It is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and
•	 Its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
The Group’s main financial assets comprise cash and cash equivalents and fixed-term deposits. Other financial assets include trade and other receivables arising from the Group’s activities. These financial 
assets all meet the conditions to be recognised at amortised cost.
Other than trade and other payables and lease liabilities, the Group had no financial liabilities as at 28 December 2024 (2023: £nil).
Fair values
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is not materially different from their carrying values. Financial assets and liabilities comprise principally of trade and other receivables and trade 
and other payables and the only interest-bearing balances are the bank deposits and borrowings which attract interest at variable rates.
Interest rate, credit and foreign currency risk
The Group has not entered into any hedging transactions during the current and prior year and considers interest rate, credit and foreign currency risks not to be significant.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

147
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
3.  Profit before tax
Profit before tax is stated after charging/(crediting):
2024 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
£m
2024 
Exceptional items 
(see Note 4) 
£m
2024 
Total 
£m
2023
Total
£m
Amortisation of intangible assets
4.2 
– 
4.2 
3.9 
Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment
76.6 
– 
76.6 
66.6 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
59.2 
– 
59.2 
54.5 
Net impairment of owned property, plant and equipment
2.9 
– 
2.9 
1.4 
Net impairment of right-of-use assets
2.1 
– 
2.1 
2.5 
Loss/(profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
2.0
(13.8) 
(11.8)
2.0 
Release of government grants
(0.5)
– 
(0.5)
(0.5)
Auditor’s remuneration for the audit of these accounts amounted to £314,405 (2023: £299,225) and for other assurance services £24,450 (2023: £14,250). Amounts paid to the Company’s auditor in respect 
of services to the Company, other than the audit of the Company’s accounts, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be presented on a consolidated basis.
4.  Exceptional items
The exceptional items are as follows:
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Settlement of Covid-19 business interruption insurance claim
– 
16.3 
Settlement of business interruption insurance claim in respect of 2020 bakery flooding
– 
4.0 
Provisions no longer required:
Onerous lease
– 
0.3 
Redundancy / dilapidations
0.3 
– 
Profit on disposal of Twickenham bakery site (net of fees)
13.8 
– 
14.1 
20.6 
5.  Personnel expenses
The average number of persons employed by the Group and Parent Company (including Directors) during the year was as follows:
2024 
Number
2023 
Number
Management
789 
723 
Administration
512 
472 
Production
3,747 
3,456 
Shop
27,210
25,434 
32,258
30,085 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

148
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
5.  Personnel expenses continued
The aggregate costs of these persons were as follows:
Note
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Wages and salaries
599.5 
519.6 
Compulsory social security contributions
46.9 
38.2 
Pension costs – defined contribution plans
21
35.5 
30.3 
Equity-settled transactions (including compulsory social security contributions)
22
4.9 
5.0 
686.8 
593.1
In addition to wages and salaries, the total amount accrued under the Group’s employee profit sharing scheme is contained within the main cost categories as follows:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Cost of sales
5.3 
4.6 
Distribution and selling costs
12.7
10.9 
Administrative expenses
2.5 
2.1 
Amount shared with employees
20.5
17.6 
Compulsory social security contributions
2.3 
2.0 
22.8
19.6 
For the purposes of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’, key management personnel comprises the Directors and the members of the Operating Board and their remuneration was as follows:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Salaries and fees
3.5 
3.5 
Taxable benefits
0.1 
0.1 
Annual bonus (including profit share) to be paid in March 2024
2.2 
1.9 
Post-retirement benefits
0.2 
0.2 
Equity-settled transactions
2.2 
2.3 
8.2 
8.0
The following amounts are disclosed in accordance with Schedule 5 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008.
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Aggregate Directors’ remuneration
2.8 
2.7 
Aggregate amount of gains on exercise of share options
1.9
–
4.7 
2.7
During the year the number of Directors in the defined contribution pension scheme was two (2023: two) and in the defined benefit pension scheme was one (2023: one). No contributions were made to 
the pensions schemes in 2024 (2023: £nil).
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

149
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
6.  Finance income and expense
Note
2024 
£m
2023 
£m
Finance income	
	
	
	
Interest income on cash balances
8.1 
6.1 
Total finance income
8.1 
6.1
Finance expense
Interest expense on borrowings and other related charges
(0.9)
(0.7)
Foreign exchange loss
(0.1)
(0.1) 
Interest on lease liabilities
(13.0)
(9.6)
Net interest income on defined benefit pension liability 
21
0.4 
0.3
Total finance expense
(13.6)
(10.1)
Net finance expense
(5.5) 
(4.0)
7.  Profit attributable to Greggs plc
All of the Group profit for the current and prior year is dealt with in the accounts of the Parent Company. The Company has taken advantage of the exemption permitted by s408 of the Companies Act 2006 
from presenting its own income statement.
8.  Income tax expense
Recognised in the income statement
2024 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
£m 
2024 
Exceptional items 
£m 
2024 
Total 
£m 
2023 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
£m 
2023 
Exceptional items 
£m 
2023 
Total 
£m 
Current tax 
Current year
26.3 
– 
26.3 
12.2
4.8
17.0
Adjustment for prior years
7.1 
– 
7.1 
0.7
–
0.7
33.4 
– 
33.4 
12.9
4.8
17.7 
Deferred tax 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
22.3 
1.7 
24.0 
29.0
–
29.0 
Adjustment for prior years
(6.9)
– 
(6.9)
(0.9)
–
(0.9) 
15.4 
1.7 
17.1 
28.1
–
28.1 
Total income tax expense in income statement
48.8 
1.7 
50.5 
41.0
4.8
45.8
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

150
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
8.  Income tax expense continued
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
The tables below explain the differences between the expected tax expense calculated at the UK statutory rate of 25% (2023: 23.5%) and the actual tax expense for each year for both the total tax expense 
and the underlying tax expense, excluding the effect of exceptional items. 
2024 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
2024 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
£m 
2024 
Total
2024 
Total
£m
2023 
Excluding 
exceptional items
2023 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
£m
2023 
Total
2023 
Total 
£m
Profit before tax
189.8 
203.9
167.7
188.3
Income tax using the domestic corporation tax rate
25.0%
47.5 
25.0%
51.0 
23.5%
39.4
23.5%
44.2 
Items not taxable for tax purposes
– 
–
(0.9%)
(1.8)
(0.6%)
(1.0)
(0.6%)
(1.0)
Non-tax-deductible depreciation
0.6%
1.1 
0.6%
1.1 
0.6%
1.1
0.6% 
1.1 
Impact of increase in deferred tax rate
– 
– 
– 
– 
1.0%
1.7
0.9% 
1.7 
Adjustment for prior years
0.1%
0.2 
0.1%
0.2 
(0.1%)
(0.2)
(0.1%)
(0.2)
Total income tax expense in income statement
25.7%
48.8 
24.8%
50.5 
24.4%
41.0
24.3% 
45.8
The rate of corporation tax increased from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023. Therefore the 25% rate has been applied to any timing differences in both the current and prior year.
Tax recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity
2024 
Current tax 
£m 
2024 
Deferred tax 
£m
2024 
Total 
£m
2023 
Total 
£m
Debit/(credit):
Relating to equity-settled transactions
– 
0.2 
0.2 
0.4 
Relating to defined benefit pension plans – remeasurement losses
(1.5)
0.6 
(0.9)
(0.4)
(1.5)
0.8 
(0.7)
– 
The deferred tax movements in both the current and prior years relating to equity-settled transactions are in respect of share-based payments and arise as a result of fluctuations in share price in the year 
and the stage of maturity of existing schemes. 
The current and deferred tax movements in both the current and prior years relating to defined benefit pension plans are in respect of plan remeasurements accounted for in other comprehensive income 
and special contributions made to the scheme. 
During 2023 legislation was enacted to implement the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Pillar Two income inclusion rule (IIR) in the 
UK, which will apply to accounting periods that begin on or after 31 December 2023. Although the Group has turnover in excess of the Pillar Two threshold, all trade is carried out through a single UK-based 
trading company and so there are not expected to be any ‘top-up’ tax requirements arising from this new regime.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

151
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
9.  Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share for the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 is calculated by dividing profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 as calculated below.
Diluted earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share for the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 is calculated by dividing profit attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, adjusted for 
the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares (which comprise share options granted to employees) in issue during the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 as calculated below.
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders
2024 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
£m
2024 
Exceptional items 
(see Note 4) 
£m
2024 
Total 
£m
2023 
Excluding 
exceptional items 
£m
2023 
Exceptional items 
(see Note 4) 
£m
2023
Total
£m
Profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the Parent
141.0 
12.4 
153.4 
126.7
15.8
142.5
Basic earnings per share 
138.5p 
12.2p 
150.7p 
125.0p
15.6p
140.6p
Diluted earnings per share 
137.5p 
12.1p 
149.6p 
123.8p
15.4p
139.2p
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
2024 
Number 
2023 
Number 
Issued ordinary shares at start of year
102,255,675 
102,112,581 
Effect of own shares held
(480,247)
(879,975)
Effect of shares issued
– 
86,106 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year
101,775,428
101,318,712 
Effect of share options in issue
782,816 
977,753 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted) during the year
102,558,244
102,296,465
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

152
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
10.  Intangible assets
Group and Parent Company
Software 
£m 
Assets under 
development 
£m 
Total 
£m 
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2023
40.3 
– 
40.3 
Additions
3.1 
5.6 
8.7 
Disposals
(1.7)
–
(1.7)
Transfers
0.3 
(0.3)
–
Balance at 30 December 2023
42.0 
5.3
47.3 
Balance at 31 December 2023
42.0 
5.3
47.3 
Additions
3.8 
7.0 
10.8 
Transfers
0.2 
(0.2)
– 
Balance at 28 December 2024
46.0
12.1 
58.1 
Amortisation
Balance at 1 January 2023
26.8 
–
26.8 
Amortisation charge for the year
3.9 
–
3.9 
Disposals
(1.7)
–
(1.7)
Balance at 30 December 2023
29.0 
–
29.0 
Balance at 31 December 2023
29.0 
–
29.0 
Amortisation charge for the year
4.2 
– 
4.2 
Balance at 28 December 2024
33.2
– 
33.2
Carrying amounts
At 1 January 2023
13.5 
– 
13.5 
At 30 December 2023
13.0 
5.3
18.3 
At 31 December 2023
13.0 
5.3
18.3 
At 28 December 2024
12.8 
12.1 
24.9
All amortisation is charged to administrative expenses in the income statement.
Assets under development relate to software projects arising from the investment in an upgraded ERP system.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

153
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
11.  Leases
Amounts recognised in the balance sheets
The balance sheets show the following amounts relating to leases:
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023
£m 
Right-of-use assets
Land and buildings
377.3 
292.3 
Plant and equipment
9.9 
4.3 
387.2 
296.6
2024
£m 
2023 
£m 
Lease liabilities
Current
53.8 
52.5 
Non-current
361.3 
267.1 
415.1 
319.6 
The remaining maturities of the lease liabilities, which are gross and undiscounted, are as follows:
2024 
£m
2023 
£m 
Less than one year
71.1 
64.9 
One to two years
69.2 
56.8 
Two to three years
61.7 
49.9 
Three to four years
54.2 
42.0 
Four to five years
46.5
34.5
Five to ten years
149.6
100.4
Ten to twenty years
62.5
19.3
More than twenty years
18.2
–
Total undiscounted lease liability
533.0 
367.8
Additions to right-of-use assets during the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 as a result of entering into new leases (either as a result of acquiring new shops/supply sites or completing a lease renewal 
for an existing property) were £143.8 million (2023: £70.3 million).
A further net increase of £8.4 million to right-of-use assets has also been recognised during the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 as a result of lease modifications and assumptions relating to lease 
term once a lease has become expired (2023: net increase of £1.7 million).
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

154
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
11.  Leases continued
Amounts recognised in the income statement
2024 
£m 
2023
£m 
Depreciation charge on right-of-use assets
Land and buildings
56.8 
53.2 
Plant and equipment
2.4 
1.3 
59.2 
54.5 
Net impairment charge on right-of-use assets – land and buildings
2.1 
2.5 
Interest expense (included in finance expense)
13.0 
9.6 
Expense included for short-term leases (included in cost of sales and administrative expenses)
0.1 
–
Expense related to lease of low-value assets that are not shown above as short-term leases (included in administrative expenses)
0.3 
0.3 
Expense related to variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities (included in distribution and selling costs)
11.4 
8.5
The impairment charge is charged to distribution and selling costs in the income statement and arises due to changes in the trading performance of the shops.
The total cash outflow in 2024 for which a lease liability has been recognised in accordance with IFRS 16 was £69.7 million (2023: £63.3 million) and for other lease payments where no lease liability has  
been recognised was £11.8 million (2023: £8.8 million). In addition, £0.3 million of lease depreciation (2023: £nil) and £0.4 million of interest on lease liabilities (2023: £nil) was capitalised to property, plant 
and equipment.
The components of the movement in the total lease liability were as follows:
2024
£m 
2023
£m
Opening total liability
319.6 
301.3
Additions in respect of new leases
143.8 
70.3
Lease modifications
8.4 
1.7
Interest on lease liabilities recognised in the income statement
13.0 
9.6
Interest on lease liabilities capitalised to property, plant and equipment
0.4 
–
Rental payments (including interest paid on lease liabilities within operating activities)
(70.1)
(63.3)
Closing total liability
415.1
319.6
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

155
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
12.  Property, plant and equipment
Group
Land and buildings 
£m
Plant and 
equipment 
£m
Fixtures and 
fittings 
£m
Assets under 
construction 
£m
Total 
£m
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2023
193.5 
204.8 
414.1 
9.7 
822.1 
Additions
0.3 
25.5 
107.3 
58.0 
191.1 
Disposals
(2.2)
(8.9)
(47.9)
–
(59.0)
Transfers
0.5 
0.4 
–
(0.9)
–
Balance at 30 December 2023
192.1 
221.8 
473.5 
66.8 
954.2 
Balance at 31 December 2023
192.1 
221.8 
473.5 
66.8 
954.2
Additions
11.2 
25.7 
124.4 
76.9 
238.2 
Disposals
(3.8)
(3.6)
(42.9)
– 
(50.3)
Transfers
56.7 
4.6
0.2 
(61.5)
– 
Balance at 28 December 2024
256.2 
248.5 
555.2 
82.2 
1,142.1 
Depreciation
Balance at 1 January 2023
62.9 
113.0 
256.2 
–
432.1 
Depreciation charge for the year
6.5 
18.5 
41.6 
–
66.6 
Impairment charge for the year
–
–
3.0 
–
3.0 
Impairment release for the year
–
–
(1.6)
–
(1.6)
Disposals
(2.1)
(8.7)
(45.4)
–
(56.2)
Balance at 30 December 2023
67.3 
122.8 
253.8 
–
443.9 
Balance at 31 December 2023
67.3 
122.8 
253.8 
– 
443.9
Depreciation charge for the year
8.1 
22.0 
46.5 
– 
76.6 
Impairment charge for the year
– 
– 
4.1 
– 
4.1 
Impairment release for the year
– 
– 
(1.2)
– 
(1.2)
Disposals
(2.0)
(3.5)
(40.5)
– 
(46.0)
Balance at 28 December 2024
73.4 
141.3 
262.7 
–
477.4 
Carrying amounts
At 1 January 2023
130.6 
91.8 
157.9 
9.7 
390.0 
At 30 December 2023
124.8 
99.0 
219.7 
66.8 
510.3 
At 31 December 2023
124.8 
99.0 
219.7 
66.8 
510.3 
At 28 December 2024
182.8 
107.2 
292.5 
82.2 
664.7 
Assets under construction at 28 December 2024 relate to the building of new logistics/manufacturing facilities in Derby and Kettering.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

156
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
12.  Property, plant and equipment continued
Group continued
Assets are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable and provision is made where necessary. The method and assumptions 
used in these calculations, together with the associated sensitivities and reasons for impairment, are set out in the basis of preparation – key estimates and judgements on page 135. Any impairment 
charge/(reversal) is charged/(credited) to distribution and selling costs in the income statement.
Parent Company
Land and  
buildings 
£m
 
Plant and 
equipment  
£m
Fixtures and 
fittings 
£m
Assets under 
construction  
£m
Total 
£m
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2023
194.0 
205.3 
414.6 
9.7 
823.6 
Additions
0.3 
25.5 
107.3 
58.0 
191.1 
Disposals
(2.2)
(8.9)
(47.9)
– 
(59.0)
Transfers
0.5 
0.4 
– 
(0.9)
– 
Balance at 30 December 2023
192.6 
222.3 
474.0 
66.8 
955.7
Balance at 31 December 2023
192.6 
222.3 
474.0 
66.8 
955.7
Additions
11.2 
25.7 
124.4 
76.9 
238.2 
Disposals
(3.8)
(3.6)
(42.9)
– 
(50.3)
Transfers
56.7 
4.6
0.2 
(61.5)
– 
Balance at 28 December 2024
256.7 
249.0 
555.7 
82.2 
1,143.6 
Depreciation
Balance at 1 January 2023
63.2 
113.2 
256.6 
– 
433.0 
Depreciation charge for the year
6.5 
18.5 
41.6 
– 
66.6 
Impairment charge for the year
– 
– 
3.0 
– 
3.0 
Impairment release for the year
– 
– 
(1.6)
– 
(1.6)
Disposals
(2.1)
(8.7)
(45.4)
– 
(56.2)
Balance at 30 December 2023
67.6 
123.0 
254.2
– 
444.8
Balance at 31 December 2023
67.6 
123.0 
254.2
– 
444.8
Depreciation charge for the year
8.1 
22.0 
46.5 
– 
76.6 
Impairment charge for the year
– 
– 
4.1 
– 
4.1 
Impairment release for the year
– 
– 
(1.2)
– 
(1.2)
Disposals
(2.0)
(3.5)
(40.5)
– 
(46.0)
Balance at 28 December 2024
73.7 
141.5 
263.1 
– 
478.3 
Carrying amounts
At 1 January 2023
130.8 
92.1 
158.0 
9.7 
390.6 
At 30 December 2023
125.0 
99.3 
219.8 
66.8 
510.9 
At 31 December 2023
125.0 
99.3 
219.8 
66.8 
510.9 
At 28 December 2024
183.0 
107.5 
292.6 
82.2 
665.3 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

157
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
12.  Property, plant and equipment continued
Land and buildings
The carrying amount of land and buildings comprises:
Group
Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Freehold land
11.6
12.3
11.6
12.3
Freehold property
169.7
111.8
169.9
112.0
Long leasehold property
0.3 
0.3 
0.3 
0.3 
Short leasehold property
1.2 
0.4 
1.2 
0.4 
182.8 
124.8 
183.0 
125.0
13.  Investments
Non-current investments
Parent Company
Shares in 
subsidiary 
undertakings 
£m 
Cost
Balance at 1 January 2023, 30 December 2023 and 28 December 2024
5.8 
Impairment
Balance at 1 January 2023, 30 December 2023 and 28 December 2024
0.8
Carrying amount
Balance at 1 January 2023, 30 December 2023, 31 December 2023 and 28 December 2024
5.0 
The undertakings in which the Company’s interest at the year-end is more than 20% are as follows:
Principal activity
Address of 
registered office
Proportion of 
voting rights and 
shares held
Charles Bragg (Bakers) Limited
Non-trading
1
100%
Greggs (Leasing) Limited
Dormant
1
100%
Thurston Parfitt Limited
Non-trading
1
100%
Greggs Properties Limited
Property holding
1
100%
Olivers (UK) Limited
Dormant
2
100%
Olivers (UK) Development Limited*
Non-trading
2
100%
Birketts Holdings Limited
Dormant
1
100%
J.R. Birkett and Sons Limited*
Non-trading
1
100%
Greggs Trustees Limited
Trustees
1
100%
Solstice Zone A Management Company Limited
Non-trading
3
28%
*	
Held indirectly
1	
Greggs House, Quorum Business Park, Newcastle upon Tyne NE12 8BU.
2	
Clydesmill Bakery, 75 Westburn Drive, Clydesmill Estate, Cambuslang, Glasgow G72 7NA.
3	
The Abbey, Preston Road, Yeovil, Somerset BA20 2EN.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

158
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
13.  Investments continued
Non-current investments continued
Parent Company continued
Solstice Zone A Management Company Limited was not consolidated on the grounds of materiality in either the current or prior year.
The Company’s subsidiary undertakings listed above were all entitled to exemption, under subsections (1) and (2) of s480 of the Companies Act 2006 relating to dormant companies, from the requirement  
to have their accounts audited.
14.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Group
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
Assets
Liabilities
Net
2024
£m 
2023 
£m 
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Property, plant and equipment
– 
–
(76.7)
(61.5)
(76.7)
(61.5)
Employee benefits
3.2 
4.8 
– 
–
3.2 
4.8 
Short-term temporary differences
0.9 
0.7 
– 
–
0.9 
0.7 
Unused tax losses
– 
1.3 
– 
–
– 
1.3 
Tax assets/(liabilities)
4.1 
6.8 
(76.7)
(61.5)
(72.6)
(54.7)
The Group and Parent Company has a deferred tax asset of £8.4 million relating to buildings which previously qualified for industrial buildings allowance that is unrecognised at 28 December 2024, as it is 
not considered to be recoverable (30 December 2023: £8.5 million).
The movements in temporary differences during the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2023 were as follows:
Balance at 
1 January 2023 
£m
Recognised in 
income 
£m
Recognised in 
equity 
£m
Balance at 
30 December 2023
£m 
Property, plant and equipment
(33.2)
(28.3)
–
(61.5)
Employee benefits
4.9 
0.2
(0.3)
4.8 
Short-term temporary differences
0.7 
– 
–
0.7 
Unused tax losses
1.3 
–
–
1.3 
(26.3)
(28.1)
(0.3)
(54.7)
The movements in temporary differences during the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 were as follows:
Balance at 
31 December 2023 
£m 
Recognised in 
income 
£m 
Recognised in 
equity 
£m 
Balance at 
28 December 
2024 
£m 
Property, plant and equipment
(61.5)
(15.2)
– 
(76.7)
Employee benefits
4.8 
(0.8)
(0.8)
3.2 
Short-term temporary differences
0.7 
0.2 
– 
0.9 
Unused tax losses
1.3 
(1.3)
– 
– 
(54.7)
(17.1)
(0.8)
(72.6)
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

159
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
14.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued
Parent Company
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:
Assets
Liabilities
Net
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Property, plant and equipment
– 
–
(76.1)
(60.9)
(76.1)
(60.9)
Employee benefits
3.2 
4.8 
– 
–
3.2 
4.8 
Short-term temporary differences
0.9 
0.7 
– 
–
0.9 
0.7 
Unused tax losses
– 
1.3 
– 
–
– 
1.3 
Tax assets/(liabilities)
4.1 
6.8 
(76.1)
(60.9)
(72.0)
(54.1)
The movements in temporary differences during the 52 weeks ended 30 December 2023 were as follows:
Balance at 
1 January 2023 
£m 
Recognised in 
income 
£m 
Recognised in 
equity 
£m 
Balance at 
30 December 2023 
£m
Property, plant and equipment
(32.6)
(28.3)
–
(60.9)
Employee benefits
4.9 
0.2
(0.3)
4.8 
Short-term temporary differences
0.7 
– 
–
0.7 
Unused tax losses
1.3 
–
–
1.3 
(25.7)
(28.1)
(0.3)
(54.1)
The movements in temporary differences during the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024 were as follows:
Balance at 
31 December 
2023 
£m 
Recognised in 
income 
£m 
Recognised in 
equity 
£m 
Balance at 
28 December 
2024 
£m
Property, plant and equipment
(60.9)
(15.2)
– 
(76.1)
Employee benefits
4.8 
(0.8)
(0.8)
3.2 
Short-term temporary differences
0.7 
0.2 
– 
0.9 
Unused tax losses
1.3 
(1.3)
– 
– 
(54.1)
(17.1)
(0.8)
(72.0)
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

160
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
15.  Inventories
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Raw materials and consumables
38.6 
31.8 
Work in progress
16.6 
17.0 
55.2 
48.8
Inventory recognised as an expense during the year was £613.2 million (2023: £570.3 million). The write-down of inventories that was recognised as an expense in the period was £49.3 million (2023: £46.2 million). 
There was no reversal of write-down of inventories in the current or prior year.
16.  Trade and other receivables
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Trade receivables
35.0
33.3 
Other receivables
13.8
9.5 
Prepayments
13.6 
11.0
62.4 
53.8
At 28 December 2024 and 30 December 2023 the allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets are not material.
The ageing of trade receivables at the balance sheet date was:
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Not past due date
30.6
29.8 
Past due 1-30 days
3.9
2.8 
Past due 31-90 days
0.2
0.5
Past due over 90 days
0.3
0.2 
35.0
33.3
The Group believes that all amounts that are past due by more than 30 days that have an immaterial allowance for ECLs are still collectable in full based on historic payment behaviour and extensive analysis 
of customer credit risk. Based on the Group’s monitoring of customer credit risk, the Group believes that no significant allowance for ECLs is necessary in respect of trade receivables not past due. 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

161
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
17.  Cash and cash equivalents
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Cash and cash equivalents
125.3 
195.3 
18.  Trade and other payables
Group
Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Trade payables – capital
22.7
14.8
22.7
14.8
Trade payables – other
97.8
84.3
97.8
84.3
Amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings
– 
–
7.7 
7.7 
Other taxes and social security
10.3 
12.0 
10.3 
12.0 
Other payables
63.0 
48.0 
63.0 
48.0 
Accruals
33.5 
45.3 
33.5 
45.3 
Deferred income
16.1 
6.2 
16.1 
6.2 
Deferred government grants
0.5 
0.5 
0.5 
0.5 
243.9 
211.1 
251.6 
218.8
The amounts owed to subsidiary undertakings are repayable on demand.
Other payables includes £25.7 million (2023: £24.8 million) for performance-related remuneration. 
19.  Current tax 
The current tax liability of £9.1 million in the Group and the Parent Company (2023: Group and Parent Company: £4.9 million) represents the estimated amount of income taxes payable in respect of current 
and prior years.
20.  Non-current liabilities – other payables
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Deferred government grants
1.8 
2.3 
The Group has been awarded five government grants relating to the extension of existing facilities and construction of new facilities. The grants, which have all been recognised as deferred income, are 
being amortised over the weighted average of the useful lives of the assets they have been used to acquire.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

162
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
21.  Employee benefits – Pensions
Scheme background
The Company sponsors a funded final salary defined benefit pension plan (the ‘scheme’) for qualifying employees. The scheme was closed to future accrual in 2008 and all remaining employees who are still 
members of the scheme are now members of the Company’s defined contribution scheme.
The scheme is administered by a trustee company (the ‘Trustee’) which is legally separate from the Company. The directors of the trustee company are composed of representatives of both the employer and 
employees and are required by law to act in the interest of all relevant beneficiaries and are responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets plus the day-to-day administration of the benefits.
UK legislation requires that pension schemes are funded prudently. The last funding valuation of the scheme was carried out by a qualified actuary as at 5 April 2023 and showed a deficit. The Company made a 
special contribution to the scheme in April 2024 of £4.5 million which facilitated the purchase in May 2024 of a bulk annuity ‘buy-in’ policy with Aviva covering all scheme members. This policy provides regular 
payments to the Trustee to fund future pension payments and significantly reduces the Company’s exposure to the funding risks associated with its defined benefit pension liabilities. In 2024 the Company agreed 
a new schedule of contributions with the scheme which sets out the circumstances when further contributions to the scheme may be required, rather than a specific amount to be paid. Any call for further funds 
may arise from the guaranteed minimum pension equalisation exercise which the scheme is currently undertaking, following the judgment in the Lloyds Banking Group case. Current indications are that the timing 
is uncertain and this would not be a material amount.
The valuation of the assets held by the scheme following the buy-in results in an accounting loss. Although a buy-out of the scheme is possible in the future there is no indication that this will be executed 
and finalised in the short-term. The scheme has retained all responsibility to meet future pension payments to pensioners and the buy-in is not recognised as a settlement. Therefore the loss on the 
valuation of the qualifying insurance policy asset has been recognised through other comprehensive income in the year ended 28 December 2024.
The Company has a legal right to benefit from any surplus on the winding up of the scheme. The IAS 19 valuation for the comparative period (30 December 2023) showed that the scheme had a surplus at 
that time. However, this surplus and the future-committed contributions would have been subject to withholding tax at 35% prior to any refund to the Company. In accordance with accounting standards 
this withholding tax was recognised as a deduction from the valuation surplus.
Profile of the scheme
The defined benefit pension obligation includes benefits for deferred members and current pensioners. 
At 28 December 2024, the scheme had no active members (2023: nil), 317 deferred members (2023: 332) and 312 pensioners (2023: 299).
The scheme duration is an indicator of the weighted average time until benefit payments are made. For the scheme as a whole, the duration is approximately 12 years (2023: 15 years).
Investment strategy
During 2024 the scheme’s equity and bond holdings were sold and the cash used to purchase a bulk annuity buy-in policy with Aviva. The assets of the scheme now comprise this policy together with a small 
amount of residual cash as detailed below. The prime objective of the scheme is to provide pension and lump sum benefits for members on their retirement and/or benefits on death, before or after retirement, 
for their dependants, on a defined benefits basis. Under the policy, Aviva makes monthly payments to the Trustee to cover the insured member benefits and the scheme liabilities have been substantially secured.
Risks to the scheme
The purchase during 2024 of the bulk annuity policy has substantially secured the scheme’s liabilities. All members covered by the policy continue to be members of the scheme, and the Trustee continues 
to have ultimate responsibility for the payment of benefits to these members. The purchase of the policy has introduced some concentration and illiquidity risk (as the policy cannot be readily sold) and 
exposes the scheme to a degree of insurance provider risk, i.e. the risk that Aviva fails to meet their obligations to the scheme and its members. The Trustee expects the insurance provider risk to be 
addressed through the supervisory regime applicable to insurance companies within the UK.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

163
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
21.  Employee benefits – Pensions continued
Defined benefit pension (liability) / asset
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Defined benefit obligation
(80.5)
(82.8)
Fair value of plan assets
80.1 
95.4 
Net defined benefit pension (deficit)/surplus before IFRIC 14 adjustment
(0.4) 
12.6 
IFRIC 14 adjustment
–
(6.0)
Net defined benefit pension (liability)/asset after IFRIC 14 adjustment
(0.4) 
6.6
In accordance with IFRIC 14, the Group considered that the net defined benefit pension surplus in the prior year was limited to the present value of benefits available in the form of any future refunds from 
the plan (net of withholding tax at 35% – the rate of withholding tax in force at the balance sheet date) and also took into account the adverse effect of the minimum funding requirement that the Group was 
committed to as at 30 December 2023. 
Liability for defined benefit pension obligations
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit pension obligation are as follows:
Group and Parent Company
2024
£m 
2023 
£m 
Opening defined benefit pension obligation
82.8 
82.5 
Interest income
3.6 
3.8 
Remeasurement losses/(gains):
– changes in mortality assumptions
1.4 
(1.9)
– changes in financial assumptions
(8.6)
1.9
– experience
5.7 
0.3 
Benefits paid
(4.4)
(3.8)
Closing defined benefit pension obligation
80.5 
82.8
Changes in the fair value of plan assets are as follows:
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Opening fair value of plan assets
95.4 
94.6 
Net interest on plan assets
4.3 
4.4 
Remeasurement (losses)/gains
(19.7)
0.2
Company special contribution
4.5 
– 
Benefits paid
(4.4)
(3.8)
Closing fair value of plan assets
80.1 
95.4
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

164
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
21.  Employee benefits – Pensions continued
Defined benefit pension asset/(liability) continued
The costs charged in the income statement are as follows:
Group
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Interest income on net defined pension liability
0.7 
0.6 
Associated movement in IFRIC 14 adjustment
(0.3)
(0.3)
Net interest income
0.4 
0.3
The amounts recognised in other comprehensive income are as follows:
Group
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Remeasurement losses on defined benefit pension plans
(18.2)
(0.1) 
Associated movement in IFRIC 14 adjustment
6.3 
0.1
Net remeasurement losses on defined benefit pension plans
(11.9)
–
The fair value of the plan assets is as follows:
Group and Parent Company
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Bulk annuity policy	 – UK
79.3 
– 
Equities	 	
– UK
– 
4.0 
	
	
– Overseas
– 
7.1 
Bonds	
	
– Corporate
– 
29.1 
	
	
– Government
– 
43.6 
Cash and cash equivalents/other
0.8 
11.6 
80.1 
95.4 
Principal actuarial assumptions (expressed as weighted averages):
Group and Parent Company
2024 
2023 
Discount rate
5.50%
4.55%
Future salary increases
n/a 
n/a 
Future pension increases
1.90%–2.80%
1.95%–2.55%
Rate of price inflation (RPI)
3.15%
3.00%
Rate of price inflation (CPI)
2.75%
2.60%
In November 2020 the Government announced that RPI is to be aligned with CPIH (CPI with owner occupiers’ costs) from 2030. As a result the RPI assumption has been updated along with the assumed 
future gap between RPI and CPI.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

165
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
21.  Employee benefits – Pensions continued
Mortality assumption
Mortality in retirement is assumed to be in line with the S3PXA tables using CMI 2023 projections, though placing no weight on 2020 and 2021 data and limited weight on 2022 and 2023 data due to the 
inherent uncertainty over the longer-term implications of Covid-19, together with a long-term future rate of improvement of 1.25% per annum. Under these assumptions, pensioners aged 65 now are 
expected to live for a further 22.0 years (2023: 21.4 years) if they are male and 24.5 years (2023: 23.5 years) if they are female. Members currently aged 45 are expected to live for a further 23.3 years  
(2023: 22.7 years) from age 65 if they are male and for a further 25.9 years (2023: 24.7 years) from age 65 if they are female.
The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the scheme liabilities as at 28 December 2024 are set out below:
Change in assumption
Impact on scheme liabilities
Discount rate
0.5% increase
Decrease of £4.3m
Inflation
0.5% decrease
Decrease of £2.7m
Mortality rates
1 year increase
Increase of £3.2m
The other demographic assumptions have been set having regard to latest trends in the scheme.
The Group is aware of a UK High Court legal ruling in June 2023 between Virgin Media Limited and NTL Pension Trustees II Limited which decided that certain historic rule amendments were invalid if they 
were not accompanied by the actuarial certifications. The ruling was subject to appeal and in July 2024 the Court of Appeal confirmed the 2023 UK High Court legal ruling. The Group is considering, with the 
scheme Trustee, the impact of this ruling. An initial review of scheme rule amendments has not shown any immediate concerns and the Group will continue to monitor any developments. As the outcome 
of any impact is unknown, no adjustments have been made in these accounts. 
Defined contribution plans
The Company also operates defined contribution schemes for other eligible employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group. The pension cost represents contributions 
payable by the Group and amounted to £35.5 million (2023: £30.3 million) in the year. At 28 December 2024 regular monthly employee and employer contributions of £3.4 million were not paid over to the 
schemes (30 December 2023: £2.8 million). These amounts were paid to the schemes in January.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

166
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
22. Share-based payments – Group and Parent Company
The Group has established a Savings-Related Share Option Scheme, an Executive Share Option Scheme and a Performance Share Plan.
The terms and conditions of the grants for these schemes are as follows, whereby all options are settled by physical delivery of shares:
Date of grant
Employees entitled
Exercise price
Number of shares 
granted
Vesting conditions
Contractual 
life
Executive Share Option Scheme 17
April 2014
Senior employees
£5.00
598,225 Three years’ service and EPS growth of 1%-4% over RPI on average over those 
three years
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 18
March 2015
Senior employees
£10.22
298,045 Three years’ service and EPS growth of 1%-7% over RPI on average over those 
three years
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 19
April 2016
Senior employees
£10.88
235,857 Three years’ service and EPS growth of 2%-8% over RPI on average over those 
three years
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 20
April 2017
Senior employees
£10.33
246,219 Three years’ service and EPS growth of 5%-11% on average over those three years 10 years
Performance Share Plan 10
April 2019
Senior executives
£nil
128,534 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 5%-11% over those three 
years and average annual ROCE of 24%-28% over those three years
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 22
April 2019
Senior employees
£18.30
140,913 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 5%-11% over those three 
years and average annual ROCE of 24%-28% over those three years
10 years
Performance Share Plan 11
October 2020 Senior executives
£nil
166,366 Three years’ service, EPS performance in FY2022, ROCE performance in FY2022 
and two strategic objectives
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 23
November 
2020
Senior employees
£17.20
121,202 Three years’ service, EPS performance in FY2022, ROCE performance in FY2022 
and two strategic objectives
10 years
Savings-Related Share Option Scheme 22
April 2021
All employees
£16.72
291,979 Three years’ service
3.5 years
Performance Share Plan 12
April 2021
Senior executives
£nil
120,022 Three years’ service, EPS performance in FY2023, ROCE performance in FY2023 
10 years
Performance Share Plan 12 (retained)
April 2021
Senior executives
£nil
29,512 Three years’ service
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 24
April 2021
Senior employees
£22.63
120,994 Three years’ service, EPS performance in FY2023, ROCE performance in FY2023 
10 years
Savings-Related Share Option Scheme 23
April 2022
All employees
£19.68
265,209 Three years’ service
3.5 years
Performance Share Plan 13
March 2022
Senior executives
£nil
91,305 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 3%-8% over those three years 
and average annual ROCE of 19.6%-22.6% over those three years
10 years
Performance Share Plan 13a
May 2022
Senior executives
£nil
36,014 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 3%-8% over those three years 
and average annual ROCE of 19.6%-22.6% over those three years
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 25
March 2022
Senior employees
£24.31
118,357 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 3%-8% over those three years 
and average annual ROCE of 19.6%-22.6% over those three years
10 years
Savings-Related Share Option Scheme 24
May 23
All employees
£21.06
268,478 Three years’ service
3.5 years
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

167
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Date of grant
Employees entitled
Exercise price
Number of shares 
granted
Vesting conditions
Contractual 
life
Performance Share Plan 14
May 23
Senior executives
£nil
109,583 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 4%-9% over those three 
years, average annual ROCE of 18.7%-21.2% over those three years and a CO2 
emissions reduction target
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 26
May 23
Senior employees
£27.92
130,075 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 4%-9% over those three 
years, average annual ROCE of 18.7%-21.2% over those three years and a CO2 
emissions reduction target
10 years
Performance Share Plan 15
March 24
Senior executives
£nil
114,763 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 5%-10% over those three 
years, average annual ROCE of 18.4%-20.8% over those three years and a Scope 3 
CO2 emissions target
10 years
Executive Share Option Scheme 27
March 24
Senior employees
£28.29
148,587 Three years’ service, EPS average annual growth of 5%-10% over those three 
years, average annual ROCE of 18.4%-20.8% over those three years and a Scope 3 
CO2 emissions target
10 years
Savings-Related Share Option Scheme 25
May 24
All employees
£22.50
340,160 Three years’ service
3.5 years
Performance Share Plan 15a (retained)
December 24 Senior executive
£nil
2,000 One year’s service
1 year
Performance Share Plan 15b (retained)
December 24 Senior executive
£nil
2,000 Two years’ service
2 years
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED
22. Share-based payments – Group and Parent Company continued

168
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
22. Share-based payments – Group and Parent Company continued
The number and weighted average exercise price of share options is as follows:
2024
2023
Weighted average 
exercise price
Number of options
Weighted average 
exercise price
Number of options
Outstanding at the beginning of the year
£14.60
1,680,816 
£11.84
1,819,739 
Forfeited during the year
£24.77
(55,906)
£13.88
(207,148)
Exercised during the year
£9.04
(516,902)
£7.78
(439,911)
Granted during the year
£19.56
608,610
£18.27
508,136 
Outstanding at the end of the year
£17.75
1,716,618
£14.60
1,680,816 
Exercisable at the end of the year
£14.70
206,449 
£10.13
264,675
No options expired during the period covered by the above tables. The options outstanding at 28 December 2024 have an exercise price in the range of £nil to £28.29 (2023: £nil to £27.92) and have a weighted 
average contractual life of 5.0 years (2023: 5.1 years). The options exercised during the year had a weighted average market value of £28.49 (2023: £26.04). 
The fair value of services received in return for share options granted is measured by reference to the fair value of share options granted. The estimate of the fair value of the services received is measured 
based on the Black-Scholes model for all Savings-Related Share Option Schemes and Executive Share Option Schemes and for Performance Share Plan options granted from 2014 onwards. The fair value 
per option granted and the assumptions used in these calculations are as follows:
2024
2023
Performance 
Share Plan 15 
March 2024
Executive Share 
Option Scheme 27 
March 2024
Savings-Related 
Share Option 
Scheme 25 
May 2024
Performance 
Share Plan 
15a (retained) 
December 2024
Performance 
Share Plan 
15b (retained) 
December 2024
Performance 
Share Plan 14 
May 2023
Executive Share 
Option Scheme 26 
May 2023
Savings-Related 
Share Option 
Scheme 24 
May 2023
Fair value at grant date
£26.49
£6.12
£8.65
£27.19
£26.59
£25.91
£7.48
£10.92
Share price
£28.29
£28.29
£28.12
£27.80
£27.80
£27.62
£27.62
£28.46
Exercise price
£nil
£28.29
£22.50
£nil
£nil
£nil
£27.92
£21.06
Expected volatility
30.52%
30.52%
29.99%
28.66%
28.66%
40.11%
40.11%
40.52%
Option life
3 years
3 years
3 years
1 year
2 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
Expected dividend yield
2.19%
2.19%
2.20%
2.23%
2.23%
2.14%
2.14%
2.07%
Risk-free rate
4.07%
4.07%
4.47%
4.32%
4.26%
4.05%
4.05%
3.82%
The expected volatility is based on historical volatility, adjusted for any expected changes to future volatility due to publicly available information. The historical volatility is calculated using a weekly rolling 
share price for the three-year period immediately prior to the option grant date.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

169
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
22. Share-based payments – Group and Parent Company continued
The costs charged to the income statement relating to share-based payments were as follows:
2024 
£m 
2023 
£m 
Share options granted in 2020
– 
0.4 
Share options granted in 2021
0.4 
1.3 
Share options granted in 2022
1.2 
1.6 
Share options granted in 2023
1.7 
1.3 
Share options granted in 2024
1.2 
–
4.5 
4.6
Social security contributions
0.4 
0.4
Total expense recognised as employee costs
4.9 
5.0
23.	 Provisions
Group and Parent Company
2024 
Dilapidations 
£m 
2024 
National Insurance
£m 
2024 
Redundancy 
£m 
2024 
Other 
£m
2024 
Total 
£m 
2023
Dilapidations 
£m 
2023 
National Insurance 
£m
2023 
Redundancy 
£m 
2023 
Other 
£m
2023
Total 
£m 
Balance at start of the year
4.1 
1.3 
0.1 
0.7 
6.2 
3.6 
1.6 
0.1 
1.0 
6.3 
Additional provision in the year
2.8 
0.5 
– 
0.1 
3.4 
1.8 
0.4 
– 
0.1 
2.3 
Utilised in the year
(1.0)
(0.9)
– 
(0.2)
(2.1)
(0.7)
(0.7)
– 
(0.1)
(1.5)
Provisions reversed during the year
- Ordinary provisions
(0.6)
–
–
(0.3)
(0.9)
(0.6)
–
–
–
(0.6)
- Exceptional provisions (Note 4)
(0.2)
–
(0.1)
–
(0.3)
–
–
–
(0.3)
(0.3)
Balance at end of the year
5.1 
0.9 
– 
0.3 
6.3 
4.1 
1.3 
0.1 
0.7 
6.2 
Included in current liabilities
2.7 
0.6 
– 
0.1 
3.4 
2.5 
1.0 
– 
0.5 
4.0 
Included in non-current liabilities
2.4 
0.3 
– 
0.2 
2.9 
1.6 
0.3 
0.1 
0.2 
2.2 
5.1 
0.9 
– 
0.3 
6.3 
4.1 
1.3 
0.1 
0.7 
6.2 
Dilapidation provisions have been made based on the future expected repair costs required to restore the Group’s leased properties to their fair condition at the end of their respective lease terms, where  
it is considered a reliable estimate can be made and it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation. Based on the Group’s experience in respect of shops it is not considered probable  
at lease inception that it will be required to make any payment in respect of dilapidations. Therefore a provision is only recognised in respect of shops when circumstances suggest that there will be such  
a requirement. For other leased properties, an estimate of these future expected repair costs is assessed at lease inception and recognised as part of the cost of the asset when a reliable estimate can  
be made.
National Insurance costs are provided in respect of future share options exercises.
Other provisions are in respect of onerous costs relating to closed shops where the lease has not yet expired.
The majority of all of the provisions are expected to be utilised between one and four years such that the impact of discounting would not be material.
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

170
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
24.	Capital and reserves
Share capital
Ordinary shares
2024 
Number 
2023 
Number 
In issue and fully paid at start of year – ordinary shares of 2p 
102,255,675 
102,112,581 
Issued on exercise of share options
– 
143,094 
102,255,675
102,255,675
The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. 
During the year no shares were issued (2023: 143,094) as a result of the exercise of vested options granted to senior management under the Executive Share Option Scheme and the exercise of options 
under the Savings-Related Share Option Scheme. Options were exercised at an average price of £13.99 in 2023.
Share premium account
The share premium reserve relates to the proceeds received in excess of the nominal value of shares issued, net of any transaction costs.
Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve relates to the nominal value of issued share capital bought back by the Company and cancelled.
Own shares held
Deducted from retained earnings is £59.3 million (2023: £63.1 million) in respect of own shares held by the Greggs EBT. The EBT, which was established during 1988 to act as a repository of issued Company 
shares, holds 436,548 shares (2023: 775,552 shares) with a market value at 28 December 2024 of £12.1 million (2023: £20.2 million) which have not vested unconditionally in colleagues. During the year  
the EBT purchased 177,898 (2023: 186,700) shares for an aggregate consideration of £5.0 million (2023: £5.0 million) and sold 516,902 (2023: 277,460) shares for an aggregate consideration of £4.7 million 
(2023: £1.6 million).
The shares held by the Greggs EBT can be purchased either by employees on the exercise of an option under the Greggs Executive Share Option Schemes, Greggs Savings-Related Share Option Scheme 
and Greggs Performance Share Plan or by the trustees of the Greggs Employee Share Scheme. The trustees have elected to waive the dividends payable on these shares.
Dividends
The following tables analyse dividends when paid and the year to which they relate:
2024 
Per share
pence
2023
Per share
pence
2022 final dividend
–
44.0p 
2023 interim dividend
–
16.0p 
2023 final dividend
46.0p 
– 
2023 special dividend
40.0p 
– 
2024 interim dividend
19.0p 
– 
105.0p 
60.0p 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

171
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
24.	Capital and reserves continued
Dividends continued
The proposed final dividend in respect of 2024 amounts to 50.0 pence (£50.9 million). This dividend is not included as a liability in these accounts. 
Dividends paid during the year are as follows:
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
2022 final dividend
– 
44.6
2023 interim dividend
– 
16.2
2023 final dividend
46.8 
– 
2023 special dividend
40.7 
–
2024 interim dividend
19.3 
–
106.8 
60.8
25.	 Capital commitments
During the 52 weeks ended 28 December 2024, the Group entered into contracts to purchase property, plant and equipment and intangible assets for £100.5 million (2023: £63.5 million) all of which is 
expected to be settled in 2025. 
In addition to the above, in early January 2025 the Group completed the purchase of land at Symmetry Park in Kettering to be used for the development of a new National Distribution Centre, with a total 
cost of £31.1 million, following the granting of planning permission for the site towards the end of 2024. 
26.	 Related parties
Identity of related parties
The Group has a related party relationship with its subsidiaries (see Note 13), Directors and executive officers, and pension schemes.
Trading transactions with subsidiaries – Parent Company
Amounts owed to related parties
Amounts owed by related parties
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
Dormant subsidiaries
7.7
7.7 
–
–
The Greggs Foundation is also a related party and during the year the Company made a donation to The Greggs Foundation of £3.1 million (2023: £2.6 million), as well as passing on £1.4 million from 
customers, raised from donations, the sale of carrier bags, and a contribution from sales of designated charity products. The Greggs Foundation holds 281,000 shares (2023: 281,000 shares) in Greggs plc 
and Richard Hutton, a Director of Greggs plc, is a trustee of The Greggs Foundation.
Transactions with key management personnel
Details of Directors’ shareholdings, share options, emoluments, pension benefits and other non-cash benefits can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 95 to 118. 
Summary information on remuneration of key management personnel is included in Note 5. 
NOTES TO THE ACCOUNTS CONTINUED

172
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
TEN-YEAR HISTORY
20151
2016
2017
2018
20192,3
20201
20211
2022
2023
2024
Turnover (£m)
835.7
894.2
960.0
1,029.3
1,167.9
811.3 
1,229.7 
1,512.8 
1,809.6
2,014.4
Total sales growth/(decline) (%)
3.7%
7.0%
7.4%
7.2%
13.5%
(30.5%)
51.6%
23.0%
19.6%
11.3%
Company-managed shop like-for-like sales growth/(decline) (%)
4.7%
4.2%
3.7%
2.9%
9.2%
(36.2%)
52.4%
17.8%
13.7%
5.5%
Operating profit/(loss) excluding exceptional items (£m)	
73.1
80.3
82.2
89.8
114.8
(7.0)
153.2
154.4
171.7
195.3
Profit/(loss) before tax excluding exceptional items (£m)
73.1
80.3
81.7
89.8
114.2
(12.9)
145.6 
148.3 
167.7
189.8
Profit/(loss) before tax margin excluding exceptional items (%)
8.7%
9.0%
8.5%
8.7%
9.8%
(1.59%)
11.8%
9.8%
9.3%
9.4%
Pre-tax exceptional (charge)/gain (£m)
– 
(5.2)
(9.9)
(7.2)
(5.9)
(0.8)
–
–
20.6
14.1
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities including exceptional items and before tax (£m)
73.0
75.1
71.9
82.6
108.3
(13.7)
145.6 
148.3 
188.3
203.9
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share excluding exceptional items (pence)
55.8
60.8
63.5
70.3
89.7
(12.9)
114.3 
117.5
123.8
137.5
Ordinary dividend per share declared (pence) 
28.64
31.0
32.3
35.7
11.9
–
57.0 
59.0
62.0
69.0
Special dividend per share declared (pence)
20.0
–
–
–
35.0
–
40.0
–
40.0
–
Total shareholder return (%)
87.1%
(23.8%)
47.5%
(7.4%)
84.7%
(22.0%)
87.3%
(26.8%)
13.5%
10.6%
Capital expenditure (£m)
71.7
80.4
70.4
73.0
86.0
58.7 
57.4 
110.8 
199.8
249.0
Return on capital employed (excluding exceptional items) (%)
26.8%
28.1%
26.9%
27.4%
20.0%
(2.4%)
23.0%
21.0%
21.1%
20.3%
Number of shops in operation at year end
1,698
1,764
1,854
1,953
2,050
2,078
2,181 
2,328
2,473
2,618
1 	
2014 and 2020 were 53 week years, impacting on total sales growth for that year and the year immediately following.
2 	
IFRS 16 leases was implemented at the start of the financial year using the modified retrospective approach. Prior year comparatives have not been restated.
3 	
The final dividend declared in respect of 2019 was cancelled as a cash preservation measure during the Covid-19 crisis.
4 	
Restated for a change in accounting policy relating to deferred tax.
All of the non-GAAP measures detailed above can be calculated from the GAAP measures included in the annual accounts with the exception of those detailed on pages 172 and 173.
Calculation of alternative performance measures
Like-for-like sales growth – compares year-on-year cash sales in our company-managed shops, with more than one calendar year’s trading history and is calculated as follows:
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
Current year like-for-like sales
1,564.0 
1,444.3
Prior year like-for-like sales
1,483.1 
1,270.0 
Growth in like-for-like sales
80.9 
174.3 
Like-for-like sales growth percentage
5.5%
13.7%

173
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Like-for-like sales can be reconciled to total revenue as follows:
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
Like-for-like sales in company-managed shops
1,564.0 
1,444.3
Non-like-for-like sales in company-managed shops
217.7 
166.6
Total revenue in retail company-managed shops
1,781.7 
1,610.9 
Business to business sales
232.7 
198.7
Total revenue
2,014.4 
1,809.6 
Franchise like-for-like system sales growth – compares year-on-year cash sales in our franchised shops, with more than one calendar year’s trading history and is calculated as follows:
2024
£m 
2023
£m 
Current year franchise like-for-like sales
280.1 
227.9 
Prior year franchise like-for-like sales
260.8 
198.2 
Growth in franchise like-for-like sales
19.3 
29.7 
Franchise like-for-like sales growth percentage
7.4%
14.9%
Franchise system sales are different from revenue. They are the sales made in our franchised shops whereas the Company’s revenue from business-to-business sales comprises sales of products to franchise 
and wholesale partners together with the licence fee charged to franchise partners.
Return on capital employed – calculated by dividing profit before tax by the average total assets less current liabilities for the year.
2024
Underlying
£m
2024 
Including 
exceptional items
(see Note 4)
£m
2023
Underlying
£m
2023 
Including 
exceptional items
(see Note 4)
£m
Profit before tax
189.8 
203.9 
167.7 
188.3
Capital employed:
Opening
857.2
857.2
730.3
730.3
Closing
1,009.5 
1,009.5 
857.2
857.2
Average
933.4 
933.4 
793.8 
793.8
Return on capital employed
20.3%
21.8%
21.1%
23.7%
Net cash inflow from operating activities after lease payments – calculated by deducting the repayment of principal of lease liabilities from net cash flow from operating activities.
2024
£m
2023
£m
Net cash inflow from operating activities
310.9
310.8
Repayment of principle of lease liabilities
(56.7)
(53.7)
Net cash inflow from operating activities after lease payments
254.2
257.1
ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES

174
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
Secretary
Sarah Dickson
Registered Office
Greggs House  
Quorum Business Park 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE12 8BU
Registered number
502851
Bankers
Barclays Bank plc 
Barclays House 
5 St Ann’s Street 
Quayside 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE1 3DX
Auditor
RSM UK Audit LLP 
1 St James’ Gate 
Newcastle upon Tyne 
NE1 4AD
Stockbrokers
UBS 
5 Broadgate Circle 
London 
EC2M 2QS
Investec
2 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7QP
Solicitors
Linklaters LLP 
One Silk Street 
London 
EC2Y 8HQ
Registrars
MUFG Corporate Markets 
10th Floor 
Central Square 
28 Wellington Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DL 
SECRETARY AND ADVISERS

175
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
NOTES

176
Strategic Report
2024 highlights
1
Celebrating 40 years as a plc  
and Year in Review 
2
At a glance
8
Chair’s Statement
10
Business model
12
Market review
14
Chief Executive’s Report
17
Our strategy
26
Our strategy in action
28
Key performance indicators
38
Our People
40
Sustainability Report
46
The Greggs Pledge
47
Task Force on Climate-related  
Financial Disclosures
50
Financial review
59
Risk management
64
Directors’ Report
Board of Directors and Secretary
72
Governance Report
75
Our stakeholders
81
Audit Committee Report
88
Directors’ Remuneration Report
95
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 119
Accounts
Independent Auditor’s Report
121
Consolidated income statement
128
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income
128
Balance sheets
129
Statements of changes in equity
130
Statements of cash flows
132
Notes to the accounts
134
Ten-year history	

172
Alternative performance  
measures
172
Secretary and advisers
174
Greggs plc  Annual Report and Accounts 2024
STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS
IN THIS REPORT
NOTES

STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS

STRATEGIC REPORT 
DIRECTORS’ REPORT
ACCOUNTS